Home

User Manual - CNET Content Solutions

1. User Manual 2012 PROMISE Technology Inc All Rights Reserved CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1 Asout TH1s MANUAL 2 Vess R2600 Overview 3 PERFORMANCE 3 GreenRAID 3 SERVICE AND SUPPORT 3 New Features IN THE Vess R2600 3 ARCHITECTURAL DESCRIPTION 4 Vess R2000 Series Moner Line up 4 Vess J2000 Series MopeL Line up 4 Features 6 ConTROLLER MopuLE Features 6 OPERATIONAL FEATURES 6 System MANAGEMENT 7 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 9 CHAPTER 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION 12 UNPACKING THE Vess R2600 13 MountTInG Vess R2600 in A Rack 14 INSTALLING PuvsicAL Drives 16 Numeer or Drives RequireD 16 Drive Stor NUMBERING 16 Instattine Your Drives 17 Makinc MANAGEMENT AND Data CONNECTIONS 18 Fibre CHANNEL SAN 18 Fiere CHANNEL DAS 20 Fibre CHANNEL WITH JBOD Expansion 21 Fibre CHANNEL SAN No Sinale Point or Faure 22 ISCSI Storace Area Network SAN 24 iSCSI Direct Attachep Storace DAS 27 iSCSI with JBOD Expansion 28 MaxkiNG StRIAL Cagle CONNECTIONS 29 CONNECTING THE POWER 30 LED BEHAVIOR 30 Front Pane LEDs 31 DRIVE Status INpicATORS 32 CowrRoLLER LEDs 32 CHAPTER 3 SETUP 35 SETTING UP THE SERIAL CONNECTION 35 Asout IP Appresses 36 Vess R2600 Derauit IP Appresses 36 Cuoosinc DHCP or a Static IP Appress 36 Accessinc THE MAC Aporess in THe CLI 36 Accessinc THE MAC Aporess in THe CLU 37 Settinc up Vess R2600 witH tHECLI 37 Maxine Sussystem Darte AND Time SET
2. RAID 1E Target Requirements RAID 0 None RAID 1E 3 or more physical drives Add 1 or more physical drives RAID 5 3 physical drives minimum 32 maximum RAID 1 must have less than 32 physical drives Add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 4 physical drives minimum Even number of physical drives Add 2 or more physical drives RAID 50 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum Add 4 or more physical drives A RAID 1E Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 0 None RAID 1E None RAID 3 Add physical drives 32 maximum RAID 5 3 physical drives minimum 32 maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 6 4 physical drives minimum 32 maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 4 physical drives minimum Even number of physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 30 50 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 5 A RAID 5 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requi
3. Advantages Disadvantages e Good for large files with high transfer e Random write performance only fair rates where fault tolerance is also Disk failure has a medium impact on required throughput Recommended Applications for RAID 3 e Video editing e Multimedia production e File and application server RAID 5 BLock AND PARITY STRIPE RAID 5 organizes block data and parity data across the physical drives Generally RAID Level 5 tends to exhibit lower random write performance due to the heavy workload of parity recalculation for each I O RAID 5 is generally considered to be the most versatile RAID level It works well for file database application and web servers The capacity of a RAID 5 logical drive equals the smallest physical drive times the number of physical drives minus one Hence a RAID 5 logical drive with four 100 GB physical drives has a capacity of 300 GB A RAID 5 logical drive with two 120 GB physical drives and one 100 GB physical drive has a capacity of 200 GB RAID 5 is generally considered to be the most versatile RAID level A RAID 5 on Vess R2600 consists of 3 to 32 physical drives 186 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Advantages Disadvantages High Read data transaction rate Medium Write data transaction rate Good aggregate transfer rate e Most versatile RAID level Disk failure has a medium impact on throughput Recommended Applications for RAID 5 e File
4. The controller s heart beat has stopped The partner controller s heart beat has started The partner controller s heart beat has stopped The partner controller s heart beat has skipped No action is required The controller s main scheduler has frozen Contact Tech Support if the condition persists 219 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Controller has entered maintenance mode since configured physical disk seen by partner controller is not seen here Verify that all SATA drives have an SAS to SATA adapter installed Controller has entered maintenance mode due to mismatch of physical disks types Check and correct SAS cabling and connections as needed Controller has entered maintenance mode due to mismatch of physical disk WWN Update to the latest firmware If the condition persists replace the controller Controller has entered maintenance mode due to mismatch of SATA Disks Controller has entered maintenance mode due to mismatch of Disk IDs Controller has entered maintenance mode since no physical disks are seen as seen by Partner controller Check and correct data cabling and connections as needed Controller is started Controller is set to Active Mode Controller is set to Standby Mode No action is required Controller Failed Over as partner is removed Controller Failed Over as heart beat stopped Verify that the partner controller
5. Fiter By Model VessRAID 2840f i Enclosure Type VESS2I VessRAID A zu 169 254 2478 am mss 6133 adod Ga System Status 7 Discovery A wess RAID zer 192 165 206 3T fm Ds SiD Vess RAID Cortroller 192 162 253 er ij eo Vess RAID 192 168 205 181 sen M vong e FILTERING THE SUBSYSTEM LIST To filter the list so it shows only specific subsystems enter a characteristic into the Filter By field and press Enter To filter by IP address enter the IP routing prefix for the range you want to display For example typing 10 0 in the entry field reveals all subsystems with IP address beginning with the 10 0 prefix REFRESHING THE LisT To refresh the list click the Refresh link 53 MANAGING SUBSYSTEMS Subsystem management includes Viewing Subsystem Information on page 54 Making Subsystem Settings on page 54 Locking or Unlocking the Subsystem on page 54 Restoring Factory Default Settings on page 55 Clearing Statistics on page 55 Saving a Service Report on page 56 Importing a Configuration Script on page 57 Exporting a Configuration Script on page 57 Restarting the Subsystem on page 57 Shutting Down the Subsystem on page 58 Restarting the Subsystem after a Shutdown on page 58 Vess R2000 Series User Manual VIEWING SUBSYSTEM INFORMATION To view subsystem information click the Administration tab The list of subsystems and host controllers displays
6. Host interface controller has received a WARM reset command Host interface controller has received a COLD reset command Host Interface controller MU handshake failed Host Interface controller HMU has stopped Host Interface controller FMU has unloaded If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Initiator Initiator sent message for detecting an error If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support JBOD JBOD system connected No action is required JBOD system either is removed or malfunctioned Check Expander firmware and SAS connections Logical Drive Logical drive initialization has started Logical drive Initialization is in progress Logical drive initialization has completed No action is required Logical drive initialization has paused Resume the initialization when ready Logical drive initialization has resumed No action is required Logical drive initialization has stopped If this action was not intentional check the logical drive s status Logical drive initialization marks the logical drive offline Replace the failed physical drive Delete and recreate Logical drive initialization is aborted due to an internal error 221 the logical drive Reduce system load on the Vess R2600 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Logical drive initialization is queued Quick logical
7. On subsystems with two RAID controllers when Cache Mirroring is disabled LUN Affinity is enabled automatically Vess R2600 supports Asymmetric Logical Unit Access ALUA on Linux OSes ALUA is a multhipathing tool It enables an initiator your host PC or server to discover target port groups that provide a common failover failback behavior for your LUNs ALUA enables the host to see which paths are in an optimal state and which are not To use ALUA you must e Have two RAID controllers in the subsystem e Set the redundancy type to Active Active See Making Subsystem Settings CLU on page 122 e Enable LUN Affinity and ALUA See Making Controller Settings CLU on page 124 For more information see Appendix C Multipathing on Linux on page 246 Cache Poticy As it is used with Vess R2600 the term cache refers to any of several kinds of high speed volatile memory that hold data moving from your computer to the physical drives or vice versa Cache is important because it can read and write data much faster than a physical drive There are read caches which hold data as it is read from a physical drive and write caches which hold data as it is written to a physical drive In order to tune the cache for best performance in different applications user adjustable settings are provided Cache settings are made on the RAID controller See Making Controller Settings CLU on page 124 READ CACHE PoLicY e Read Cache The
8. The new array appears in the list If you are done creating disk arrays click the Finish button To create additional disk arrays click the Create More button After you create a disk array create a logical drive on it See Creating a Logical Drive Manually on page 97 CREATING A Disk ARRAY WITH THE WIZARD The Wizard creates disk arrays and logical drives automatically It has four options Automatic Creates a new disk array following a default set of parameters Creates a hot spare drive for all RAID levels except RAID 0 when five or more unconfigured physical drives are available You can accept or reject the proposed arrangement but you cannot modify it See instructions in Wizard Automatic Configuration on page 46 Advanced Enables you to specify all parameters for a new disk array logical drives and spare drives See instructions in Wizard Advanced Configuration on page 47 DELETING A Disk RRAY Caution If you delete a disk array you also delete any logical drives that belong to it along with the data in those logical drives Back up any important data before deleting a disk array This action requires Administrator or Super User privileges To delete a disk array 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Disk Array icon 3 Click the disk array you want then click the Delete button 4 In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button
9. 1 Enter your information and choose your options Enter a disk array alias in the field provided Check the box to enable Media Patrol e Check the box to enable Predictive Data Migration PDM Check the box to enable Power Management Choose a media type Hard disk drive HDD or solid state drive SSD 2 Click the enclosure graphic to view information about physical drives Look for drives with a green LED dark a blue LED lit and no crosshatching over the carrier 3 Click a physical drive to select it for your array The physical drive s ID number is added to the Selected list 4 Click the Next button to continue The Create Logical Drive screen appears 47 Figure 3 6 Create Disk Array menu amp Disk Array Advance Configuration Step 1 Create Disk Array Create Logical Drive Create Spare Drive Summary Hy Create Disk Array Alias Enable Media Patrol Enable PDM Media Type Hard Disk Drive v Enable Power Management Select Physical Drives e ey 3 3 2 Lj LJ c E gt 3 Enclosure 1 hd hd hi Head Unit al VESS2000 3U lal 3 RI 3 Lj Lj 16Bay Vess R2000 Series User Manual o Next Cancel Figure 3 7 Create Logical Drive menu amp Disk Array Advanced Configuration amp Wizard Step 2 Create Disk Array Create Logical Drive Create Spare Drive Summary fg Dick Array Sg create Logical Drive Bj Losicat orve A
10. 2 Click the iSCSI Management icon 3 4 Click the Session tab Click the iSCSI session you want and click the View button Vess R2000 Series User Manual Information includes Session ID ID number of the session Status Active or inactive Target Alias Initiator Name iSCSI qualified name iqn Portal IP IP address of the portal Device Type Initiator or target Target Portal Group ID number TSIH Target session identifying handle Execution Throttle Max number of outstanding commands on any one port Max Outstanding R2T Number of PDUs ready to transfer Default Time to Retain In seconds Max Burst Length In bytes Initial R2T Enabled or disabled Data Digest Enabled or disabled Data PDU in Order Enabled or disabled DELETING AN ISCSI SESSION To 1 2 3 4 5 115 delete an iSCSI session Click the Device tab Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Session tab Portal ID ID number of the portal Keep Alive Enabled or disabled Target Name iSCSI qualified name iqn Initiator IP IP address of the initiator Device Access Control Enabled or disabled Initiator Source Port ID number ISID Initiator session ID number Max Rcv Data Seg Length Receive data segment length First Burst Length In bytes Default Time to Wait In seconds Immediate Data Enabled or disabled Header Digest Enabled or disabled CHAP Authentication
11. LocariNG A Disk ARRAY This feature causes the drive carrier LEDs to flash for one minute to assist you in locating the physical drives that make up this disk array To locate a disk array 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Disk Array icon The list of disk arrays appears 3 Click the disk array you want then click the Locate button The drive carrier status LEDs for the array flash for one minute Figure 4 6 Drive carrier status LED amp Drive Status LED PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC 93 Vess R2000 Series User Manual MakiNG Disk Array SETTINGS To make disk array settings 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Disk Array icon The list of disk arrays appears 3 Click the disk array you want then click the Settings button 4 Make settings changes as required Enter change or delete the alias in the Alias field Maximum of 32 characters letters numbers space between characters and underline Media Patrol Check to enable uncheck to disable on this array e PDM Check to enable uncheck to disable on this array Power Management Check to enable uncheck to disable on this array 5 Click the Save button Notes You can also enable or disable Media Patrol for the entire RAID system See Making Media Patrol Settings HDD Power Saving must be enabled on the RAID controller for the Power Management settings to be effective See Making Controller Settings Power M
12. See Figure 2 16 iSCSI SAN data connections on page 25 2 Connect an Ethernet cable between at least one iSCSI data port on the left RAID controller and the GbE network switch 3 Connect an Ethernet cable between at least one iSCSI data port on the right RAID controller and the GbE network switch If you have multiple Vess R2600 subsystems host PCs or servers repeat steps 1 through 3 as required 25 Figure 2 16 iSCSI SAN data connections ee ee p n p m l vec c eeee 8 i BS EES me IU E Vess R2000 Series User Manual Vess R2000 Series User Manual MANAGEMENT PATH Figure 2 17 iSCSI SAN management connections Each Vess R2600 controller has one 1 Ethernet RJ45 management port connector See Figure 2 15 iSCSI data and management ports on the RAID controller on page 24 To establish the management path 1 Connect Ethernet cables between the network connector on both host PCs or servers and the standard network switch See Figure 2 17 iSCSI SAN management connections on page 26 2 Connect Ethernet cables between the Management port on both RAID controllers to the standard network switch If you have multiple Vess R2600 subsystems repeat steps 1 and 2 BERE eae Marae estas 26 ISCSI Direct AttacHep Storace DAS Important For a list of supported HBAs
13. Viewine ISCSI ISNS Information CLU Internet Storage Name Service iSNS is a protocol used to facilitate the automated discovery management and configuration of iSCSI and Fibre Channel devices on a TCP IP network To view iSNS information 1 2 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter Highlight iSCSI iSNS Options and press Enter The current iSNS options appear Information includes e iSNS Enabled or disabled e iSNSIPAddress IP address of the iSNS server e iSNSPort iSNS port number 1 to 65535 3205 is the default and recommended number Items marked with an asterisk are adjustable under Making iSCSI Portal Settings CLU Maxine ISCSI ISNS Settines CLU To make iSNS settings 1 2 0 06 Ng From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter Highlight iSCSI iSNS Options and press Enter The current iSNS options appear Highlight iSNS Settings and press Enter Highlight iSNS and press the Spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable If you chose Enable e Enter an IP address Enter a Port number 3205 is the default and recommended number To change a value highlight the item press Backspace to delete the current value and type a new value Highlight Save Settings and press Enter Press Y to acknowledge possible interruption of iSCSI services Press Y again to confirm the changes Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter to return to the port
14. 2 Click the Initiator icon 3 Click the initiator you want then click the Delete button 4 In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button The initiator is removed from Vess R2600 s initiator list Vess R2000 Series User Manual Appine AN ISCSI Initiator Manacinc LUNs To add an iSCSI initiator to the list LUN management includes 1 Click the Storage tab e Viewing a List of LUN Maps on page 105 2 Click the Initiator icon e LUN Mapping and Masking on page 105 3 Click the Add Initiator button e Adding a LUN Map on page 106 4 Input the initiator name in the fields provided e Editing a LUN Map on page 106 An iSCSI initiator name is the iSCSI name of the initiator device composed of a single text string e Enabling and Disabling LUN Masking on page 107 Example iqn 1991 05 com microsoft promise 29353b7 VIEWING A LisT OF LUN Maps Obtain the initiator name from the initiator utility on your host system To view a list of LUN maps Note that the initiator name you input must match exactly in order for the connection to work 1 Click the Storage tab 5 Click the Submit button 2 Click the LUN Mapping amp Masking icon The initiator is added to the list The list of LUN maps appears LUN Mappine AND MASKING This feature applies to Fibre Channel and iSCSI subsystems and controls user access to storage resources e LUN Mapping Maps LUNs to an in
15. After the screen goes blank wait about two minutes then re establish your Telnet connection to the CLU If you cannot re establish a connection wait 30 seconds and try again Uppatine with USB Support USB support uses the disruptive flash method only Both RAID controllers and all JBOD I O modules are updated at the same time and momentarily go offline when the RAID subsystem and JBOD unit reboot This procedure requires a USB flash device e Formatted to FAT 32 e At least 50 MB of free space Download the latest OPAS_xxxxx zip firmware image file from PROMISE support http www promise com support and save it the root folder of the USB flash device v To update the subsystem firmware using Vess R2600 s USB Support feature Important Verify that no background activities are running on the RAID subsystem 1 Insert the USB flash device into the bottom USB port on the front panel which is for the RAID controller Figure 6 1 Vess R2600fiD controller LEDs Ness Oo so USB port for the RAID controller P go 174 Vess R2000 Series User Manual The controller status LED blinks green in half second intervals 2 Wait until the controller activity LED stops blinking green and starts blinking amber Warning Do NOT power off the RAID subsystem during the update Do NOT remove your USB flash device until the LED changes color 3 Within 30 seconds remove the USB flash device then insert the US
16. CD with SNMP files Product Manual and Quick Start Guide in PDF format RJ11 to DB9 serial data cable e Sliding rail assembly for rack mounting Screws for disk drives 70 pieces for 16 bay The Vess J2600 box contains the following items 13 Vess J2600 Unit PTVJ2K e 1 5m 4 9 ft Power cords 3 cords for 3 PSU installed 4 cords for 4 PSU installed Quick Start Guide printed e SAS cable 1 cable J2600sS 2 cables J2600sD RJ11 to DB9 serial data cable CD with SNMP files Product Manual and Quick Start Guide in PDF format Screws for disk drives 70 pieces for 16 bay Sliding rail assembly for rack mounting Warning The electronic components within the Vess R2600 enclosure are sensitive to damage from Electro Static Discharge ESD Observe appropriate precautions at all times when handling the Vess R2600 or its subassemblies Cautions There is a risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions Vess R2000 Series User Manual Vess R2000 Series User Manual MountInG Vess R2600 iN A RACK 14 Cautions Do not populate any unit with hard drives until it has been securely installed in the rack At least two persons are required to safely lift place and attach the Vess R2600 or Vess Mounting rails are included with the Vess R2600 J2600 unit into a rack system To install the Vess R2600 subsystem into your rack Do not lift or move the Ves
17. Example administrator cli gt net a mod f ipv4 s primaryip 10 0 0 1 primaryipmask 255 255 255 0 primarydns 10 0 0 11 gateway 10 0 0 1 After a moment the comand prompt reappears indicating that your setting was successful administrator cli gt 2 To verify the settings at the command prompt type net a list v and press Enter The following information displays administrator cli gt net a list v ActiveCtrlId 1 Port 1 MaxSupportedSpeed 1000Mbps LinkStatus Up ProtocolFamily IPv4 Enabled DHCP Disabled IP T0 050 1T IPMask 255 255 255 0 MAC 00 01 55 61 18 65 DNS 10 0 0 11 Gateway 10 0 0 1 ProtocolFamily IPv6 Disabled DHCP Disabled TEES es IPMask MAC 00 01 55 61 18 65 DNS Gateway MakiNc VinTUAL MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS MANUALLY UNDER IPv6 To make IPv6 settings manually on the management port 1 At the command prompt type net a enable f ipv6 and press Enter to enable IPv6 on the Vess R2600 After a moment the comand prompt reappears indicating that your setting was successful administrator cli gt 2 At the command prompt type net a mod f ipv6 s followed by e primaryip and the IP address e primaryipmask and the subnet mask e primarydns and the DNS server IP address e gateway and the Gateway server IP address and press Enter Example administrator cli gt net a mod f ipv6 s primaryip 2001 0db8 85a3 0
18. From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight User Management and press Enter Highlight your name and press Enter Highlight Change Password and press Enter Highlight Old Password and type your current password Highlight New Password and type a new password Maximum 31 characters Use letters numbers and underscore Highlight Retype Password and type the new password again to verify Press Control A to save the new password DeLETING A User CLU The Administrator or a Super User can delete other users You cannot delete the account you used to log in There must always be one Super User account Rather than deleting a user consider disabling a user account See Changing Another User s Settings CLU a To delete a user 1 2 3 4 Log in under a user name other than the one you want to delete From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight User Management and press Enter Highlight the user you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing Highlight Delete Marked Users and press Enter Press Y to confirm the deletion 162 Vess R2000 Series User Manual WORKING WITH SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT CLU Software Management includes the following functions Making Email Settings CLU on page 163 Making SLP Settings CLU on page 163 Making Web Se
19. Language z Vess R2000 Series User Manual CHOOSING THE DISPLAY LANGUAGE PERUSING THE INTERFACE WebPAM PROe displays in multiple languages You choose the display language when you log in The WebPAM PROe interface consists of a header and four tabs each with specific functions If you are already logged in and you want to change the display language e Header 1 Click Logout at the top right corner of the screen Top left corner of the window Name of logged in user The Login screen appears P address Virtual IP address of the RAID subsystem 2 Click the Language drop down menu and highlight the language you prefer e Top right corner of the window e Save Service Report Saves a detailed report to your Host PC Figure 4 2 Login language selection menu Help Accesses the Help Welcome screen Contact Us Technical support contact information PROMISE About Information about WebPAM PROe TECHNOLOGY INC Logout Exits WebPAM PROe wesaPAM PROC e Discovery tab Displays other PROMISE RAID systems on your network DEM Enables direct login to other PROMISE RAID systems D e Dashboard tab QM Language Engish v e RAID subsystem model and type of enclosure Francais Login System status talano i Event information Most recent NVRAM events aom Storage overview Capacities number of devices zH pis e Device tab Enclosure f
20. Local is two way or bi directional Target ID ID number of the target logical drive where the CHAP is used N A means that no target is assigned AppinG iSCSI CHAPS To add an iSCSI CHAP 1 2 3 4 5 Click the Device tab Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the CHAP tab Click the Create CHAP button Make your choices and inputs as required Enter a name in the Name field Choose a CHAP type Peer is one way or uni directional Local is two way or bi directional Enter a secret of 16 characters in the Secret field Enter the secret again in the Retype Secret field 6 Click the Submit button 116 The new CHAP is added to the list Vess R2000 Series User Manual Maxine ISCSI CHAP SETTINGS When you change CHAP settings you must change the secret You cannot change the type peer or local To make iSCSI CHAP settings 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the iSCSI Management icon 3 Click the CHAP tab 4 5 Click the CHAP you want then click the Settings button Make settings changes are required Entera name in the Name field Enter the current secret in the Current Secret field e Enter anew secret of 12 or more characters in the Secret field Enter the new secret again in the Retype Secret field Click the Submit button DrLETING SCSI CHAPs To delete an iSCSI CHAP 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the iSCSI Management icon 3 Click the CHAP
21. Subsystem information includes Alias if assigned Vendor Model WWN World Wide Name Serial number Part number Revision number Number of JBOD expansion units connected Maximum number of JBOD expansion units supported Number of controllers present Maximum number of controllers supported Redundancy status Redundancy type System date and time MAKING SUBSYSTEM SETTINGS To make subsystem settings pe pe qc Click the Administration tab Click the Subsystem Information icon Click the Settings button Make changes as required e Enter an alias or change the existing alias in the field provided Choose a redundancy type from the drop down menu The choices are Active Active and Active Standby e Check the box to enable Cache Mirroring or uncheck to disable Click the Save button LOCKING OR UNLOCKING THE SUBSYSTEM Vess R2000 Series User Manual The lock prevents other sessions including sessions with the same user from making a configuration change to the controller until the lock expires or a forced unlock is done When the user who locked the controller logs out the lock is automatically released SETTING THE Lock To set the lock 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Subsystem Information icon 3 Click the Lock Unlock button 4 In the Lock Time field type a lock time in minutes 1440 minutes 24 hours 5 Click the Lock button RESETTING THE Lock To reset the lock
22. TRANSPORT Transport is the action of moving the physical drives of a disk array e To different slots in the same enclosure e From one enclosure to another If a physical drive fails during a transport or you do not move all of the physical drives to their new locations 215 Vess R2000 Series User Manual WebPAM PROe displays an incomplete array When WebPAM PROe discovers an incomplete array it displays a dialog box asking you to e Click the OK button to accept the incomplete array e Click the Cancel button to reject the incomplete array ACCEPTING AN INCOMPLETE ARRAY Before you accept the incomplete array be sure all of the physical drives are present and that their drive carriers are properly installed into the enclosure See Installing Physical Drives If you choose to accept the incomplete array 1 Click OK in the incomplete array dialog box 2 Check the operational status of the logical drives in the array e Ifthe logical drives are Critical proceed with a rebuild e Ifthe logical drives are Offline contact Technical Support 3 Restore your data from a backup source If you choose NOT to accept the incomplete array 1 Click Cancel in the incomplete array dialog box 2 Do one of the following Delete the array This action deletes all logical drives on the array e Replace the missing physical drive CONNECTION PROBLEMS Connection problems include e Serial Connections on page 216 e Network C
23. This feature causes the drive carrier LEDs to blink for one minute to assist you in locating the physical drive and is supported by RAID subsystems and JBOD expansion units To locate a physical drive 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Physical Drive icon 3 Click the physical drive you want then click the Locate button The drive carrier status LED flashes for one minute FonciNG A Puysica Drive OFFLINE This feature applies only to physical drives assigned to disk arrays Caution Forcing a physical drive offline is likely to cause data loss Back up your data be fore you proceed Use this function only when required Important Forcing a physical drive offline causes your logical drives to become degraded If Auto Rebuild is enabled and a spare drive is available the disk array begins rebuilding itself automatically To force a physical drive offline 1 2 3 4 5 6 90 Click the Device tab Click the Physical Drive icon Click the down arrow button to list the physical drives in the enclosure Mouse over the physical drive you want to force offline Click the Force Offline button In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button Vess R2000 Series User Manual CLEARING A STALE oR A PFA CONDITION This procedure is used to clear configuration data on a physical drive or if the physical drive is stale or the has errors putting it in
24. To enable or disable LUN masking dans i Node information includes Worldwide Node Name WWNN 2 Click the LUN Mapping amp Masking icon Maximum Frame Size 1 Click the Storage tab 3 Check the box to enable LUN Masking e Supported FC Class Supported speeds Or uncheck the box to disable LUN Masking Viewing FC Port INFORMATION LUN Masking starts or stops as soon as you make your setting To view Fibre Channel port information Click the Device tab Click the FC Management icon Click the Port tab BR U N Ln Mouse over an FC port to access and click the View button 107 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Port information includes Note In some cases HBA settings to N Port only work if connected to the switch Refer to your FC Port ID FC port number WWPN Worldwide Port Name HBA mental for more Information Location Controller ID number Fabric WWNN Identifier hexadecimal Fabric WWPN State Link status Current Speed Viewine FC Port Statistics Topology Attached Link Type Alias WWPN Hard ALPA WWNN World Wide Node Name To view Fibre Channel port statistics 1 Click the Device tab MAKING FC PORT SETTINGS 2 Click the FC Management icon 3 Click the Statistics tab To make Fibre Channel port settings 4 Mouse over the FC port you want to access and click the View button 1 Click the Device tab To clear FC port statistics see Clearing Statistics on page 55 Click th
25. To force a physical drive offline 1 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Global Physical Drives Settings and press Enter 3 Highlight the physical drive you want and press Enter 4 Highlight Force Offline and press Enter 5 Press Y to confirm 131 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Locatine A Puysicat Drive CLU This feature helps you identify a physical drive within the Vess R2600 enclosure you are working with through the CLU To locate a physical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Global Physical Drives Settings and press Enter 3 Highlight the physical drive you want and press Enter 4 Highlight Locate Physical Drive and press Enter The drive carrier status LED flashes for one minute Figure 5 5 Drive carrier status LED Q Drive Status LED 9 lt Power Activity LED PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC MaNaciNcG Disk Arrays CLU Disk Array Management includes the following functions e Viewing a List of Disk Arrays page 132 e Creating a Disk Array page 132 e Deleting a Disk Array page 134 e Making Disk Array Settings page 134 e Viewing Disk Array Information page 134 e Enabling Media Patrol PDM and Power Management on a Disk Array CLU on page 135 e Preparing the Disk Array for Transport page 135 e Rebuilding a Disk Array page 135 e Run
26. UppaTING with WEBPAM PROE Download the latest firmware image file from PROMISE support http www promise com support and save it to your Host PC or TFTP server Important Verify that no background activities are running on the RAID subsystem To update the firmware on the RAID subsystem and JBOD expansion units 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Firmware Update icon 3 Click the Controller Firmware Update tab The Controller Firmware Update screen appears showing the current Image Version Number and Build Date 4 Choose a download option e Local File through HTTP Click the Browse button locate the firmware image file click the file to choose it then click the Open button e TFTP Server Enter the TFTP Server host name or IP address port number and file name 5 Optional Check the Non disruptive Image Update NDIU box NDIU updates the RAID controllers and I O modules one at a time enabling I O operations continue during the firmware update Updates with this option take a longer period of time to complete All Vess R2600 models support this feature 6 Click the Next button The next screen shows the Flash Image firmware image file Version Number and Build Date 7 Click the Submit button 8 In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button The progress of the update displays A When the update is completed a message tells you
27. Vess R2600 supports one iSCSI target A maximum of 256 logical drives can be mapped to a target Target options include Digests CHAPs and Nop In DIGESTS A header digest adds a 32 bit CRC digest to detect data corruption in the header portion of each iSCSI packet A data digest adds a 32 bit CRC digest to detect data corruption in the data portion of each iSCSI packet If a data packet arrives with an invalid CRC digest the data packet is rejected 198 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Header and data digests work best with initiators equipped with a TOE Refer to your iSCSI HBA For more information see your iSCSI HBA user documentation CHAPs Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP is an authentication mechanism used to authenticate iSCSI sessions between initiators and targets A uni directional or peer CHAP authenticates from the target Vess R2600 to the initiator host PC or server A bi directional or local CHAP authenticates target to initiator and initiator to target Nop In Nop In is used to check iSCSI connection status on the specified target Nop In periodically sends a PDU to the initiator that requests a response If there is no reply the Vess R2600 will disconnect the iSCSI connection in order to preserve system resources for other operations The default setting is enabled PORTAL A portal is the logical point of connection between the Vess R2600 and the iSCSI network Portals use an IP addr
28. When an disk array becomes degraded can I still access the data on it Yes but reads and writes take longer while rebuilding is in progress DELETING A Disk Array or Locicat Drive Why can t I select Delete Disk Array or Delete Logical Drive You must have Power or Super User Rights to delete a disk array or logical drive See your Administrator about up grading your access rights if necessary Also see Making User Settings on page 70 Can I delete a Logical Drive without deleting the Disk Array Yes See Deleting a Logical Drive on page 98 and 139 REBUILDING A Disk ARRAY I jadis a failed physical drive with a used but known good drive The system does not rebuild to it Why not The replacement drive was previously used in a different disk array or logical drive You must clear erase the Re serve Sector of the replacement disk drive before the system can rebuild to it Clearing a Stale or a PFA Condition on page 130 MIGRATING A Disk ARRAY When I try to migrate a disk array from one RAID level to another why doesn t the controller let me do it Most RAID levels have a minimum and maximum number of physical drives Be sure you have the correct number of drives available for the target disk array See RAID Levels on page 184 and RAID Level Migration on page 189 I want to add two more drives to my RAID 1 disk array Why won t the controller let me migrate it A RAID 1 disk array uses only two disk drives In this case yo
29. e NOP In Check iSCSI connection status Items marked with an asterisk are adjustable under Making iSCSI Target Settings CLU on page 147 147 o From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter Highlight iSCSI Targets and press Enter The list of iSCSI Targets displays Highlight the target you want to change and press Enter The target information screen displays Highlight iSCSI Target Settings and press Enter Make new settings as needed Optional Highlight TargetAlias and type an alias into the field provided Highlight each item and press the Spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable e HeaderDigest Adds a header digest CRC e DataDigest Adds a data digest CRC e UniCHAPAuthen Enables uni directional CHAP authentication e BiCHAPAuthen Enables bi directional CHAP authentication Authentication requires a pre existing CHAP Enable NOP In Enable to check iSCSI connection status Highlight Save Settings and press Enter Press Return to Previous Menu to return to the iSCSI targets list Viewine A List or iSCSI Ports CLU An iSCSI port is the physical iSCSI connection on the Vess R2600 There are four iSCSI ports on each RAID controller for a total of eight per subsystem To view a list of iSCSI ports 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCSI Ports and press Enter The list of ports appears with controller and po
30. s memory with the same memory size as the partner controller Check and correct cable connections to external JBOD enclosures Rebuild any critical logical drives Back up array data Replace the physical drive Bring controller out of maintenance mode Controller was placed on reset during Fail Over processing Partner Controller was placed on reset during Fail Over processing No action is required Controller was reset as it was not able to join the running partner controller Verify that the controller is running If the condition persists replace the controller The controller has reset because it encountered a firmware problem If resets happen frequently update to new firmware or Controller temperature is above the warning threshold The controller temperature is above controller critical threshold replace the controller Check airflow around the Vess R2600 Check blowers and fans Controller temperature is within the normal range No action is required CRC CRC error is detected while receiving CMD information unit CRC error is detected during Data Out phase If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Disk Array New disk array has been created Disk array has been deleted Disk array has been added Disk array has been removed Disk array settings have been changed No action is required Disk array is trans
31. 6 Wait for no less than two minutes Important 7 The subsystem will then turn off the system power one after another ivi If you have a JBOD Expansion always power off the RAID subsystem first Then power off the JBOD subsystems To shutdown the RAID subsystem 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter 3 Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter 4 Highlight Option and press the spacebar to display Shutdown 168 5 Highlight Submit and press Enter A warning message appears 6 Press Y to continue 7 The subsystem will then turn off the system power one after another 169 Vess R2000 Series User Manual STARTING Up AFTER SHUTDOWN There are two methods for shutting down the subsystem Choose one of the following procedures e Starting up the Vess R2600 Telnet Connection on page 169 e Starting up the Vess R2600 SSH Connection on page 169 e Starting up the Vess R2600 Serial Connection on page 169 STARTING UP THE Vess R2600 TELNET CONNECTION To start the RAID subsystem 1 Manually turn on the system by pressing the power button on the front left side 2 Wait about two minutes 3 Establish a Telnet connection to the Vess R2600 See Making a Telnet Connection If you cannot log in wait 30 seconds and try again 4 Type menu and press Enter to open the CLU STARTING UP THE VEss R2600 SSH Con
32. Additional Info and Management LUN mapping UPS management User management Software services management Flash through TFTP Firmware update Clear Statistics Restore Default Settings Shutdown or Restart the subsystem Buzzer Enable disable or silence the buzzer audible alarm 121 Vess R2000 Series User Manual AccEssiNG ONLINE HELP To access online help on any CLU screen press Control AE To return to the CLU press Enter Exitine THE CLU 1 Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter Repeat this action until you arrive at the Main Menu 2 From the Main Menu highlight Return to CLI and press Enter to exit 3 Close the terminal emulation Telnet SSH or terminal window Locaine Out or THE CLI When you shut down or restart the Vess R2600 subsystem you are automatically logged out of the CLI To manually log out of the CLI no shut down or restart At the username cli gt prompt type logout and press Enter The prompt changes to cli gt LocciNG Back Into THE CLI ano CLU To log into the CLI and CLU after a manual logout 1 At the cli gt prompt type login followed by your user name and press Enter 2 At the Password prompt type your password and press Enter 3 At the username cli gt prompt type menu and press Enter to open the CLU MANAGING THE SuBsvsTEM CLU Subsystem Management includes the following functions e Making Subsystem Settings CLU on page 122 e Locking
33. Disk ARRAY AND LocicaL Drive PROBLEMS Disk array and logical drive problems include e Disk Array Degraded Logical Drive Critical on page 213 e Disk Array Offline Logical Drive Offline on page 214 e Repairing an Offline Disk Array or Logical Drive on page 214 e Rebuilding a Disk Array on page 215 e Incomplete Array on page 215 Disk array problems typically result from a physical drive failure The most common problem is a degraded disk array The RAID controller can rebuild a degraded disk array Disk Array DecRADED Locicat Drive CRITICAL Disk arrays are made up of physical drives Logical drives are created on the disk array When one of the physical drives in a disk array fails e The operational status of the disk array becomes Critical e The operational status of the logical drives becomes Critical or Degraded e The operational status of the physical drive becomes Dead or Offline WebPAM PROe reports these conditions in the following places e Dashboard tab A yellow icon beside the disk arrays logical drives and physical drives under System Status Major event for the logical drive under Event Information Warning event for the physical drive under Event Information e Device tab Front View Physical drives are shown Dead or Offline and marked with a red X 9 icon or Missing Physical Drive View Physical drives are shown Dead or Offline and marked with a red X 9 icon or Missing e
34. GREENRAID Features e Four levels of advanced power management disk drive MAID support e Efficient 80Plus Bronze Certified power supplies Vess R2000 Series User Manual System MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT INTERFACES Note There are two options to provide the physical connection for system management for the Vess R2600 models an RJ 11 serial port or an RJ 45 Ethernet network port An RJ 11 to DB9 adapter is shipped with each Vess R2600 model e Browser based management with WebPAM PROe over Ethernet Command Line Interface CLI over Serial Port Ethernet via Telnet or SSH Command Line Utility CLU over Serial Port Ethernet via Telnet or SSH e Third Party Management Support via SNMP SUPPORTED OPERATING SYSTEMS Operating systems run on the Host PC from which you monitor and manage the Vess R2600 subsystem Supported Operating Environments Core Platform Type Notes Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition R2 with SP2 x86 x64 Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Edition with SP2 x86 x64 Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 Datacenter Edition x64 RedHat Enterprise Linux 5 7 x86 x64 Enterprise Linux 6 3 x86 x64 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP4 x86 x64 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP4 32bit can t support dual controller tfi AN Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP2 x86 x64 poe roms SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 11 SP2 32bit can t support dual controller boot
35. If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 50 A RAID 50 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 0 None RAID 1E None RAID 5 32 physical drives maximum RAID 50 must have less than 32 physical drives RAID 6 32 physical drives maximum RAID 50 must have less than 32 physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 Even number of physical drives RAID 50 Add physical drives 32 per axle maximum RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives Target Requirements RAID 6 Add physical drives 32 maximum RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 A RAID 10 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 0 None RAID 1E None RAID 5 3 physical drives minimum 32 maximum RAID 10 must have less than 16 physical drives RAID 6 4 physical drives minimum 32 maximum RAID 10 must have less than 32 physical drives If exist
36. Media patrol is completed No action is required Media patrol is paused Resume Media Patrol when ready Media patrol is resumed No action is required Media patrol is stopped Media patrol is aborted due to an internal error If this action was not intentional check the logical drive s status Reduce system load on the Vess R2600 Media patrol is queued Media patrol is stopped internally No action is required Online Capacity Expansion Online capacity expansion has started Online capacity expansion has completed No action is required Online capacity expansion has paused Resume OCE when ready Online capacity expansion has resumed No action is required Online capacity expansion has stopped If this action was not intentional check the logical drive s status Online capacity expansion has encountered a physical disk error Check the physical drive check table after OCE is finished Online capacity expansion is aborted due to an internal error Reduce system load on the Vess R2600 Online capacity expansion is queued Parity No action is required Parity error is detected during Data Out phase If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support PDM is switched to rebuild PDM PDM is started PDM is in progress No action is required PDM is completed PDM is paused Resume PDM
37. Press Y again to confirm the changes Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter to return to the portal list DeLETING SCSI Portats CLU To delete an iSCSI portal 1 2 go PM od pa 150 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter Highlight iSCSI Portals and press Enter The list of iSCSI portals displays Highlight the portal you want to delete and press the Spacebar to mark it Highlight Delete Marked Targets and press Enter Press Y to confirm deletion Press Y again to acknowledge possible interruption of iSCSI services The portal is removed from the list Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewine A List or SCSI Sessions CLU To view a list of iSCSI sessions 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCSI Sessions and press Enter iSCSI session information includes e D ID number of the session e Ctrlld Session is on this controller TargetAlias Alias of the target InitiatorAlias Part of the ION e Portal ID ID number of the portal e Status Up or down active or inactive DeLETING AN ISCSI Session CLU To delete an iSCSI session 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCSI Sessions and press Enter 3 Highlight the session you want delete and press the spacebar to select it and press Enter 4 Highlight Delete iSCSI Session and press Enter 5 Press Y to confirm
38. The list of background activities appears 3 Mouse over Migrate and click the Start button 4 In the Select Disk Array drop down menu choose the source disk array 5 In the Select Physical Drives diagram click the drives to add them to your array The ID numbers of the chosen drives appear in the field below the diagram 6 Click the Next button 7 Check the box next to the logical drive you want to modify 8 From the drop down menu choose a target RAID level The choice of RAID levels depends the number of physical drives in the disk array See the Note below 9 In the Capacity field accept the current capacity Or check the Expand Capacity box and enter a greater capacity and size in MB GB or TB If there is capacity remaining you can create an additional logical drive 10 Click the Next button The logical drive ID numbers with the original and target RAID levels and capacities are shown 11 To accept the proposed target values click the Confirm button 100 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Note When you add physical drives to a RAID 10 array it becomes a RAID 1E array by default If you are adding an even number of physical drives to a RAID 10 array and you want the target array to be RAID 10 you must specify RAID 10 under RAID level CREATING A LUN CLone A LUN clone is an exact copy of the original LUN or logical drive including all the data it contains at one point in time Use a LUN clone as a backup or to migrate a
39. View Allows the user to see all status and settings but not to make any changes Maintenance Allows the user to perform maintenance tasks including Rebuilding PDM Media Patrol and Redundancy Check Allows the user to create but not delete disk arrays and logical drives change RAID levels change stripe size change settings of components such as disk arrays logical drives physical drives and the controller Power Allows the user full access to all functions including create and delete users and changing the settings of other users and delete disk arrays and logical drives The default administrator account is a Super User Super CHANGING ANOTHER User s Settines CLU The Administrator or a Super User can change other users settings To 1 2 3 4 161 change user settings From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight User Management and press Enter Highlight the User whose settings you want to change and press Enter Highlight Privilege and press the space bar to toggle though the options See the Table above Highlight Status and press the space bar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Highlight the items you want and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value User name Email address Press Control A to save the settings Vess R2000 Series User Manual Important If a
40. Viewine ISCS Session INronMarioN CLU To view a list of iSCSI sessions 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 3 151 Highlight iSCSI Sessions and press Enter Highlight the session you want and press Enter iSCSI session information includes Session ID ID number of the session Status Active or inactive Initiator Name SCSI qualified name iqn Portal IP IP address of the portal Device Type Initiator or target Target Portal Group ID number TSIH Target session identifying handle Execution Throttle Max number of outstanding commands on any one port Max Rcv Data Seg Length Receive data segment length First Burst Length In bytes Default Time to Wait In seconds Immediate Data Enabled or disabled Header Digest Enabled or disabled CHAP Authentication Type None Local Peer Portal ID ID number of the portal Target Alias Target Name iSCSI qualified name iqn Initiator IP IP address of the initiator Initiator Source Port ID number ISID Initiator session ID number Max Outstanding R2T Number of PDUs ready to transfer Max Burst Length In bytes Default Time to Retain In seconds Initial R2T Enabled or disabled Data Digest Enabled or disabled Data PDU in Order Enabled or disabled Data Seq in Order Enabled or disabled Device Access Control Enabled or disabled Vess R2000 Series User Manual
41. as you replace the failed physical drive with an unconfigured physical drive of equal or greater size 4 Highlight following and press the spacebar to toggle through Low Medium and High rates Rebuild Rebuilds data to a replacement physical drive in a disk array Migration Change RAID level or add physical drives to disk arrays e PDM Migrates data from a suspect physical drive to a replacement drive in a disk array Transition Returns a revertible spare drive to spare status e Synchronization Checks the data integrity on disk arrays Initialization Full initialization sets all data bits in the logical drive to a specified pattern such as all zeros e Redundancy Check Checks reports and can correct data inconsistencies in logical drives The rates are defined as follows e Low Fewer resources to activity more to data read write e Medium Balance of resources to activity and data read write e High More resources to activity fewer to data read write 5 Highlight the following PDM trigger settings and press the backspace key to erase the current value e BBM Threshold 1 to 2048 reassigned blocks e Media Patrol Threshold 1 to 2048 error blocks 6 Press Control A to save your settings WORKING WITH THE EVENT Viewer CLU Working with the Event Viewer includes the following functions e Viewing Runtime Events CLU on page 155 e Clearing Runtime Events CLU on page 155 e Viewing
42. e System Heartbeat LED blinks blue once a second and repeats the pattern Steady means the LED is on Blinking means a regular on off pattern See Enclosure Problems on page 209 RAID Controller Problems on page 211 and Disk Array and Logical Drive Problems on page 213 for more information Flashing means an intermittent and irregular on off pattern The Locator feature is triggered from WebPAM PROe or the CLU It causes the LEDs to blink on and off for one Dark means the LED is off minute That action helps you find the physical component LED State Power Global Enclosure Status Global RAID Status Controller Activity System Heartbeat Dark No power No Controller in Slot Steady All devices normal All LDs are on line Green Steady Blue Normal No activity Blinking Activity Normal Blue Flashing Locating device Green Amber One or two devices in error One or more LD is critical none are offline Red Three or more devices in error One or more LD is offline 202 Drive Carrier LEDs The Vess R2600 spins up the disk drives sequentially to equalize power draw during start up After a few moments e The Power Activity LED displays blue when a physical drive is present e The Drive Status LED displays green when the physical drive is configured as a member of a disk array or as a spare When the physical drive is unconf
43. on page 144 e Viewing SFP Information CLU on page 144 e Viewing Fibre Channel Initiators CLU on page 145 Also see Adding an FC Initiator on page 104 and Deleting an FC Initiator on page 104 Viewing Nope INrormation CLU These functions affect both Vess R2600 Fibre Channel ports 1 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Fibre Channel Node and press Enter Node information appears There are no user settings on this screen Viewine FIBRE CHANNEL Port INFORMATION To view Fibre Channel port information 1 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Fibre Channel Ports and press Enter Highlight the port you want and press Enter Viewine Fipre CHANNEL Loccep In Devices CLU To view a list of logged in devices 1 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Fibre Channel Ports and press Enter 3 4 Highlight the port you want and press Enter Highlight Logged In Devices and press Enter If a Fibre Channel switch is attached it also appears in this list Makine Fibre CHANNEL Port Settines CLU To make Fibre Channel port settings 1 7 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Fibre Channel Ports and press Enter 3 Highlight the port you want and press Enter 4 5 Highlight Fibre Channel Port Settings and pres
44. recondition means a reconditioning is in process Battery chemistry LiON etc Remaining capacity Battery capacity as a percentage Battery cell type Number of cells Estimated hold time Time in hours that the battery can power the cache Temperature threshold discharge Maximum temperature allowed when the battery is discharging Temperature threshold charge Maximum temperature allowed when the battery is charging Battery temperature Actual battery temperature Cycle count Number of times the battery was reconditioned Voltage in millivolts Current in milliamps Vess R2000 Series User Manual RECONDITIONING A BATTERY Batteries maintain power to the controller cache in the event of a power failure thus protecting any data that has not been written to a physical drive Reconditioning is the action of discharging and recharging a battery to preserve its capacity and performance Reconditioning is a background activity it might affect I O performance When the recondition is completed the battery s cycle count increments by one Battery reconditioning is disabled by default You can change the reconditioning status and schedule To recondition a battery immediately 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Component List icon 3 Click the battery you want then click the Recondition button Battery operations status changes to Recondition and the battery s remaining capacity and estimated hold time f
45. replace the unit On Vess R2600s with dual controllers when one controller s Status LED is amber and the other controller s Status LED is flashing red it means that the controller with the flashing red LED has entered maintenance mode See RAID Controller Problems on page 211 If the Controller Status LED continues to display amber after startup contact PROMISE Technical Support See Contacting Technical Support on page 228 The Dirty Cache LED flashes during input output operation If the LED shines amber and the power is off there is unsaved data in the cache Do NOT power down the Vess R2600 while this LED is on 206 Vess R2000 Series User Manual CLU Reports A PROBLEM The CLU reports information passively that is you must determine which functions to check based on the sound of the Vess R2600 s audible alarm and any amber or red LEDs SeeVess R2600 is Beeping5 andLEDs Display Amber or Red7 for more information Check the event logs first Then check the reported component Viewine Runtime Events To display Runtime Events 1 From the Main Menu highlight Event Viewer and press Enter The log of Runtime Events appears Events are added to the top of the list Each item includes e Sequence number Begins with 0 at system startup e Device Disk Array Logical Drive Physical Drive by its ID number e Severity See the Table below Timestamp Date and time the event happened Description A description of
46. then click the Settings button 4 Make settings changes as required Enter change or delete the alias in the Alias field Maximum of 32 characters letters numbers space between characters and underline Choose a Read cache Policy Read Cache Read Ahead and No Cache are available e Choose a Write cache Policy Write Back and Write Through Thru are available e Check box of Perfect Rebuild Enable Disable Perfect Rebuild Note that if Perfect Rebuild is disabled it cannot be enabled again on the LD 5 Click the Save button For more information see Cache Policy on page 195 Note The Write Cache is always set to WriteThru when Read Cache is set to NoCache LocariNG A Locicat Drive This feature causes the drive carrier LEDs to flash for one minute to assist you in locating the physical drives that make up this logical drive To locate a logical drive 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Logical Drive icon The list of logical drives appears 3 Click the logical drive you want then click the Locate button The drive carrier status LEDs of the disk carriers making up the logical drive flash for one minute Figure 4 7 Drive carrier status LED Drive Status LED PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC INITIALIZING A LocicaL DRIVE Initialization is normally done to logical drives after they are created from a disk array Warning When you initialize a logical drive all the data on the log
47. 178 Important iv In the event of a Cooling Unit failure DO NOT remove the failed unit until there is a replacement available and on hand A single functioning Cooling Unit is adequate for cooling the system as long as the failed Cooling Unit remains in place Removing the failed unit without replacing it will adversely affect airflow within the enclosure resulting in critical overheating and shutdown of the enclosure 210 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Power SUPPLIES Vess R2600 subsystems are equipped with redundant power supplies The advantage of N 1 power supplies is that should one fail the other continues to power the subsystem until the faulty one can be replaced The subsystem is capable of operation on N power supplies The power supplies are hot swappable meaning you can leave the subsystem running when you replace the bad one Be careful however to remove the faulty power supply and not the good one or the subsystem comes to an immediate stop and your data is unavailable until the subsystem is powered and booted again Power FAN FAILURE In the Vess R2600 subsystems the power supply fans are used for cooling the power supply When a power supply fan fails you must replace the power supply See Replacing a Power Supply on page 177 for more information BATTERIES The Cooling Units in the Vess R2600 subsystem use a battery for backup power to protect data in the cache Should a power failure occur the battery e
48. 2 Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter 3 4 Highlight Option and press the spacebar to display Restart Highlight Submit and press Enter A warning message appears Press Y to continue The screen goes blank Wait about two minutes Re establish your Telnet connection to the Vess R2600 CLU See Making a Telnet Connection If you cannot re establish a connection wait 30 seconds and try again RESTARTING Vess R2600 SSH ConnecTION To restart the RAID subsystem 1 2 3 4 o N Oo Uu To 1 2 3 4 171 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter Highlight Option and press the spacebar to display Restart Highlight Submit and press Enter A warning message appears Press Y to continue Close your SSH session Wait about two minutes Re establish your SSH connection to the Vess R2600 CLU See Making a SSH Connection If you cannot re establish a connection wait 30 seconds and try again STARTING Vess R2600 SERIAL CONNECTION restart the RAID subsystem From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter Highlight Option and press the spacebar to display Restart Highlight Submit and press Enter A warning message appears Press Y to continue The screen displays shutdown and startup funct
49. 4 back view Four 1Gb s iSCSI ports per controller One JBOD Expansion port per controller Three PSU Two Cooling Units each Cooling Unit for Vess R2600 models include two fans and a BBU Vess R2000 Series User Manual Figure 1 4 Vess J2600 front view O OOOO LE t LI O PROMISE 8 PROMISE PROMISE 8 PROMISE a o a PROMISE PROMISE PROMISE Fi PROMISE E PROMISE PROMISE PROMISE PROMISE 16 bay SATA SAS Figure 1 5 Vess J2600sD back view e SAS port per controller e Three PSU e Two Cooling Units each Cooling Unit for Vess J2600 models include two fans FEATURES CONTROLLER MopuLE FEATURES Drive Support 3 5 inch and 2 5 inch form factor Hard disk drives HDDs and Solid State drives SSDs SAS 6 Gb s and 3 Gb s SATA 6 Gb s and 3 Gb s Supports any mix of SAS and SATA drives simultaneously in the same enclosure For a list of supported drives go to PROMISE support http www promise com support SATA physical drives require a SAS to SATA adapter available from PROMISE ExrERNAL I O Ports PER CONTROLLER Vess R2600fi Two 8 Gb s Fibre Channel ports compatible with 4 Gb s and 2 Gb s and four 1 Gb s iSCSI ports Vess R2600i Four 1 Gb s iSCSI ports All models One external SAS port with an SFF 8088 SAS connector supports up to 4 cascading JBOD expansion units FCS up to 6 cascading JBOD expansion units SR1 Data CACHE 2 GB data cache per cont
50. 5 to 500 Hz e Non Operational 1G 5 to 500 Hz DIMENSIONS Height Width Depth e 131 x 447 x 507 mm 5 2 x 17 6 x 19 96 in WEIGHT e 31 3 kg 69 Ibs with drives installed e 20 1 kg 44 3 Ibs without drives installed Vess R2000 Series User Manual SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL EMI RFI STATEMENTS BSMI CE Warning This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures FCC This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation GOST R KCC VCCI ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS e RoHS e GreenPC e WEEE 10 WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS Vess R2000 Series User Manual Warnings and Cautions are placed in this Product Manual beside the user actions to which they apply You can find these warnings and cautions under e Unpacking the Vess R2600 on page 13 e Mounting Vess R2600 in a Rack on page 14 e Installing Physical Drives on page 16 e Logging into WebPAM PROe on page 44 e Restoring Factory Default Settings on page 55 e Importing a Configuration Script on page 57 e Exporting a Configuration Script on page 57 e Silencing the Buzzer on page 63 e Making Virtual Management
51. 9on path checker readsector0 path selector round robin 0 hardware handler 0 failback immediate rr weight uniform rr min io 100 no path retry 20 features 1 queue if no path product blacklist Vess R2600 V LUN Vess R2000 Series User Manual If you have no other multipath devices on your Host you can use this multipath conf file as shown If you have other multipath devices add these settings to your existing multipath conf file PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC 2F No 30 Industry E Rd IX Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 30075 Taiwan R O C Tel 886 3 5782 395 Fax 886 3 5782 390 www promise com
52. Administration Manual for the procedure on your system If you can see your logical drives the system is properly configured Go to Task 1 Meeting Package Requirements on page 247 If you cannot see your logical drives make the necessary adjustments and check again Task 1 MEETING PACKAGE REQUIREMENTS The latest device mapper and multipath packages must be loaded onto your Linux host before configuring Device Mapper Multipath DM MP When this document was written the current versions were e For RHEL 5 3 e device mapper 1 02 28 2 el5 e device mapper multipath 0 4 7 23 el5 e For RHEL 5 4 e device mapper 1 02 32 1 el5 e device mapper multipath 0 4 7 30 el5 e For RHEL 5 5 e device mapper 1 02 39 1 el5 e device mapper multipath 0 4 7 34 el5 e For SLES 10 SP2 e device mapper 1 02 13 6 14 e multipath tools 0 4 7 34 38 e For SLES 10 SP3 e device mapper 1 02 13 6 14 multipath tools 0 4 7 34 50 10 e For SLES 11 e device mapper 1 02 27 8 6 e multipath tools 0 4 8 40 1 e For SLES 11 SP1 e device mapper 1 02 27 8 20 e multipath tools 0 4 8 40 21 1 INSTALLING PACKAGES The easiest and most effective way to install the device mapper and multipath tool is during OS installation The device mapper installs by default regardless of the configuration you select However you must manually specify the multipath tool as it does not install as a part of any of the configurations of either OS The multipath tool is listed as an option
53. Caution 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Restoring default settings can disrupt your Vess R2600 functions Use this feature only when necessary 2 Highlight Clear Statistics and press Enter If you restore Management Network settings you lose your network connection to 3 Press Y to confirm the deletion the Vess R2600 Note To reset the Administrator s password to the factory default see Restoring Factory Defaults CLU on page 167 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Restore Factory Defaults and press Enter 3 Highlight the setting groups you want to restore and press the spacebar to toggle between Yes and No Yes means this setting is restored to the default value No means the current setting remains untouched 4 Highlight Restore Factory Defaults and press Enter 5 Press Y to confirm the reset 167 Vess R2000 Series User Manual SHUTTING Down THE SuBsvsTEM CLU SHUTTING DOWN THE Vess R2600 SSH CONNECTION This function shuts down the Vess R2600 subsystem on a SSH connection Additional action is required as There are two methods for shutting down the subsystem Choose one of the following procedures described below e Shutting down the Vess R2600 Telnet Connection on page 168 Important e Shutting down the Vess R2600 Serial Connection on page 168 D oco If you have a JBOD Expansion always
54. Enclosure Warning Temperature Threshold 51 55 C Enclosure Critical Temperature Threshold 56 68 C Controller Warning Temperature Threshold 71 75 C Controller Critical Temperature Threshold 76 80 C 4 In the field provided type the temperature in degrees C for each threshold value 5 Click the Save button 65 Viewinc FRU VPD INrormation FRU VPD refers to Vital Product Data VPD information about Field Replaceable Units FRU in the enclosure The number and type of FRU depends on the subsystem model To view FRU VPD information To make Enclosure settings 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Component List icon 3 Click the Enclosure and click the FRU VPD button Use this information when communicating with Technical Support and when ordering replacement units For contact information see Contacting Technical Support on page 228 Viewing Power Suppty Status To view the status of the power supplies and the fans that cool those power supplies Click the Device tab Click the Component List icon Click the Enclosure and click the View button KR U N re Scroll down to view the power supplies The screen displays the operational and fan status of the power supplies If any status differs from normal or the fan speed is below the Healthy Threshold value a malfunction is indicated in the Status column See Replacing a Power Supply on page 177 Viewine CooLiNG Unit Status To view the s
55. ID model type and SMART status PSU Wattage Info Enclosure power consumption power supply input and output and power on time SWMGT Info Software management Service Setting Email Service Setting Netsend Service Setting NTP Service Setting SLP Service Setting SNMP Service Setting SSH Service Setting Telnet Service Setting Webserver Sessions Info Spare Info Basic spare drive information Spare Dump Info Diagnostic information Spare Verbose Info Full spare drive information Statistic Info Subsystem info UPS Info User Info IMPORTING A CONFIGURATION SCRIPT You can write a CLI configuration script to automatically configure your Vess R2600 subsystem The script must be a plain non encrypted text file From there you can import the script from the Host PC and perform the configuration automatically Cautions Do NOT attempt to write or modify a configuration script until you receive guid ance from Technical Support See Frequently Asked Questions on page 225 Importing a configuration script overwrites the current settings on your Vess R2600 subsystem Or you can save the configuration from one Vess R2600 RAID subsystem export it and then import it to automatically configure your other Vess R2600 RAID subsystems To import a configuration script 1 Click the Administration tab Click the Import Export icon Click the Import option 2 3 4 Choose Configur
56. LUN from one system to another Important The action of creating a LUN momentarily takes the original LUN or logical drive offline While the logical drive is offline it is not available i e no read or write operations are possible A LUN clone has the same capacity stripe size read and write policies as the original LUN However the LUN clone can be a different RAID level The choice of RAID levels depends on the disk array And if you have multiple disk arrays you can create the LUN clone on a different disk array than the original LUN This action requires Super User or Power User privileges To create a LUN clone of a logical drive 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Logical Drive icon The Logical Drive list appears 3 Click the logical drive you want then click the LUN Clone button 4 Make settings as required From the Choose a RAID level drop down menu choose the RAID level of the LUN clone From the Number of Copies drop down menu choose the number of LUN clones you want to create You can make up to 8 clones of a LUN at a time e Check the box to the left of the Disk Array on which you want to create the LUN clone 5 Click the Next button and review your choices 6 101 Click the Start button to begin the cloning process The cloning progress bar displays Note the Target Logical Drive ID Use this number to identify the LUN clone in the Logical Drive list If you chose a redundant RAID leve
57. Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Global Physical Drives Settings and press Enter 3 Change the following settings as required For SATA drives Highlight Write Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Highlight Read Look Ahead Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Highlight CmdQueuing and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Highlight MediumErrorThreshold and press the backspace key to remove the current value then type a new smaller value See the comments on the next page Highlight DMA Mode and press the spacebar to toggle through UDMA 0 to 6 and MDMA 0 to 2 For SAS drives Highlight Write Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Highlight Read Look Ahead Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Highlight CmdQueuing and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Highlight MediumErrorThreshold and press the backspace key to remove the current value then type a new smaller value See the comments below Highlight Read Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled 4 Press Control A to save your settings See Viewing Physical Drive Information below to determine which functions your physical drives support Medium Error Threshold is the number of bad blocks tolerated before the control
58. Open the SSH application from the Start menu 2 Enter the IP address and SSH port number of the Vess R2600 in the fields provided The SSH default port number is 22 3 Press Enter once to launch the CLI Linux To start the Linux SSH program 1 Click the terminal icon 2 Type ssh administrator 10 0 0 1 and press Enter The IP address above is only an example Use the Management port IP address of your Vess R2600 The SSH default port number is 22 3 Press Enter once to launch the CLI 120 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Locaine Into THE CLI 1 At the Login prompt type the user name and press Enter The default user name is administrator 2 At the Password prompt type the password and press Enter The default password is password The CLI screen appears 3 At the administrator cli gt prompt type menu and press Enter The CLU Main Menu appears Figure 5 3 CLU main menu Quick Setup Subsystem Management Physical Drive Management Disk Array Management Spare Drive Management Logical Drive Management Network Management iSCSI Management Fibre Channel Management Background Activities Event Viewer Additional Info and Management Buzzer Return to CLI Quick Setup A sequence of four steps to setup system date and time Management port and RAID configuration See Setting up Vess R2600 with the CLU on page 41 Subsystem Management Subsystem settings Controller settings statistics lo
59. Poticy SETTINGS To change load balance policy settings 1 Do one of the following actions e From the Operations menu choose Change Load Balance Policy n Tree View highlight a LUN 3 and click the Change Load Balance Policy icon n Tree View right click a a LUN 3 and choose Change Load Balance Policy from the popup menu The Change Load Policy dialog box appears with the Load Balance Policy tab displayed 2 Click the option button for one of the Load Policies Failover Policy e Round Robin Policy e Round Robin with Subset Policy Least Queue Depth Policy 3 Click the Next button The Path Selection tab displays 4 Take the action appropriate for your policy selection For Round Robin and Least Queue Depth no action is required Skip to step 5 e For Failover move the path you want to be active to the Primary Path Selected pane Move all other paths to the Path Available pane For Round Robin with Subset move the paths you want to be active to the Primary Path Selected pane Move the paths you want as standby to the Path Available pane You can have all paths in the Subset 5 Click the Next button The Summary tab displays the current and selected new policy 6 Click the Finish button to apply your settings The new settings take effect immediately See also e Round Robin Count e Refreshing the Objects Path VERIFICATION Path verification monitors any failed paths and automa
60. R2000 Series User Manual CREATING Disk ARRAYS AND LocIcaL Drives Important PROMISE recommends that you change the Administrator s default password immediately l l after setup is completed See Changing User Passwords on page 70 On a newly activated RAID system there are no disk arrays or logical drives The term disk array includes arrays composed of hard disk drives or solid state drives To create your disk arrays and logical drives Note 1 Click the Storage tab then click the Wizard option Make a Bookmark Firefox or set a Favorite Internet Explorer of the Login Screen so you can access it easily next time Or click Disk Array under System Status The Wizard screen appears with three creation alternatives e Automatic After log in the WebPAM PROe opens with the Dashboard tab Figure 3 3 WebPAM PROe Dashboard tab Advanced 2 Click one of these buttons to continue PROMISE Save Service Report y Help Contact Us About AjLogout x Figure 3 4 The Disk Configuration Wizard main menu administrator e SERE 3 hn 182 168 206 40 xum Dashboard Device Storage Administration Model VessRAID 2840f i Enclosure Type VESS2000 3U 16Bay amp Wizard amp ga System Status f Event Information More The configuration can be done in one of the following ways Bg disk array Device Severity Time Description ity va This option enables you to create a new disk array
61. Read Write Request N Max Response Time Ctrl 2 Controller Number of requests 2 maximum response time Read I O Request Number of requests To clear physical drive statistics see Clearing Statistics on page 55 Viewine Puvsicat Drive SMART Loc INFoRMATION To view physical drive SMART Log information Click the Device tab Click the Physical Drive icon Click the physical drive you want then click the View button Bo que ue Click the SMART Log tab SMART Log information includes n progress SMART Support Yes or no depends on the drive SMART Log Enabled Enabled or disabled see Note below SMART Health status OK is normal e SCT Status Version e SCT Version e SCT Support Level Device State If the SMART Log is disabled see Making Controller Settings 89 Current Temperature Power Cycle Min Temperature Power Cycle Max Temperature Lifetime Min Temperature Lifetime Max Temperature Under Temperature Limit Count Over Temperature Limit Count Vess R2000 Series User Manual SAVING THE Physica Drive SMART Loc To save the physical drive SMART Log Click the Device tab Click the Physical Drive icon Click the physical drive you want then click the View button Click the SMART Log tab pe ieee Se Re Click the Save Advanced SMART Log button Your browser saves a text file containing the SMART Log to its designated download folder LocariNG A PuysicaAt Drive
62. Storage tab Disk Array and Logical Drive are marked Critical with a yellow icon RAID 6 and 60 logical drives are marked e Degraded with a yellow icon when ONE physical drive is offline e Critical with a yellow icon when TWO physical drives are offline RAID 0 logical drives show Offline status and a red X 9 icon If there is no spare drive or unconfigured drive in the RAID system you must provide the replacement drive See Installing Physical Drives on page 16 e Administration tab Depending on your settings and availability of a replacement drive your system automatically rebuilds the degraded disk array See Rebuilding a Disk Array on page 215 The system sends an Email message about the incident to subscribing users depending on user settings See Setting User Event Subscriptions Disk Array OffLine Logica Drive OFFLINE Disk arrays are made up of physical drives Logical drives are created on the disk array When a disk array and its logical drives go Offline the data stored in the logical drives is no longer accessible RAID 0 logical drives go Offline when ONE physical drive is removed or fails RAID 1 1E 3 5 10 30 and 50 logical drives go Offline when TWO physical drives are removed or fail RAID 6 and 60 logical drives go Offline when THREE physical drives are removed or fail WebPAM PROe reports these conditions in the following places e Dashboard tab A red X 9 icon appears be
63. Sussystem 61 61 Viewine BATTERY INFORMATION 62 RECONDITIONING A Battery 62 Buzzer Settines 63 SILENCING THE BUZZER 63 MANAGING ENCLOSURES 63 Viewine ENcLosuRE ToPoLocy 64 VIEWING THE ENcLosuRES SUMMARY 65 LOCATING AN ENCLOSURE 65 VIEWING ENCLOSURE INFORMATION 65 Maxine Enctosure Settines 65 Viewing FRU VPD Inrormation 66 Viewing Power Suppty Status 66 Viewine Cootine Unit Status 66 VIEWING TEMPERATURE SENSOR STATUS 66 Viewine Voutace Sensor Status 66 MaNaciNG UPS Units 67 Viewing A List or UPS Units 67 Maxine UPS SETTINGS 67 Viewinc UPS Information 68 MaNaciNG Network Connections 68 Maxine Virtual MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS 68 Maxine Maintenance Mone SETTINGS 69 MaNaciNc Users 69 Viewine User INFormation 69 Creatine A User 70 Maxine User SETTINGS 70 CHANGING User Passworps 70 Devetina A User 71 SETTING User Event SUBSCRIPTIONS 71 ImportinG A User DataBase 71 Exportine A User DataBase 72 MaNaciNG BackcRouNp Activities 72 Viewine Current BackenouNp Activities 73 Viewine ScHEDULED Backarounn Activities 73 Appine A ScHEDULED Backcrounn Activity 73 CHANGING A BackcRouND Activity SCHEDULE 74 ENABLING OR DISABLING A SCHEDULED BackeRoUND Activity 74 DELETING A SCHEDULED BackGROUND Activity 74 Menia Parrot 75 Repunpancy CHECK 75 Initiauization 75 RiBUILD 76 MIGRATION 76 PDM 76 TRANSITION 77 SYNCHRONIZATION 77 Battery RECONDITIONING 77 Viewine LocicaL Drive CHECK TABLES 97 Viewine iSCSI Port INFORMATI
64. Then highlight the Week and Day and toggle to make your choices 5 Press Control A to save your settings Notes A The NTP server name shown is an example only You must find and enter your local NTP server name GMT is the older designation for UTC SYNCHRONIZING WITH A NTP Server CLU The Vess R2600 subsystem automatically synchronizes with a NTP server every night and a startup You have the option of synchronizing manually at any time To manually synchronize the Vess R2600 with a NTP server 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight NTP Management and press Enter 3 Highlight Start Time Sync and press Enter 4 Press Y to confirm To verify check Last Synchronization Time and Last Synchronization Result MANAGING THE RAID Contro ters CLU RAID controller management includes the following functions e Viewing Controller Information CLU on page 124 e Making Controller Settings CLU on page 124 e Locating the Controller CLU on page 125 ViewinG ConTROLLER INFoRmaTION CLU Controller Management includes information settings and statistics To access Controller Management 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Controller Management and press Enter The Controller summary information includes e Controller ID 1 or 2 Alias if assigned e Operational Status OK means normal Might show BGA running Not
65. Under Refresh Rate click the arrows or type a new value in the Seconds field to change the interval REFRESHING THE 0B JECTS 5 seconds is the default value Use this function after making an addition or deletion to your LUNs or paths 4 Click the Apply button To refresh the objects do one of the following actions The new setting takes effect immediately e From the Operations menu choose Refresh See also e Click the Refresh icon e Viewing LUN Performance Statistics PerfectPath automatically displays all reported changes However some actions are not reported e Viewing Path Performance Statistics The Refresh action enables you to see the latest information See also Roun Rosin Count e Automatic Load Balancing for Failover Policy e Load Balance Policy When you set your path Load Balance Policy to Round Robin the I Os follow all active paths changing paths at e Path Verification the specified I O count You can set the I O count in the General tab of the Advanced Settings dialog box e PDO Removal CHANGING THE Rounpb Rosin Count VIEWING SYSTEM INFORMATION To change Round Robin Count settings 242 Vess R2000 Series User Manual To view System information and settings do one of the following actions TROU BLESHOOTING e From the System menu choose System Information e Click the System Information icon If you see no LUNs in the PerfectPath GUI or no Multi Path Disk Devices under Disk drives see Figure 3 d
66. Virtua MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS AUTOMATICALLY Automatic settings require a DHCP server on your network DHCP is currently supported on IPv4 only To enable automatic management port settings 1 At the command prompt type net a mod f ipv4 s dhcp enable and press Enter administrator cli gt net a mod f ipv4 s dhcp enable After a moment the comand prompt reappears indicating that your setting was successful administrator cli gt 2 To verify the setting change at the command prompt type net and press Enter The following information displays administrator cli gt net PF Status IP Link IPv4 Enabled 10 0 0 1 Up IPv6 Disabled Up In the above example e PF refers to IP protocol family v4 or v6 Status refers to whether the IP protocol is enabled IPv4 is enabled by default e IP is the virtual management port IP address Link indicates whether there is a working network connection By default IPv4 is enabled and IPv6 is disabled Currently IPv6 does not suppport DHCP MakiNc Virtua MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS MANUALLY UNDER IPv4 To make IPv4 settings manually on the management port 1 At the command prompt type net a mod f ipv4 s followed by e primaryipz and the IP address e primaryipmask and the subnet mask e primarydns and the DNS server IP address e gateway and the Gateway server IP address and press Enter 38 Vess R2000 Series User Manual
67. You can choose Stripe Size directly when you use the Wizard Advanced Configuration function to create a logical drive You cannot change the Stripe Size of an existing logical drive You must delete the logical drive and create a new one The available Stripe Sizes are 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB and 1 MB 64 KB is the default There are two issues to consider when choosing the Stripe Size e You should choose a Stripe Size equal to or smaller than the smallest cache buffer found on any physical drive in the disk array Selecting a larger value slows read write performance because physical drives with smaller cache buffers need more time for multiple accesses to fill their buffers e If your data retrieval consists of fixed data blocks such as with some database or video applications then you should choose that size as your Stripe Size If you do not know the cache buffer or fixed data block sizes choose 64 KB as your Stripe Size Generally speaking e Email POS and web servers prefer smaller stripe sizes e Video and database applications prefer larger stripe sizes SECTOR SIZE A sector is the smallest addressable area on a physical drive Sector size refers to the number of data bytes a sector can hold A smaller sector size is a more efficient use of a physical drive s capacity 512 bytes 512 B is the most common sector size and the default in WebPAM PROe 192 Vess R2000 Series User Manual PREFERRED CONTROLLER ID Whe
68. a complex configuration such as multiple HBAs connected with multiple LUNs and paths to your PC installation can take a long time You can choose to temporarily disconnect your storage install PerfectPath then reconnect your storage to reduce installation time INSTALLING PERFECTPATH To install the PerfectPath software 1 Download the PerfectPath installer file from PROMISE support http www promise com support and save the installer file to your Windows desktop 2 Double click the PerfectPath exe installer file to start the installer 3 In the Welcome screen click the Next button 4 In the License Agreement screen click the I accept the terms of this license agreement option then click the Next button 5 In the Close All Disk Management Applications screen click the Next button 6 In the Ready to Install the Program screen click the Install button 7 Optional If the installer displays a Security Alert message about an unsigned driver click the Yes button to continue installation The software files install onto the system drive in the Program Files Promise PerfectPath folder There is no optional install location 8 In the Install Completed screen click the Finish button 9 In the Restart message box click the Yes button to restart your PC Important v1 Save the PerfectPath installer file in case you need to repair your PerfectPath software in the future See Repairing PerfectPath 10 236 Ves
69. a new interval value 1 to 1440 minutes Highlight Poll Interval and press the backspace key to erase the current value Type a new interval value 15 to 255 seconds Highlight Adaptive Writeback Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled For more information see Host Cache Flushing on page 195 Highlight Forced Read Ahead Cache and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled For more information see Forced Read Ahead Cache on page 195 Highlight HDD Power Saving and the spacebar to choose a time period After an HDD has been idle for a set period of time Power Saving Idle Time Parks the read write heads Power Saving Standby Time Lowers disk rotation speed Power Saving Stopped Time Spins down the disk stops rotation You must also enable Power Management on the disk array See Creating a Disk Array Advanced CLU on page 133 and Enabling Media Patrol PDM and Power Management on a Disk Array CLU on page 135 6 Press Control A to save your settings Ei 125 Notes Power Management must be enabled on the disk array for the HDD Power Saving settings to be effective See Making Disk Array Settings CLU on page 134 Power management is limited to the features your HDDs actually support Vess R2000 Series User Manual LOCATING THE CONTROLLER CLU To locate this controller 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter
70. address Choose a new Privilege level from the drop down menu See the table on the next page Click the Save button CHANGING User PASSWORDS This action requires Administrator or Super User privileges To change a user s password 1 Click the Administration tab Click the User Management icon 2 3 4 In the User list click the user you want then click Change Password In the Change Password dialog box enter the information in the fields provided New Password Retype Password Click the Save button Vess R2000 Series User Manual DELETING A USER IMPORTING A User DATABASE This action requires Administrator or Super User privileges You can save the user information and settings from one Vess R2600 RAID subsystem export it and then import it to automatically configure your other Vess R2600 RAID subsystems Note You cannot delete the Administrator Caution Importing a user database overwrites the current users and user settings on your Vess R2600 subsystem To delete a user To import a user database 1 Click the Administration tab Click the Administration tab Click the User Management icon Click the Import Export icon 2 3 In the User list click the user you want then click the Delete button Click the Import option 4 In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button Click the Browse button and navigate t
71. also Viewing Path Performance Statistics Load Balance Policy Viewine Path PERFORMANCE STATISTICS To view performance statistics for a Path 1 Click a Path in Tree View 2 Click the Performance tab The Performance tab reports the state and cumulative counts for a specific path Move the scroll bar or expand the window to see all of the reported statistics The Performance tab reports the following data for each path Path ID Bytes Written State Active or not Non IO Requests Read Requests Queue Depth Write Requests Retries Count Bytes Read Failure Count An Active state indicates this path is available to handle I O requests If Active does not appear the path is designated as Standby Active and Standby states are determined by Load Balance Policy See also e Viewing Path Performance Statistics e Load Balance Policy Viewine EVENTS Click the Events tab to view MPIO related events The data includes Type Error Warning or Information Server Time Message Date Move the scroll bar or expand the window to see all of the reported information Use this information to verify that settings changes took place and diagnose problems 239 Vess R2000 Series User Manual See also Automatic Load Balancing for Failover Policy Load Balance Policy Path Verification PDO Removal Refreshing the Objects CLEARING PATH STATISTICS You can Clear Path Statistics for all
72. and Application servers e WWW E mail and News servers e Intranet servers RAID 6 BLock AND Dous e Parity STRIPE RAID level 6 stores dual parity data is rotated across the physical drives along with the block data A RAID 6 logical drive can continue to accept I O requests when any two physical drives fail Hence a RAID 6 logical drive with 7 100 GB physical drives has a capacity of 500 GB A RAID 6 logical drive with 4 100 GB physical drives has a capacity of 200 GB RAID 6 becomes more capacity efficient in terms of physical drives as the number of physical drives increases RAID 6 provides double fault tolerance Your logical drive remains available when up to two physical drives fail RAID 6 is generally considered to be the safest RAID level A RAID 6 on Vess R2600 consists of 4 to 32 physical drives Advantages Disadvantages High Read data transaction rate Medium Write data transaction rate Good aggregate transfer rate e Safest RAID level except for RAID 60 High disk overhead equivalent of two drives used for parity Slightly lower performance than RAID 5 Recommended Applications for RAID 6 e Accounting and Financial e Database servers e Any application requiring very high availability RAID 10 Mirror STRIPE Mirror Stripe combines both of the RAID 1 and RAID 0 logical drive types RAID 10 can increase performance by reading and writing data in parallel or stri
73. and letting your DHCP server assign the IP address to the Vess R2600 s virtual management port e Specifying a static IP address for the Vess R2600 s virtual management port DHCP is currently supported on IPv4 only If you use IPv6 you must make your network settings manually If you choose to enable DHCP have your Network Administrator dedicate an IP address for the Vess R2600 linked to the Vess R2600 s MAC address This action prevents the DHCP server from assigning a new IP address when the Vess R2600 restarts with the result that users can no longer log in AccEssiNc THE MAC Appnrss iN THE CLI To access the MAC address in the CLI At the command prompt type net a list v and press Enter The following information displays administrator cli gt net a list v ActiveCtrlId 1 Port 1 MaxSupportedSpeed 1000Mbps LinkStatus Up ProtocolFamily IPv4 Enabled DHCP Disabled LP 0 04 0 1 IPMask 0 0 0 0 MAC 00 01 55 61 18 65 DNS 0 0 0 0 Gateway 0 0 0 0 ProtocolFamily IPv6 Disabled pps IPMask MAC 00 01 55 61 18 65 DNS 3 Gateway DHCP Disabled AccEssiNc THE MAC Appress iN THE CLU To access the MAC address in the CLU 1 At the CLI command prompt type menu and press Enter The CLU screen appears 2 Highlight Network Management and press Enter 3 Highlight IPv4 and press Enter 37 The following information displays Active Controller Id 1 Po
74. and switches download the latest compatibility list from PROMISE support http www promise com support This arrangement requires e An iSCSI HBA network interface card NIC in the host PC or server e A standard network switch Data PATH Each Vess R2600 controller has four 4 RJ45 iSCSI data port connectors See Figure 2 15 iSCSI data and management ports on the RAID controller on page 24 To establish the data path 1 Connect an Ethernet cable between the iSCSI NIC in the host PC or server and an iSCSI data port on one of the RAID controller See Figure 2 18 iSCSI DAS data and management connections on page 27 2 Connect an Ethernet cable between the iSCSI NIC in the host PC or server and an iSCSI data port on the other RAID controller MANAGEMENT PATH Each Vess R2600 controller has one 1 Ethernet RJ 45 management port connector See Figure 2 15 iSCSI data and management ports on the RAID controller on page 24 To establish the management path 1 Connect an Ethernet cable between the network connector on the host PC or server and the standard network switch See Figure 2 18 iSCSI DAS data and management connections on page 27 2 Connect Ethernet cables between the standard network switch and the Management ports on both RAID controllers 27 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Figure 2 18 iSCSI DAS data and management connections LII ISCSI with JBOD Expansion J
75. any disk array Dedicated to newly created disk array The disk array you are now creating 5 In the Select Physical Drives diagram click a drive to choose it for your spare The ID number for chosen drive appears in the field below the diagram 6 Click the Submit button If you are done creating spare drives click the Finish button To create another spare drive click the Create More button DELETING A SPARE DRIVE This action requires Administrator or a Super User privileges To delete a spare drive 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Spare Drive icon 3 Click the spare drive you want then click the Delete button 4 In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button MAKING Spare Drive SETTINGS To make spare drive settings 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Spare Drive icon 3 Click the spare drive you want then click the Settings button 4 For each of the following items accept the default or change the settings as required Inthe Revertible drop down menu choose Yes or No e Check the Media Patrol box to enable Media Patrol on this spare drive Uncheck to disable Inthe Spare Type drop down menu choose Global or Dedicated e f you use chose a Dedicated spare check the box beside the disk array to which this spare drive is assigned 5 Click the Save button LOCATING A SPARE DRIVE Spare drives are located in the same way as indivi
76. click the Settings button Make settings changes as required e Jumbo Frames Check to enable jumbo frame support on this port Uncheck to disable Click the Submit button Vess R2000 Series User Manual ViEWING A List or SCSI TRUNKS A trunk is the aggregation of two or more iSCSI ports to increase bandwidth To view a list of trunks 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the iSCSI Management icon 3 Click the Trunk tab Trunk information includes Trunk ID ID number of the trunk Controller ID ID of the RAID controller 1 or 2 Master Port ID of the master port Slave Ports IDs of the slave ports Failed Ports IDs of any ports that are not working State Optimal Sub Optimal or Failed Failed ports result in sub optimal and failed trunks AppiNG iSCSI Trunks Ports must be enabled to add them to a trunk Vess R2600 supports a maximum of eight trunks You cannot use an iSCSI port that has portals configured to it See Viewing a List of iSCSI Portals and Deleting iSCSI Portals To add an iSCSI trunk 1 Click the Device tab Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Trunk tab 2 3 4 Click the Create Trunk button 5 Make your choices as required Controller ID ID of the RAID controller 1 or 2 Master Port number ID of the master port Slave Port number IDs the slave ports 6 Click the Submit button The new trunk is added to the list Specify the
77. default Telnet service is set to Manual and its normal status is Stopped To make Telnet service settings From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter 1 2 3 Highlight Telnet and press Enter 4 Highlight Startup Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual 5 Highlight the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value e Port number 2300 is the default Session Time Out 24 minutes is the default 1440 minutes 24 hours e Maximum number of connections 4 is the default 6 Press Control A to save your settings To start stop or restart the Telnet service highlight Start Stop or Restart and press Enter Maxine SSH Sertines CLU By default Secure Shell SSH service is set to Automatic and its normal status is Started To make SSH settings From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter 1 2 3 Highlight SSH and press Enter 4 Highlight Startup Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual 5 Highlight the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value e Port number 22 is the default Session Time Out 24 minutes is the default 1440 minutes 24 hours e Maximum number of connections 4 is the default 6 Press
78. drive initialization has started Quick logical drive initialization has completed No action is required Quick logical drive initialization has paused Resume the initialization when ready Quick logical drive initialization has resumed No action is required Quick logical drive initialization has stopped If this action was not intentional check the logical drive s status Quick logical drive initialization marks the logical drive offline Replace the failed physical drive Delete and recreate the logical drive Quick logical drive Initialization is aborted due to an internal error Reduce system load on the Vess R2600 Quick logical drive initialization is queued A new logical drive has been created Logical drive has been deleted Logical drive has been placed online No action is required Logical drive has been placed online Possible data loss Logical drive has been set to critical Logical drive has been set to degrade Check the state of the physical drives replace any bad drives Rebuild logical drive Rebuild marks the logical drive synchronized upon rebuild completion Logical drive settings has been changed through a user command One of the error tables of a logical drive has been cleared by the user Logical drive axle has been placed online No action is required Media Patrol Media patrol is started Media patrol is in progress
79. drop down menu choose a Target physical drive Click the Confirm button SropPiNG PAUsING oR Resuming PDM To stop pause or resume PDM 1 2 3 Click the Administration tab Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears Mouse over PDM and click the Stop Pause or Resume button You can also enable or disable PDM on individual disk arrays See Making Disk Array Settings on page 93 PREPARING A Disk ARRAY FOR TRANSPORT This feature prepares the physical drives that make up the disk array to be removed from the enclosure and installed in a different location To prepare a disk array for transport 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Disk Array icon The list of disk arrays appears 3 Click the disk array you want then click the Transport button 4 Click the Confirm button The status changes to Transport Ready 5 Remove the physical drives and install them in their new location For more information see Installing Physical Drives on page 16 REBUILDING A Disk ARRAY When you rebuild a disk array you are actually rebuilding the data on one physical drive If there is no spare drive of adequate capacity and the Auto Rebuild function is DISABLED you must replace the failed drive with an unconfigured physical drive then perform a Manual Rebuild See Making Rebuild Settings on page 76 Important If your replacement disk drive was formerly part of a
80. e Logical Drives The ID numbers of the logical drives their RAID levels capacity sector size and stripe size e Spare Drives The ID numbers of the logical drives type global or dedicated revertible option enabled or disabled and media type A hot spare drive is created for all RAID levels except RAID 0 when five or more unconfigured physical drives are available If you do NOT accept these parameters use the Express or Advanced option to create your disk array If you accept these parameters click the Submit button and then click the Finish button The new disk array appears in the Disk Array List on the Storage tab Disk Array option 46 Figure 3 5 Automatic Configuration menu x Automatic Configuration e Disk Array Information Number of Logical Drives 1 Number of Physical Drives 14 Physical Drive IDs 354 5 5 7 859 10711 12 713 14 15 15 Total Configurable Capacity 6 35 TB Media Type HDD e Disk Array Logical Drives RAID Level Capacity Sector 1 RAID 5 44 TB 512 Bytes e Spare Drives PD ID Type Revertible 1 PD2 Global Disabled Submit Cancel Vess R2000 Series User Manual Stripe 64 KB Media Type HDD Wizarp ApvANCED CONFIGURATION Note For an explanation of the parameters under the Advanced option see Chapter 7 Technology Background on page 183 When you choose the Advanced option the Create Disk Array menu appears Step 1 Disk ARRAY CREATION
81. even if you do not populate all the carriers with physical drives INSTALLING Your Drives The drive carrier accommodates 2 5 inch and 3 5 inch drives with or without a SAS to SATA adapter Cautions Swing open the drive carrier handle before you insert the drive carrier into the enclosure To avoid hand contact with an electrical hazard remove only one drive carrier a time Important SATA drives require a SAS to SATA adapter available from PROMISE Technology at http www promise com SAS drives do not require adapters 1 Press the drive carrier release button The handle springs open 2 Grasp the handle and gently pull the empty drive carrier out of the enclosure Disk carrier release button Figure 2 8 Drive carrier front view PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC 3 If you are installing SATA drives attach a SAS to SATA adapter onto the power and data connectors of each drive 4 Carefully lay the drive into the carrier with the power and data connectors facing away from the carrier handle 17 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 5 Position the drive in the carrier so the mounting holes line up e 2 5 inch drive mounting screws go through the bottom of the carrier e SAS to SATA adapter mounting screws go through the bottom of the carrier e 3 5 inch drive mounting screws go through the sides of the carrier Figure 2 6 Drive carrier bottom view Figure 2 7 Drive carrier side view 6
82. from SAN SuPPORTED BROWSERS Vess R2000 Series User Manual Browsers run on the host PC or server from which you monitor and manage the Vess R2600 subsystem using WebPAM PROe The browsers listed here meet the minimum version requirements for browser compatibility For the latest list of supported browsers go to PROMISE support Mozilla Firefox 14 0 1 Google Chrome 20 0 1132 57 m Internet Explorer 7 Version 7 0 5730 13 Internet Explorer 8 Version 8 0 6001 18702 Internet Explorer 9 Version Safari 5 1 7 for Windows Safari 5 1 7 for MAC Mozilla Firefox for Linux 3 6 13 http www promise com support GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Power SUPPLIES Hot swap and redundant with PFC 100 240 Vac auto ranging 50 60 Hz N 1 design Meets 80Plus bronze VOLTAGE 100 240 VAC Auto Ranging Current Maximum 4A 115 VAC 2 A 230 VAC Power CONVERSION EFFICIENCY gt 80 110V gt 20 load gt 80 240V gt 20 load OPERATING ENVIRONMENT TEMPERATURE RANGE Operational 5 to 35 C 41 to 95 F Non Operational 40 to 60 C 40 to 140 F Humipity RANGE Operational 10 to 90 Non Condensing Non Operational 5 to 95 Non Condensing Noise SHOCK AND VIBRATION Acoustic Noise LEVELS e Typical 55 dB e Maximum 75 dB SHOCK e Operational 5G 11 ms duration e Non Operational 30G 11ms duration VIBRATION e Operational 0 2G sinewave 0 5 oct min
83. from the suspect physical drive to a spare drive before the physical drive fails Before you can run PDM you must have a replacement or target physical drive of adequate capacity for your disk array To run PDM on a disk array 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Background Activities and press Enter 4 Highlight Predictive Data Migration and press Enter Default source and target drives are shown with possible alternative choices 5 To choose different drive highlight the drive press the backspace key to remove the current number then type a new number 6 Highlight Start and press Enter See Enabling Media Patrol PDM and Power Management on a Disk Array CLU on page 135 For PDM rate see Making Background Activity Settings CLU on page 154 RUNNING TRANSITION ON A Disk Array CLU Transition is the process of replacing a revertible spare drive that is currently part of a disk array with an unconfigured physical drive or a non revertible spare drive For more information see Transition on page 193 In order to run Transition e The spare drive must be Revertible e You must have an unconfigured physical drive of the same or larger capacity to replace the spare drive To run Transition on a disk array 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the disk array you want an
84. https support promise com Web site http www promise com KOREA Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com 229 HonG KonG Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com SINGAPORE Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com JAPAN 3F Mura Matsu Bldg 3 8 5 Hongo Bunkyo ku Tokyo 113 0033 Japan Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com Vess R2000 Series User Manual LimitED WARRANTY PROMISE Technology Inc PROMISE warrants that this product from the time of the delivery of the product to the original end user a all components except the cache backup battery for a period of three 3 years b the cache backup battery for a period of one 1 year C will conform to PROMISE s specifications d will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service This warranty a applies only to products which are new and in cartons on the date of purchase b is not transferable C is valid only when accompanied by a copy of the original purchase invoice d Is not valid on spare parts This warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from a improper or inadequate maintenance or unauthorized modification s performed by the end user b operation outside the environment
85. in this case your host PC or server The initiator makes requests to and receives responses from an iSCSI target on the Vess R2600 RAID subsystem Each initiator has a unique iSCSI qualified name IQN You specify the initiator by that name when you map a LUN or logical drive to the initiator Initiators come in two varieties software and hardware SOFTWARE A software initiator uses code to implement iSCSI The software emulates SCSI devices for a computer by speaking the iSCSI protocol Software initiators are available for most mainstream operating systems and this type is the most common mode of deploying iSCSI on computers For more information see your iSCSI driver user documentation HARDWARE A hardware initiator uses dedicated hardware in combination with software running on it to implement iSCSI A common example is an iSCSI host bus adapter HBA card The iSCSI HBA is a 1 gigabit or 10 gigabit Ethernet network Interface card NIC that plugs into a PCI Express slot It looks like a SCSI device to the host PC or server s operating system The iSCSI HBA uses a TCP IP Offload Engine TOE to perform iSCSI and TCP processing and managing interrupts leaving the host PC or server s microprocessor free to run other applications For more information see your iSCSI HBA user documentation TARGET The target represents a storage device in this case the Vess R2600 RAID subsystem Each target has a unique iSCSI qualified name IQN
86. ipv4 s dhcp enable and press Enter administrator cli gt net a mod m c 1 f ipv4 s dhcp enable administrator cli gt The following information displays administrator cli gt net a list m CtrlId 1 Port 1 ProtocolFamily IPv4 Enabled DHCP IP 10 0 0 2 IPMask 255 0 0 0 MAC 00 01 55 30 65 E9 DNS 0 0 0 0 Gateway 0 0 0 0 Cid cas d Port 1 ProtocolFamily IPv6 Disabled DHCP IP 2001 2 IPMask ffff MAC 00 01 55 30 65 E9 DNS 23 Gateway Cee Tas 22 Port 1 ProtocolFamily IPv4 Enabled DHCP IP 10 0 0 3 IPMask 255 0 0 0 MAC 00 01 55 30 65 D7 DNS 0 0 0 0 Gateway 0 0 0 0 Geri Tas 2 Port 1 ProtocolFamily IPv6 Disabled DHCP EP s 200 13 23 IPMask ffff MAC 00 01 55 30 65 D7 DNS 02 Gateway After a moment the comand prompt reappears indicating that your setting was successful 2 To verify the settings changes at the command prompt type net a list m and press Enter Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 above but change c 1 controller 1 to c 2 contoller 2 MakiNc Maintenance Mone Settines MANUALLY UNDER IPv4 You make these settings for one controller at a time Vess R2000 Series User Manual 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 above but change c 1 controller 1 to c 2 controller 2 Makine Maintenance Mone Settincs MANUALLY UNDER IPv6 To make maintenance mode
87. iqn of this target 4 e TargetAlias Maximum of 32 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An alias is optional e TargetStatus Up or down e ErrorRecovLevel Error recovery level supported e ImmediateData Enables the initiator to send unsolicited data with the iSCSI command PDU e MaxConnection Maximum number of connections e DataPDUlnOrder Enables placement of data in PDU order e InitialR2T Allows initiator to begin sending data to a target without receiving a ready to transfer command e DataSeglnOrder Enables placement of data in sequential order e OutStandingR2T Maximum number of R2T PDUs the target can have outstanding for a single iSCSI command e MaxBurstLen Maximum length of a solicited data sequence in bytes e DefTimeToWait After a dropped connection the number of seconds to wait before attempting to reconnect e DefTimeToRetain Number of seconds after time to wait above before reassigning outstanding commands e HeaderDigest Enables the use of header digest CRC Enabled or disabled e DataDigest Enables the use of a data digest CRC Enabled or disabled e UniCHAPAuthen Uni directional peer CHAP authentication enabled or disabled e BiCHAPAuthen Bi directional local CHAP authentication enabled or disabled e FirstBurstLen First burst length in bytes e AssignedPortals Portals assigned to this target
88. is properly installed and all cables are connected Controller Firmware mismatch with that of the Controller set to Maintenance Mode because of hardware mismatch with partner controller Auto Firmware synchronization upgrades or partner controller downgrades the firmware Compare controller types and amount of memory installed Correct or update as needed Controller set to Maintenance Mode because of firmware mismatch with partner controller Update this controller to the same firmware version as the partner controller Controller set to Maintenance Mode because Firmware is flashing in the partner controller Exit out of Maintenance mode after firmware flashing is complete Controller set to Maintenance Mode because of flash image version mismatch with partner controller Update this controller to the same flash image version as the partner controller Controller has been set to Maintenance mode because there is a mismatch in the Controller Model or Hardware version with that of the partner controller Controller has been set to Maintenance mode because there is a mismatch in the memory size with that of the partner controller Partner Controller has entered maintenance mode to protect user data since one of the configured physical drives was disconnected in the partner controller Replace this controller with the same Model and Hardware version as the partner controller Replace this controller
89. is unconfigured Steady Blue Drive is present Flashing Blue Activity on drive Steady green Drive is configured Blinking both LEDs blink Locator feature Amber Drive is rebuilding Red Drive error or failure Configured means the physical drive either belongs to an array or it is assigned as a spare drive Steady means the LED is on Blinking means a regular on off pattern Flashing means intermittent and irregular on off pattern For more information on LEDs see Chapter 8 Troubleshooting on page 201 32 Vess R2000 Series User Manual ConTROLLER LEDs When boot up is finished and the Vess R2600 subsystem is functioning normally Controller status LEDs display green continuously Ethernet LEDs display green or flash depending on your network connection e The FC iSCSI SAS and Expansion LEDs display green or flash during port activity Figure 2 25 Vess R2600 controller LEDs JBOD Expansion LED iSCSI Ports LEDs A L VEN VENUE M ont IOIOI 1152008 N 1 Figure 2 26 Vess R2600fi controller LEDs JBOD Expansion LED iSCSI Port LEDs FC Ports gt As E Ea lian en amp e fo 8 SAS EXP Lr IL Jl Jt L FC1 FC2 m2 56 Mamt 9 IOIOI 116200 8 N 1 ConTROLLER LED BEHAVIOR When boot up is finished and the Vess R2600 subsystem is functioning normally the Controller status LED di
90. number of the drive Firmware Version Firmware version on the drive Protocol Version ATA ATAPI or SCSI protocol version Visible To Controllers that can access this physical drive Queue Depth Number of commands Maximum Multiple DMA Mode Supported Maximum Ultra DMA Mode Supported DMA Mode Power Saving Level Enabled or disabled APM Support Standby or Active Medium Error Threshold Drive Temperature Drive Reference Temperature Advanced information for SAS physical drives includes e Read Cache Enabled or disabled Port 1 SAS Address e Read Cache Support Yes or No e Port 2 Negotiated Physical Drive Speed Write Cache Enabled or disabled e Port 2 SAS Address e Write Cache Support Yes or No Drive Temperature in C e Enable Read Look Ahead Support Yes or No Drive Reference Temperature in C e Read Look Ahead Cache Enabled or disabled e Power Saving Level Enabled or disabled Command Queuing Support Yes or No Medium Error Threshold WWN World Wide Name e SAS SATA Bridge Firmware Version e SAS SATA Bridge Boot Loader Version e Command Queuing Enabled or disabled e Port 1 Negotiated Physical Drive Speed MakiNG GLopaL Puysicat Drive SETTINGS To make global physical drive settings 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Physical Drive icon 3 Click the Global Physical Drive Settings button 4 Check the boxes to enable uncheck to disable Fo
91. on page 72 Managing Storage Services on page 78 Monitoring Performance on page 85 Managing Physical Drives on page 87 Managing Disk Arrays on page 91 Managing Logical Drives on page 96 Managing Spare Drives on page 101 Managing Initiators on page 104 Managing LUNs on page 105 Managing Fibre Channel Connections on page 107 Managing iSCSI Connections on page 109 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Loccinc iNTo WEBPAM PROE 1 Launch your browser 2 In the browser address field type in the virtual management port IP address of the Vess R2600 subsystem Use the IP address you set in the CLI page 37 or CLU page 41 Example e WebPAM PROe uses a secure HTTP connection https Enter the IP address of the Vess R2600 For example if your Vess R2600 has an IP address 10 0 0 1 your entry looks like this https 10 0 0 1 3 When the login screen appears Type administrator in the User Name field Type password in the Password field Click the Login button The User Name and Password are case sensitive 4 Optional Choose a display language from the drop down menu WebPAM PROe displays in English German French Italian Spanish Russian Japanese Traditional Chinese Simplified Chinese and Korean 5 Click the Login button Figure 4 1 WebPAM PROe log in screen PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC WeePAm PROG e SEU aa User Name administrator V Password eee
92. over Transition and click the Start button From the Source Physical Drive drop down menu choose a Source disk array and the revertible spare drive Arrays have an ID No The revertible spare has a Seq No Sequence number From the Target Physical Drive drop down menu choose a Target unconfigured drive Click the Confirm button STOPPING PAUSING OR RESUMING A TRANSITION To stop pause or resume Transition 1 2 3 Click the Administration tab Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears Mouse over Transition and click the Stop Pause or Resume button MANAGING INITIATORS Initiator management includes Viewing a List of Initiators on page 104 Adding an FC Initiator on page 104 Deleting an FC Initiator on page 104 Adding an iSCSI Initiator on page 105 VIEWING A List or INITIATORS The Vess R2600 s initiator list displays initiators available for mapping to a LUN or logical drive You must add initiators to the Vess R2600 s initiator list to make them available for mapping to a LUN To view a list of initiators 1 2 Click the Storage tab Click the Initiator icon The list of initiators appears Initiator information includes e Index Initiator O Initiator 1 Initiator 2 etc e Initiator Name Fibre Channel The World Wide Port Name of the initiator composed of a series of eight two digit hexadecimal numbers iSCSI The iSCSI nam
93. power off the RAID subsystem first Then power off the JBOD subsystems SHUTTING DOWN THE Vess R2600 TELNET CONNECTION To shutdown the RAID subsystem This function shuts down the Vess R2600 subsystem on a Telnet connection Additional action is required as 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter described below Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter 2 Important weit 3 Highlight Option and press the spacebar to display Shutdown If you have a JBOD Expansion always power off the RAID subsystem first Then power 4 off the JBOD subsystems Highlight Submit and press Enter A warning message appears To shutdown the RAID subsystem Press Y to continue 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Close your SSH session Highlight Shutdown or Restart and press Enter Wait for no less than two minutes oN Oo u 2 3 Highlight Option and press the spacebar to display Shutdown The subsystem will then turn off the system power one after another 4 Highlight Submit and press Enter SHUTTING DOWN THE Vess R2600 SERIAL CONNECTION A warning message appears 5 Press Y to continue u a This function shuts down the Vess R2600 subsystem on a serial connection Additional action is required as The screen goes blank described below
94. read cache is enabled but no pre fetch action e Read Ahead The read cache and predictive pre fetch feature are enabled Read ahead anticipates the next read and performs it before the request is made Can increase read performance e Forced Read Ahead The read cache and aggressive pre fetch feature are enabled See Forced Read Ahead Cache below e No Cache The read cache is disabled Waite Cacue Poticy e Write Back Data is written first to the cache then to the logical drive Better performance Vess R2600 has a cache backup battery to protect data in the cache from a sudden power failure e Adaptive Writeback See Adaptive Writeback Cache below e Write Thru Also Write Through Data is written to the cache and the logical drive at the same time Safer If your write cache policy is set to Write Back the write policy automatically changes to Write Thru when all of the following conditions occur e The logical drive write policy is set to Write Back e The Adaptive Writeback Cache feature is enabled 195 Vess R2000 Series User Manual e The cache backup battery goes offline When the battery comes back online the write policy automatically changes back to Write Back Forcep READ AHEAD CACHE On the Vess R2600 subsystem you can set the logical drive read cache policy to Forced Read Ahead an enable the aggressive pre fetch feature The Forced Read Ahead cache policy setting provides predictive pre fetching of da
95. see Installing Physical Drives on page 16 and Contacting Technical Support on page 228 234 Vess R2000 Series User Manual APPENDIX B MULTIPATHING ON WINDOWS The appendix covers the following topics e Before You Begin e Installing PerfectPath e Verifying Installation e Running Perfect Path View e Monitoring Your LUNs and Paths e Features and Settings e Troubleshooting e Updating PerfectPath e Repairing PerfectPath e Removing PerfectPath PerfectPath is a multipathing software designed for use with PROMISE Vess R2600 RAID subsystem products and includes e GUI Graphic user interface PerfectPath View for easy monitoring and settings e DSM Device Specific Module driver e Events Service Notification service posts events to the application log PerfectPath supports Fibre Channel and Serial Attached SCSI SAS technologies PerfectPath runs on Windows Server 2008 and 2008 R2 operating systems on both x86 and x64 platforms For a list of supported OSes download the latest compatibility list from PROMISE support http www promise com support 235 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Berore You BEGIN Before you install PerfectPath on your Windows Host PC you must e Install your Fibre Channel or SAS HBA cards and their device drivers e Close all computer and storage management applications including Computer Management Device Manager Disk Management and the Registry Editor Note If you have
96. tab 4 5 Click the CHAP you want then click the Delete button Click the Confirm button The CHAP is removed from the list PINGING A HOST OR SERVER ON THE ISCSI Network This function enables you to ping other network nodes through any one of the Vess R2600 s iSCSI ports To ping a host or server on the network Click the Device tab Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Ping tab Type the IP address of the host or server into the IP Address field mn BR C N e Choose the port Type from the drop down menu iSCSI means an iSCSI port e Mgmt means the Vess R2600 s virtual management port 6 If you chose iSCSI port choose the RAID controller and port number from the drop down menus 7 Type the number of packets you want to send in the Number of Packets to Ping field Four packets are commonly used for a ping 8 Click the Start button In a few moments the result displays under the Device tab as Ping succeeded or Ping failed 117 Vess R2000 Series User Manual CHAPTER 5 MANAGEMENT WITH THE CLU This chapter covers the following topics Managing the Subsystem CLU on page 122 Managing the RAID Controllers CLU on page 124 Managing the Enclosure CLU on page 126 Managing Disk Arrays CLU on page 132 Managing Spare Drives CLU on page 137 Managing Logical Drives CLU on page 138 Managing the Network Connection CLU on page 142 Managing Fibre Channel Connectio
97. time 11 Highlight Complete Disk Array Migration and press Enter 12 Press Y to confirm The screen returns to Disk Arrays Summary For migration rate see Making Background Activity Settings CLU on page 154 Creatine A LUN Crone CLU A LUN clone is an exact copy of the original LUN or logical drive including all the data it contains at one point in time Use a LUN clone as a backup or to migrate a LUN from one system to another Important The action of creating a LUN momentarily takes the original LUN or logical drive offline meaning nobody can read or write to it A LUN clone has the same capacity stripe size read and write policies as the orignal LUN However the LUN clone can be a different RAID level The choice of RAID levels depends on the disk array And if you have multiple disk arrays you can create the LUN clone on a different disk array than the original LUN This action requires Super User or Power User privileges To create a LUN clone of a logical drive From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter Highlight the logical drive you want to clone and press Enter Highlight LUN Clone and press Enter Highlight the RAID Level of Copies field type the RAID level you want Highlight Save Settings and Continue and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want to use and press the Spacebar to mark it Highlight Save Settings and Continue and press Enter T X n Sp gne oco X H
98. to Automatic and its normal status is Started To make SLP service settings From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight SLP and press Enter Highlight Startup Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual Ek qe p Dee Press Control A to save your settings To start stop or restart the SLP service highlight Start Stop or Restart and press Enter Maxine Wes Server Serrius CLU By default Web Server service is set to Automatic and its normal status is Started To make Web Server service settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Software Management and press Enter 3 Highlight and press Enter 4 Highlight Startup Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual 5 Highlight the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value HTTP Port 80 is the default Session Time Out 24 minutes is the default 1440 minutes 24 hours 6 Highlight SSL and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled 7 Highlight HTTPS Port and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value 443 is the default 8 Press Control A to save your settings To start stop or restart the service highlight Start Stop or Restart and press Enter Makine TELNET Settines CLU By
99. to function Moreover if a spare physical drive is present the spare drive is used as the replacement drive and data begins to mirrored to it from the remaining good drive The logical drive s data capacity equals the smaller physical drive For example a 100 GB physical drive and a 120 GB physical drive have a combined capacity of 100 GB in a mirrored logical drive If physical drives of different capacities are used there is unused capacity on the larger drive RAID 1 logical drives on Vess R2600 consist of two physical drives If you want a mirrored logical drive with more than two physical drives see RAID 1E Enhanced Mirror 185 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Advantages Disadvantages e Simplest RAID storage subsystem design e Very high disk overhead uses only 50 e Can increase read performance by of total capacity processing data requests in parallel since the same data resides on two different drives Recommended Applications for RAID 1 e Accounting e Payroll e Financial e Any application requiring very high availability RAID 1E ENHANCED Mirror RAID 1E offers the security of mirrored data provided by RAID 1 plus the added capacity of more than two physical drives It also offers overall increased read write performance plus the flexibility of using an odd number of physical drives With RAID 1E each data stripe is mirrored onto two physical drives If one drive fails or has err
100. to reboot the subsystem 9 Click the OK button e f you chose the Disruptive Flash Method the RAID subsystem and JBOD expansion units automatically restart Warning Do NOT power off the RAID subsystem during the update Do NOT move to any other screen until the firmware update operation is completed f you chose the Non Disruptive Flash Method the system automatically flashes and restarts the RAID controllers one at a time Automatic RESTART If you did NOT check the NDIU box the RAID subsystem and JBOD expansion units automatically restart That action temporarily disrupts I O operations and drops your WebPAM PROe connection To reestablish your WebPAM PROe connection 1 Wait no less than two minutes 2 Click Logout in the WebPAM PROe Header then log in again If you cannot log in wait 30 seconds and try again 3 In your browser click Logout in the WebPAM PROe Header then log in again If you cannot log in immediately wait 30 seconds and try again 173 Vess R2000 Series User Manual UPDATING WITH THE CLU Download the latest firmware image file from PROMISE support http www promise com support and save it to your Host PC or TFTP server Important Verify that no background activities are running on the RAID subsystem To update the firmware on the RAID subsystem and JBOD expansion units 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Flash throug
101. to the desired location CLEARING RUNTIME EvENTS To clear the Runtime Events log 1 Click the Administration tab Click the Events icon 2 3 Click the Clear button 4 In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button Viewing NVRAM Events This screen displays a list of and information about the most important events over multiple subsystem startups To display NVRAM events 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Events icon 3 Click the NVRAM Events button The log of NVRAM Events appears Events are added to the top of the list Each item includes Index number Begins with 0 at system startup Device Disk Array Logical Drive Physical Drive by its ID number Event ID Hexadecimal code for the specific event Severity See the Table on the previous page Timestamp Date and time the event happened Description A description of the event in plain language 4 Press the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the log Saving NVRAM Events This feature saves a plain text file of NVRAM events to your host PC or server using your browser To save NVRAM Events Oi ce pe ee xe Click the Administration tab Click the Events icon Click the NVRAM Events button Click the Save button Follow your browser s procedure to save the event file to the desired location CLEARING NVRAM Events To clear the Runtime Events lo
102. trunk when your create a portal See Adding iSCSI Portals Maxine SCSI TRUNK SETTINGS To 1 2 3 4 5 6 De Before you can delete a trunk you must delete any portals configured on it See Deleting iSCSI Portals on make trunk settings Click the Device tab Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Trunk tab Click the trunk you want then click the Settings button Make changes as required e Controller ID ID of the RAID controller 1 or 2 e Master Port number ID of the master port Slave Port number IDs the slave ports Click the Submit button LETING ISCSI TRUNKS page 112 To 1 2 3 4 5 114 delete an iSCSI trunk Click the Device tab Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Trunk tab Click the trunk you want then click the Delete button In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button The trunk is removed from the list ViEWING A List or iSCSI Sessions To view a list of iSCSI sessions 1 2 B Click the Device tab Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Session tab iSCSI session information includes e D ID number of the session e Target Name Alias of the target Initiator Name Part of the IQN e Portal ID ID number of the portal e Status Active or inactive Viewine ISCS Session INFORMATION To view a list of iSCSI sessions 1 Click the Device tab
103. use of any product RETURNING THE PRopucr For REPAIR If you suspect a product is not working properly or if you have any questions about your product contact our Technical Support staff and be ready to provide the following information e Product model and serial number required e Return shipping address e Daytime phone number Vess R2000 Series User Manual e Description of the problem e Copy of the original purchase invoice The technician helps you determine whether the product requires repair If the product needs repair the technician issues an RMA Return Merchandise Authorization number Important Obtain an RMA number from Technical Support before you return the product and write the RMA number on the label The RMA number is essential for tracking your product and providing the proper service Return ONLY the specific product covered by the warranty Do not ship cables manuals CDs etc USA and PROMISE Technology Inc Canada Customer Service Dept Attn RMA 47654 Kato Road Fremont CA 94538 Other Return the product to your dealer or retailer Countries Contact them for instructions before shipping the product You must follow the packaging guidelines for returning products e Use the original shipping carton and packaging e Include a summary of the product s problem s e Write an attention line on the box with the RMA number e Include a copy of your proof of purchase You are responsible for the c
104. user is logged in when his account is disabled the user is immediately logged out CHANGING Your Own User Settines CLU Each user can change their display name and email address To change your user settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight User Management and press Enter 3 4 Highlight your name and press Enter Highlight the items you want and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value User name Email address Press Control A to save the settings CHANGING ANOTHER User s Passwonp CLU The Administrator or a Super User can change other users passwords To change a password 1 2 3 4 5 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight User Management and press Enter Highlight the User whose password you want to change and press Enter Highlight Change Password and press Enter Highlight New Password and type a new password Maximum 31 characters Use letters numbers and underscore Highlight Retype Password and type the new password again to verify Press Control A to save the new password Note To reset the Administrator s password to the factory default see Restoring Factory Defaults CLU on page 167 CHANGING Your Own Passwonp CLU Each user can change their own password To change your password 1 2 3 4 5 6
105. when ready PDM is resumed No action is required PDM is stopped If this action was not intentional check the disk array s status Replace the dead physical drive or reinstall the missing drive PDM is stopped internally The destination drive was removed or used for a rebuild Physical Disk Physical Drive Physical disk is marked online No action is required Physical disk is marked offline Physical disk is marked as DEAD Physical disk has been reset Replace the physical drive Physical disk assigned as global spare Global Spare has been deleted Physical Disk is no longer assigned as a global spare Physical disk assigned as dedicated spare Dedicated Spare has been deleted Physical Disk is no longer assigned as a dedicated spare Physical disk has been inserted No action is required Physical disk has been removed Insert the physical drive back into the system Command on physical disk has been re tried If this message appears repeatedly replace the physical drive Physical disk ECC error is detected Physical disk CRC error is detected Replace the physical drive Bad sector is found on physical disk Error is detected in remap sectors Command times out on physical drive Physical disk negotiation speed is decreased If this message appears repeatedly replace the physical drive Previously configured disk is
106. with a new time 1 Click the Administration tab Click the Subsystem Information icon 2 3 Click the Lock Unlock button 4 In the Lock Time field type a new lock time in minutes 1440 minutes 24 hours 5 Click the Lock button RELEASING THE Lock To release a lock that you set 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Subsystem Information icon 3 Click the Lock Unlock button 4 Click the Unlock button RELEASING A LOCK SET BY ANOTHER USER To release somebody else s lock 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Subsystem Information icon 3 Click the Lock Unlock button 4 Check the Force Unlock box 5 Click the Unlock button RestorING Factory DEFAULT SETTINGS This feature restores settings to their default values Caution Use this feature only when required and only on the settings that you must reset to default in order to set them correctly Firmware Factory Default Settings Background activity settings Controller settings Enclosure settings FC port settings iSCSI port settings Management network settings Physical drive settings Subsystem settings Click the Submit button Vess R2000 Series User Manual Software Factory Default Settings BGA scheduler settings Service settings Webserver settings SNMP settings Telnet settings SSH settings Email settings Netsend settings NTP settings User settings UPS settings In the Confirmat
107. 0 If you plan to use connect a Fibre Channel HBA card to Vess R2600 RAID subsystem you must change the remote port rport configuration 1 Change the dev loss tmo value as large as possible Example Ox7fffffff 2 Change the fast io fail tmo value as 30 253 Vess R2000 Series User Manual RPM PackactEs AND DocuMENTs FoR Linux MPIO PROMISE provides RPM packages and multipath conf files for Linux on the support http www promise com support A PROMISE Linux package contains e package folder RPM packages for the Linux OS e multipath conf folder e ALUA folder Configuration file and instructions for ALUA if supported normal folder Configuration file for general multipathing Important ivi Please read the How to Configure document in the ALUA folder for the latest information before beginning your setup The table below lists the content of each PROMISE Linux package Package Folder Contents SLES10 SP2 normal multipath conf Vess R2600 normal sles10 sp2 SLES10 SP3 package multipath tools 0 4 7 34 50 10 ass fix i586 rpm multipath tools 0 4 7 34 50 10 ass fix x86 64 rpm ALUA multipath conf Vess R2600 alua sles10 sp3 How to Configure MPIO SLES10 SP3 doc normal multipath conf Vess R2600 normal sles10 sp3 SLES11 packages multipath promise suse11 0 4 8 586 rpm multipath promise suse11 0 4 8 x86 64 rpm ALUA multipath conf Vess R2600 alua sles11 How to Configure MPIO SL
108. 0 Series User Manual MaNaciNG Users CLU User Management includes the following functions e Viewing User Information CLU on page 160 e Creating a User CLU on page 160 e Changing Another User s Settings CLU on page 161 e Changing Your Own User Settings CLU on page 161 e Changing Another User s Password CLU on page 161 e Changing Your Own Password CLU on page 162 e Deleting a User CLU on page 162 Viewine User Information CLU Each user types their user name and password to log into the CLI To view a list of current user accounts 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight User Management and press Enter A list of the current users appears CREATING A User CLU To create a new user account 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight User Management and press Enter 3 Highlight Create New User and press Enter 4 Highlight each field and type in the appropriate information User name Maximum 31 characters Use letters numbers and underscore No spaces Password Optional Maximum 31 characters Use letters numbers and underscore Display name Optional User s email address 5 6 Highlight Privilege and press the space bar to toggle though the options See the Table on the next page Press Control A to save the user User Privileges Level Meaning
109. 00 Series User Manual ViEWING A List or iSCSI TARGETS A target is a logical device on the Vess R2600 subsystem The default target exposes all logical drives and is associated with all portals on the subsystem To view a list of iSCSI targets 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the iSCSI Management icon 3 Click the Target tab Target information includes D ID number of the target Alias If assigned Assigned Portals Portals assigned under this target 110 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewine ISCS TARGET INFORMATION To view information about a target 1 2 B 4 Click the Device tab Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Target tab Click the target you want then click the View button Target information includes ID ID number of the target Name iSCSI qualified name iqn of this target Alias Maximum of 32 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An alias is optional Status Up or down Error Recovery Level Error recovery level supported Initial R2T Allows initiator to begin sending data to a target without receiving a ready to transfer command Max Outstanding R2T Maximum number of R2T PDUs the target can have outstanding for a single iSCSI command Max Burst Length Maximum length of a solicited data sequence in bytes Data Digest Adds a data digest CRC Header Digest Enables the use of header d
110. 00 must use at least two power supplies Vess R2600 must use at least TWO power supplies What happens if a fan fails If the system reports a fan malfunction contact Technical Support see PROMISE Technical Support provides several support options for PROMISE users to access information and updates We encourage you to use one of our electronic services which provide product information updates for the most efficient service and support immediately to schedule replacement of the suspect power supply as soon as possible Running the unit in this condition for more than three weeks may shorten subsystem life and void your warranty What happens if a logical drive goes critical On the front of Vess R2600 the logical drive LED turns amber and the buzzer sounds if enabled See Vess R2600 is Beeping on page 201 and LEDs Display Amber or Red on page 202 Vess R2600 s Netsend service does not report all events to Windows PCs This condition results from a shortcoming in Windows Messenger that causes miscommunication with Netsend PROMISE is developing a workaround at the time of this writing Note that all events are correctly reported in the Event Viewer STARTUP How can I tell when the Vess R2600 has fully booted When the Vess R2600 is fully booted up the Power and FRU LEDs light up green If a disk array is present the Logical Drive LED lights up green also The Controller heartbeat LED blinks green once per second for five seco
111. 00 needs attention But the alarm does not specify the condition When the alarm sounds e Check the front and back of Vess R2600 enclosure for red or amber LEDs e If email notification is enabled check for new messages e Check for yellow red X 9 icons e Check the event log See Viewing Runtime Events on page 206 and Viewing NVRAM Events on page 207 When a continuous tone sounds there are multiple alarm patterns sounding at the same time SILENCING THE BUZZER Caution This action disables the buzzer for all events To silence the buzzer 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Component List icon 3 Click the Buzzer and click the Settings button 4 Uncheck the Enable Buzzer box 5 Click the Save button Vess R2000 Series User Manual Figure 8 1 Front panel LEDs right side LEDs DispLay AMBER OR RED Power E po Global Enclosure Status Oo T Global RAID Status LEDs are used on Vess R2600 s e Front Panel LEDs page 202 e Drive Carrier LEDs page 203 e Back Panel LEDs page 203 Front Pane LEDs Controller 1 Activity When the power is switched on the LEDs on the front of the Vess R2600 light up m as e Controller 2 Activity n i System Heartbeat When boot up is finished and the Vess R2600 is functioning normally e Power Global Enclosure Status and Global RAID Status LEDs display green continuously Controller Activity LED flashes green when there is controller activity
112. 000 0000 8a26 0370 7334 primaryipmask 2001 0db8 fedc ba98 7654 3210 0246 8acf primarydns 2001 0db8 85a3 0000 0000 8a2e 0370 7001 gateway 2001 0db8 85a3 0000 0000 8a2e 0370 7002 After a moment the comand prompt reappears indicating that your setting was successful administrator cli gt 3 To verify the settings at the command prompt type net a list v and press Enter The following information displays administrator cli gt net a list v ActiveCtrlId 1 Port 1 MaxSupportedSpeed 1000Mbps LinkStatus Up ProtocolFamily IPv4 Enabled DHCP Disabled IP 10 0 0 1 IPMask 255 255 255 0 MAC 00 01 55 61 18 65 DNS 10 0 0 11 Gateway 10 0 0 ProtocolFamily IPv6 Enabled DHCP Disabled IP 2001 0db8 85a3 0000 0000 8a82e 0370 7334 IPMask 2001 0db8 fedc ba98 7654 3210 0246 8acf f MAC 00 01 55 61 18 65 DNS 2001 0db8 85a3 0000 0000 8a2e 0370 7001 Gateway 2001 0db8 85a3 0000 0000 8a2e 0370 7002 MAINTENANCE MODE SETTINGS You also have the option to make maintenance mode settings at a later time in WebPRM PROe MakiNc Maintenance MODE SETTINGS AUTOMATICALLY Automatic settings require a DHCP server on your network DHCP is currently supported on IPv4 only You make maintenance mode settings for one controller at a time 39 To enable automatic maintenance mode settings Vess R2000 Series User Manual 1 At the command prompt type net a mod m c 1 f
113. 1 2 3 4 5 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight UPS Management and press Enter Highlight UPS Settings and press Enter Perform the following actions as required e Verify the Current UPS Communication method See Note 1 SNMP Network connection Serial Serial connection Unknown No connection Choose a Detection Setting from the drop down menu Automatic Default If a UPS is detected when the subsystem boots the settings changes to Enable Enable Monitors UPS Settings changes reports warnings and logs events Disable Monitors UPS only Type values into the Threshold fields See Note 2 Running Time Remaining Threshold Actual time below this value resets adaptive writeback cache to writethrough Warning Temperature Threshold Actual temperature above this value triggers a warning and logs an event Loading Ratio Threshold Actual loading ratio percentage above this threshold triggers a warning and logs an event See Note 3 Battery Charge Remaining Threshold Reserve capacity below this percentage triggers a warning and logs an event For UPS units with network cards type the IP addresses or DNS names in fields UPS 1 and UPS 2 See Note 4 Press Control A to save your settings Note 1 Vess R2600 supports multiple UPS units using network or serial connections but not a combination of both methods Note 2 Det
114. 160 Viewine User Inrormation CLU 160 Creatine A User CLU 160 CHANGING ANOTHER User s Settines CLU 161 Cuanaine Your Own User Settines CLU 161 CHANGING ANOTHER User s Passwonp CLU 161 Detetine A User CLU 162 WoRKING WITH SOFTWARE MaNacEMENT CLU 163 Maxine Email Settines CLU 163 Maxine SLP Settines CLU 163 Maxine Wee Server Settines CLU 163 Maxine Terner Settines CLU 164 Maxine SSH Sertines CLU 164 Maxine SNMP Serrius CLU 164 Manacine SNMP Trap Sinks CLU 164 Maxine Netsenp Settines CLU 165 Manacine Netsenp Recipients CLU 165 FLASHING THROUGH TFTP 166 VIEWING FLASH ImaGE INFoRMATION CLU 166 CLEARING Statistics CLU 167 RESTORING Factory Derautts CLU 167 SuurriNc Down THE SussvsrEM CLU 168 SHUTTING DOWN THE Vess R2600 Ternet Connection 168 SHUTTING DOWN THE Vess R2600 SSH Connection 168 SHUTTING DOWN THE Vess R2600 Seria Connection 168 STARTING Up AFTER SHUTDOWN 169 STARTING UP THE Vess R2600 TELNET Connection 169 STARTING UP THE Vess R2600 SSH Connection 169 STARTING UP THE Vess R2600 Seriat Connection 169 RESTARTING THE SuBsvsrEM 170 RestartiNG Vess R2600 Ternet CONNECTION 170 Restartine Vess R2600 SSH Connection 171 Restartine Vess R2600 Seriat CoNNECTION 171 Buzzer 171 Maxine Buzzer SETTINGS 171 SILENCING THE BUZZER 171 CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE 172 UPDATING THE SUBSYSTEM FIRMWARE172 Uppatine with WesPAM PROE 172 Uppatine wit
115. 2600 alua sles11 etc multipath conf 4 Check the multipath configuration chkconfig multipathd on chkconfig multipathd shows the status of multipathd 5 Reboot the Vess R2600 6 Check the multipath configuration Multipath Il multipath v4 SuSE Linux SLES 11 SP1 Not updated with Novell SP1 patches If you did NOT update with Novell SLES 11 SP1 patches 1 Determine your system architecture i586 or x86_64 gt uname a 2 Install the appropriate patched scsi_dh_alua ko device handler e i586 gt rpm ivh force scsi dh alua sles11sp1 2 1 586 rpm e x86 64 gt rpm ivh force scsi dh alua slesi1spi 2 1 x86 64 rpm 3 Copy the PROMISE supplied multipath conf file to the etc directory gt cp multipath conf alua sles11sp1 etc multipath conf 4 Check the multipath configuration chkconfig multipathd on chkconfig multipathd shows the status of multipathd 5 Reboot the Vess R2600 6 Check the multipath configuration Multipath ll multipath v4 Uppatep wirH NoveLL SP 1 PATCHES If you updated with Novell SLES 11 SP1 patches 1 Copy the PROMISE supplied multipath conf file to the etc directory gt cp multipath conf alua slesi1sp1 etc multipath conf 2 Check the multipath configuration chkconfig multipathd on chkconfig multipathd shows the status of multipathd id Reboot the Vess R2600 4 Check the multipath configuration Multipath Il multipath v4 FiBRE CHANNEL HBA ro Vess R260
116. 2600 subsystem is shown with SFP transceivers installed Figure 2 14 FC SAN NSPF management connections ns cece be ra m juu PI m 0000000000000000 oo00000000000000 0000000000000000 oo0o0000000000000 Vess R2000 Series User Manual lh ny 2s ISCSI Storace Area Network SAN Important For a list of supported HBA NICs and switches download the latest compatibility list from PROMISE support http www promise com support This arrangement requires 24 An iSCSI HBA network interface card NIC in the host PC or server A GbE network switch A standard network switch Note Only one iSCSI data cable is required between each RAID controller and the GbE network switch However you can attach multiple cables to create redundant data paths or trunking Vess R2000 Series User Manual Figure 2 15 iSCSI data and management ports on the RAID controller o PAN AN M ZEN NEM NEM E SAS EXP g n ar ag E A 2 A 3 EY FC1 FC2 Wan 10101 1152008 N 1 1 2 3 4 1Gb s Data Ports 1 2 3 4 Management Port 10101 115200 8 N 1 ISCSI SAN Data PATH Each Vess R2600 controller has four 4 RJ45 iSCSI data port connectors See Figure 2 15 iSCSI data and management ports on the RAID controller on page 24 To establish the data path 1 Connect Ethernet cables between the iSCSI NIC in both host PCs or servers and the GbE network switch
117. 2b40000155a75b49 2 0 0 2 sbc 8 32 1 undef undef Prom 20efcff5501000121a 3 0 0 0 sbd 8 48 1 undef undef Prom 222b44000155ebf0c 3 0 0 1 sde 8 64 1 undef undef Prom params 1 que if no path 0 1 1 round robin 0 1 1 8 64 100 status 10011A0108 64A0 sde mask 0x4 sde path checker readsector0 controller setting sde state 2 or a similar message 3 Restart the MP daemon etc init d multipathd restart The system returns Stopping multipathd daemon or a similar message Starting multipathd daemon or a similar message For more information about path monitoring functions type help and press Enter Task 5 Settinc up ALUA Vess R2600 supports Asymmetric Logical Unit Access ALUA on the latest Linux distributions RedHat Linux RHEL 5 4 RedHat Linux RHEL 5 5 SuSE Linux SLES 10 SP3 SuSE Linux SLES 11 SuSE Linux SLES 11 SP1 PROMISE provides RPM packages and multipath conf files for ALUA See RPM Packages and Documents for Linux MPIO on page 486 RepHat Linux RHEL 5 4 KenNEL witH XEN or PAE support To 1 2 251 support ALUA within RHEL 5 4 using kernel with XEN or PAE support Install RHEL 5 4 When the CD is chosen for installation immediately type linux mpath Copy the PROMISE supplied multipath conf file to the etc directory cp multipath conf Vess R2600 alua rhel5 4 etc multipath conf Install this patched alua_dh_scsi source module rpm ivh scsi_dh_alua_Vess R2600Dual 1 1 src
118. 2e 0370 7336 IPMask 001 0db8 fedc ba98 7654 3210 0246 8acf MAC 00 01 55 30 65 E9 DNS 2001 0db8 85a3 0000 0000 8a2e 0370 7001 Gateway 2001 0db8 85a3 0000 0000 8a2e 0370 7002 CUrlITOs 2 Port 1 ProtocolFamily IPv4 Enabled DHCP Disabled IP 10 0 0 3 IPMask 0 0 0 0 MAC 00 01 55 30 65 E9 DNS 0 0 0 0 Gateway 0 0 0 0 CELITA 2 Port 1 ProtocolFamily IPv6 Disabled DHCP Disabled EPs 2003553 IPMask ffff MAC 00 01 55 30 65 D7 DNS Gateway This completes management port and maintenance mode setup 41 Vess R2000 Series User Manual SETTING UP VEss R2600 witH THE CLU Setting up the Vess R2600 in the CLU includes these actions e Accessing the CLU Quick Setup Menu on page 42 e Making Subsystem Date and Time Settings on page 42 e Virtual Management Port Settings on page 42 e Making Virtual Management Port Settings Automatically on page 42 Viewing Virtual Management Port Settings on page 43 Making Virtual Management Port Settings Manually under IPv4 on page 43 e Making Virtual Management Port Settings Manually under IPv6 on page 43 e Maintenance Mode Settings on page 43 e Making Maintenance Mode Settings Automatically on page 43 e Making Maintenance Mode Settings Manually under IPv4 on page 43 e Making Maintenance Mode Settings Manually under IPv6 on page 44 e Exiting the CLU on page 44 Accessin THE CLU Quick Setup Men
119. 3 e BBU top PSU 1 LED PSU 2 LED e Cooling Unit Fan Status bottom State Battery Power Supply Fan Dark No power Failed or not installed No power No power Steady Green Normal Normal Normal Blinking Green Locator feature Steady Amber Fan problem Flashing Amber Steady Red Failed or battery removed Failed Failure Flashing Red ConTROLLER LED BEHAVIOR When boot up is finished and the Vess R2600 subsystem is functioning normally the Controller status LED displays green continuously the Management port LEDs display green or flash depending on your network connection the FC iSCSI and SAS Expansion LEDs display green or flash during port activity ME SAS Expansion Lights green when connected flashes green when active Controller Status This displays the current operational status of the controller A steady unblinking green light indicates the controller is operational Dirty Cache Blinks amber if cache is dirty meaning that the controller memory cache contains data otherwise this is dark A steady green light indicates a valid USB connection this is dark when not connected no device attached iSCSI Left LED lights green when connected flashes green when active dark if 2 above each port not connected Right LED indicates connection speed green is 100 Mbps amber is 1000 Mbps See next page See Enclosure Problems on page 20
120. 4 3 5 5 6 12 2 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 5 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 13 2 6 7 3 4 4 5 4 3 3 3 4 188 e High Read data transaction rate e Higher disk overhead than RAID 5 e Medium Write data transaction rate e Good aggregate transfer rate e High reliability e Supports large volume sizes Recommended Applications for RAID 50 e File and Application servers e Transaction processing e Office application with many users accessing small files RAID 60 STRIPING or DousBLe PARITY RAID 60 combines both RAID 6 and RAID 0 features Data is striped across disks as in RAID 0 and it uses double distributed parity as in RAID 6 RAID 60 provides data reliability good overall performance and supports larger volume sizes The total capacity of a RAID 60 logical drive is the smallest physical drive times the number of physical drives minus four RAID 60 also provides very high reliability because data is still available even if multiple physical drives fail two in each axle The greater the number of axles the greater the number of physical drives that can fail without the RAID 60 logical drive going offline Component Minimum Maximum Number of Axles 2 16 Physical Drives per Axle 4 32 Physical Drives per Logical 8 256 Drive RAID 60 Ax es When you create a RAID 60 you must specify the number of axles An axle refers to a single RAID 6 logical drive that is striped with other RAID 6 logic
121. 600 s IP address to another node You might see a warning to this effect on your PC s monitor If this happens WebPAM PROe may not be able to connect See your network administrator to work out a suitable arrangement FIBRE CHANNEL CONNECTIONS When there is a connection failure use WebPAM PROe to verify that Vess R2600 sees the initiators See Viewing a List of FC Initiators on the Fabric If Vess R2600 sees some initiators but not the one you want the problem is most likely elsewhere in the loop or fabric If Vess R2600 does not see any initiators e Check all of the Fibre Channel connections e Verify that all nodes are properly connected and powered e Verify that the fabric router or switch is properly connected powered SAS CONNECTIONS Faulty SAS expansion connections are suspected when the link port counter reports a large number of bad link errors Link errors can be caused by e Debris blocking the SAS cable connector e A faulty SAS cable e A faulty controller or I O module SAS connector BLockED CABLE CONNECTORS To check for debris blocking the SAS cable connector 1 Power down the RAID subsystem and JBOD units 2 Remove the SAS cable and check all SAS connectors for debris 3 Clean the connectors as required and reconnect the SAS cable 4 Power up the subsystems and monitor the link port counter for changes in the rate of link error accumulation FaAuLTY CABLE To check for a faulty SAS cable 1 Power d
122. 7 CHECKING A REPORTED COMPONENT 207 201 202 WesPAM PROE Reports A PROBLEM 208 HEADER 208 DasHBoarD Tag 208 Device Tag 208 Storace Tag 208 Abministration TAB 208 USB Support REPORTS A PROBLEM ENCLOSURE PROBLEMS 209 DIAGNOSING AN ENCLOSURE PROBLEM 209 OveRuENTING 210 Power Suppuits 210 BATTERIES 210 RAID ConTROLLER PROBLEMS Maintenance Mone 211 FINDING AND CORRECTING THE CAUSE OF THE PROBLEM Taxine A RAID Controuer our or MAINTENANCE Mone Unsaveo Data iN THE CONTROLLER CacHE 212 PuvsicAL Drive ProsLemMs 213 209 211 211 211 Disk ARRAY AND Logica Drive Pros_ems 213 Disk Array Decrapep Loaicat Drive CriticaL Disk Array Orrtine Locicat Drive OFFLINE REPAIRING AN OFFLINE Disk Array or Locicat Drive 213 214 214 ResuitpincA Disk Array 215 IncompteTe Array 215 CoNnNECTION PROBLEMS 216 SERIAL CONNECTIONS 216 Network CoNNECTIONS 216 Fibre CHANNEL CONNECTIONS 217 SAS Connections 217 Browser Does Not Connect ro WesBPAM PROE Power CYCLING THE SUBSYSTEM Event NOTIFICATION RESPONSE CHAPTER 9 SUPPORT 225 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS Puysicat Drives 225 STARTUP 226 Locana IN 226 Connection 226 Timeouts 226 Emait Messages 226 User MANAGEMENT 226 Lock 226 Creatine A Disk Array or Locicat Drive 226 Disk Array DEGRADED 227 Devetine A Disk Array or Locicat Drive 227 ReBunLpiNGA Disk Array 227 Menia Paro ano PDM 227 CONTACTING TECHNICAL SUPPORT 217 218 218 225 228 APPENDI
123. 7654 3210 0246 8acf ProtocolFamily IPv4 Enabled DHCP Disabled primarydns 2001 0db8 85a3 0000 0000 8a2e 0370 7001 IP 10 0 0 2 IPMask 255 0 0 0 MAC 00 01 55 30 65 E9 DNS 0 0 0 0 Gateway CtrlId Protocol IP 2001 0 0 0 0 Family 2 IPMask MAC 00 DNS Gateway CErEtds ProtocolFamily IP 10 0 0 3 IPMask 0 0 0 0 fTffisl 0 d 12552307 gateway 2001 0db8 85a3 0000 0000 8a2e 0370 7002 After a moment the comand prompt reappears indicating that your setting was successful administrator cli gt Port 1 IPv6 Disabled DHCP Disabled 65 E9 Port 1 Pv4 Enabled DHCP Disabled MAC 00 01 55 30 DNS 0 0 0 0 Gateway 0 0 0 0 CUtrlrLds 2 ProtocolFamily IP 2001 3 IPMask ffff MAC 00 01 55 30 DNS Gateway 65 E9 Port IPv6 Disabled DHCP Disabled 65 D7 3 To verify the settings at the command prompt type net a list m and press Enter 4 Repeat steps 1 2 and 3 above but change c 1 controller 1 to c 2 controller 2 The following information displays administrator cli gt net a list m Corl ire 1 Port 1 ProtocolFamily IPv4 Enabled DHCP Disabled TPs 10 0 0 2 IPMask 255 0 0 0 MAC 00 01 55 30 65 E9 DNS 0 0 0 0 Gateway 0 0 0 0 Ctrlirdgs L Port 1 ProtocolFamily IPv6 Enabled DHCP Disabled IP 2001 0db8 85a3 0000 0000 8a
124. 8 5692 EG Son The Netherlands 228 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com AUSTRIA Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com FRANCE Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com GERMANY Europaplatz 9 44269 Dortmund Germany Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com SWEDEN Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com SWITZERLAND ITF Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com Norway ITF Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com BELGUIM Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com LUXEMBOURG Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com Unitep KINGDOM Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com TAIWAN Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com CHINA Room 1108 West Wing Shi Chuang Plaza 22 Information Road Shangdi IT Park Haidian District Beijing 100085 Fax 86 10 8857 8015 Technical Support E Support
125. 9 and RAID Controller Problems on page 211 for more information Vess R2000 Series User Manual Figure 8 4 Vess R2600i controller LEDs Vess R2600i Figure 8 5 Vess R2600fi controller LEDs g A i LI au EJ a E L SAS EXP g lt t IL JJ JL J n 3 A 3 A 3 4 FC1 FC2 AL IOIOI 1152008 N1 SAS IN SAS OUT 1152008 N 1 Under normal conditions the power supply status LEDs display green The Locator feature is triggered from WebPAM PROe or the CLU It causes the LEDs to blink on and off for one minute That action helps you find the physical component 204 et sire sation SSS CU Peas Maewtimenner tari ty raters tng frostings 000000 Umm Peel io ncionng Fra ins E CUm E S A E a none OOO l ow so oeoa OOOO C sow ining rpity Rested oone mode aior OOOO Fairing sony tasting Rested ototine mode sie OOOO See Enclosure Problems on page 209 and RAID Controller Problems on page 211 for more information The Locator feature is triggered from WebPAM PROe or the CLU It causes the LEDs to blink on and off for one minute That action helps you find the physical component 205 Vess R2000 Series User Manual CHECKING COMPONENT INSTALLATION To check a components installation remove the component then reinstall the component in its original location In most cases this action fixes a bad connection and allows Vess R2600 to detect the component If this action does not correct the problem
126. ASHBOARD TAB Major Action is needed now Minor Action is needed but the condition is not a serious at this time e System Status Event Information Warning User can decide whether or not action is required Event Severity Levels Information Information only no action is required Level Description Fatal Non recoverable error or failure has occurred Also see these troubleshooting topics Critical Action is needed now and the implications of the condition are serious e Event Notification Response on page 218 Major Action is needed now e Enclosure Problems on page 209 Minor Action is needed but the condition is not a serious at this time e Frequently Asked Questions on page 225 Warning User can decide whether or not action is required Information Information only no action is required Device TAB e Front View showing the drive carrier icons e Rear View with Show Internal Components option e Physical Drive View physical drive shown dead or offline and marked with a red X 9 icon 208 USB Support REPORTS A PROBLEM This procedure requires a USB flash device e Formatted to FAT 32 e At least 50 MB of free space Caution Verify that there is no firmware image file on the USB flash device If a firmware image file is present the RAID controller might attempt a firmware update To collect a service report using the USB Support feature 1 Insert the USB flash device int
127. Arbitrated Loop topology for initializing the loop and enabling or disabling an L Port InvalidWordSentCount Number of invalid words sent since last reset InvalidCRCCount Invalid Cyclical Redundancy Count Number of frames received with an invalid CRC since last reset InitiatorlOCount I O Count on the initiator on the host side CLEARING STATISTICS To clear statistics see Clearing Statistics CLU on page 167 Viewine Fipre CHANNEL INitiators CLU LUN Mapping must be enabled in order for Vess R2600 to recognize a Fibre Channel See Enabling LUN Mapping CLU on page 156 To view Fibre Channel initiators 1 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Fibre Channel Initiators and press Enter A list of all currently logged in initiators appears on the screen Vess R2000 Series User Manual MaNaciNG iSCSI Connections CLU Viewine a List or iSCSI Targets CLU A target is a logical drive on the Vess R2600 subsystem e Viewing iSCSI Target Information CLU on page 147 The default target exposes all logical drives and is associated with all portals on the subsystem e Making iSCSI Target Settings CLU on page 147 To view a list of iSCSI targets e Viewing a List of iSCSI Ports CLU on page 148 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter e Viewing iSCSI Port Information CLU on page 148 2 Highlight iSCSI Targets and press Enter e
128. B are available Choose a Sector size 512 B 1 KB 2 KB and 4 KB are available e Choose a Read cache Policy Read Cache Read Ahead and No Cache are available e Choose a Write cache Policy Write Back and Write Through Thru are available e Check box of Perfect Rebuild Enable Disable Perfect Rebuild 10 Click the Add button The new logical drive appears on the list at the right If there is capacity remaining you can create an additional logical drive 11 When you are finished click the Submit button The new logical drive or drives appear in the logical drive list New logical drives are automatically synchronized You can access the logical drive during synchronization DELETING A Locicat DRIVE Caution important data before deleting the logical drive This action requires Administrator or Super User privileges To delete a logical drive 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Logical Drive icon 3 Click the logical drive you want then click the Delete button 4 In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button 98 If you delete a logical drive you also delete all the data in the logical drive Back up any Vess R2000 Series User Manual Maxine LocicaL Drive SETTINGS To make logical drive settings 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Logical Drive icon The list of logical drives appears 3 Click the logical drive you want
129. B flash device back into the same RAID controller The remove and insert action confirms that you want to update the firmware You can insert the USB flash device back into either USB port but it must be the same RAID controller as step 1 4 Wait until the controller activity LED displays steady green 5 Remove the USB flash device Automatic RESTART After you remove the USB flash device from the RAID controller the RAID subsystem and any JBOD expansion units automatically restart That action temporarily disrupts I O operations and drops your WebPAM PROe or CLU connection To reestablish your WebPAM PROe connection 1 Wait no less than two minutes 2 Click Logout in the WebPAM PROe Header then log in again If you cannot log in wait 30 seconds and try again To reestablish your CLU connection After the screen goes blank wait about two minutes then re establish your Telnet connection to the CLU If you cannot re establish a connection wait 30 seconds and try again If you have a serial connection to the RAID subsystem the connection remains during the shut down and restart No reconnect is required FAILED UPDATE If the firmware update fails the controller status LED displays red See Vess R2600fiD controller LEDs Vess R2600fiD controller LEDs 1 Remove the USB flash device 2 Insert the USB flash device into a USB port on your PC 3 Go to the OPAX xxxxxx folder to obtain the report and log 175 Poss
130. BOD expansion requires at least one SFF 8088 4X to SFF 8088 4X external SAS cable for each JBOD unit To add JBOD units 1 Connect the SAS expansion port on the left controller of the RAID subsystem to the SAS data IN port on the left I O module of the first JBOD unit See Figure 2 19 Vess R2600iD with iSCSI JBOD expansion connections on page 28 2 Connect the SAS expansion port on the right controller of the RAID subsystem to the SAS data IN port on the right I O module of the first JBOD unit 3 Connect the SAS data OUT port on left I O module of the first JBOD unit to the SAS data IN port on the left I O module of the second JBOD unit 4 Connect the SAS data OUT port on right I O module of the first JBOD unit to the SAS data IN port on the right I O module of the second JBOD unit 5 Connect the remaining JBOD units in the same manner Keep your data paths organized to ensure redundancy JBOD expansion supports up to four JBOD units 28 Figure 2 19 Vess R2600iD with iSCSI JBOD expansion connections Vess R2000 Series User Manual MAKING SERIAL CABLE CONNECTIONS Serial communication enables the terminal emulation application on your host PC or server to access the Vess R2600 s Command Line Interface CLI to set up a network connection The Vess R2600 package includes one RJ 11 to DB9 serial data cable for each controller To set up a serial cable connection 1 Attach the RJ 11 end
131. Control A to save your settings 164 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Maxine SNMP Serrius CLU By default Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP service is set to Automatic and its normal status is Started To make SNMP service settings 1 6 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Software Management and press Enter 3 Highlight SNMP and press Enter 4 5 Highlight Startup Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual Highlight the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value e Port Number 161 is the default e System Name optional Type a system name in this field System Location Type a country name in this field System Contact Type the email address of your system administrator in this field Read Community Type a community name in this field Write Community private no change possible Press Control A to save your settings To start stop or restart the SNMP service highlight Start Stop or Restart and press Enter Manacinc SNMP Trap Sinks CLU VIEWING A List or TRAP SINKS To create a trap sink 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter 2 3 4 Highlight SNMP and press Enter Highlight Trap Sinks and press Enter A list of the current trap si
132. Do NOT power off the RAID subsystem during the update Do NOT move to any other screen until the firmware update operation is completed When the update is completed a message tells you to reboot the subsystem 8 Click the OK button f you chose the Disruptive Flash Method the RAID subsystem and JBOD expansion units automatically restart f you chose the Non Disruptive Flash Method the system automatically flashes and restarts the RAID controllers one at a time Automatic RESTART If you did NOT check the NDIU box the RAID subsystem and JBOD expansion units automatically restart That action temporarily disrupts I O operations and drops your WebPAM PROe connection To reestablish your WebPAM PROe connection 1 Wait no less than two minutes 2 Click Logout in the WebPAM PROe Header then log in again If you cannot log in wait 30 seconds and try again 3 In your browser click Logout in the WebPAM PROe Header then log in again If you cannot log in immediately wait 30 seconds and try again Viewine Battery INFORMATION Batteries maintain power to the controller cache in the event of a power failure thus protecting any data that has not been written to a physical drive To view battery information 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Component List icon 3 Click the battery you want then click the View button 62 Battery information includes Battery ID Operational status Fully charged
133. ERCION This feature is designed for fault tolerant logical drives RAID 1 1E 5 10 50 and 60 It is generally recommended to use physical drives of the same size in your disk arrays When this is not possible the system adjusts for the size differences by reducing or coercing the capacity of the larger drives to match the smaller ones With Vess R2600 you can choose to enable capacity coercion and any one of four methods Enable capacity coercion and choose a method see Making Controller Settings CLU on page 124 The choices are e GB Truncate Default Reduces the useful capacity to the nearest 1 000 000 000 byte boundary e 10GB Truncate Reduces the useful capacity to the nearest 10 000 000 000 byte boundary e Group Rounding Uses an algorithm to determine how much to truncate Results in the maximum amount 196 Vess R2000 Series User Manual of usable drive capacity e Table Rounding Applies a predefined table to determine how much to truncate Capacity coercion also affects a replacement drive used in a disk array Normally when an physical drive fails the replacement drive must be the same capacity or larger However the capacity coercion feature permits the installation of a replacement drive that is slightly smaller within 1 gigabyte than the remaining working drive For example the remaining working drives can be 80 5 GB and the replacement drive can be 80 3 since all are rounded down to 80 GB This permi
134. ES 11 doc normal multipath conf Vess R2600 normal sles 11 SLES11 SP1 packages scsi dh alua sles11sp1 2 1 586 rpm scsi dh alua sles11sp1 2 1 x86 64 rpm scsi dh alua sles11sp1 2 1 src rpm ALUA multipath conf alua sles11sp1 How to Configure MPIO SLES 11sp1 doc normal multipath conf Vess R2600 normal sles11sp1 How to Configure MPIO SLES 11sp1 doc RHEL 5 3 normal multipath conf Vess R2600 normal rhel5 3 Vess R2000 Series User Manual RHEL 5 4 package scsi dh alua Vess R2600Dual 1 1 src rpm LINUX M PIO KNOWN Issu ES e ALUA multipath conf Vess R2600 alua rhel5 4 How to Configure MPIO RHEL 5 4 doc normal multipath conf Vess R2600 normal rhel5 4 Issue OS Description RHEL S 5 packages scsi_dh_alua_Vess R2600Dual 2 1 src rpm 1 SLES 11 GMC OS multipath with SAS interface makes kernel panic ALUA multipath conf alua rhel5 5 aes Configure MPIO RHEL 5 5 doc 2 SLES 11 GMC OS sets default rports dev_loss_tmo value at 10 seconds resulting in loss of T e E the path during failover failback norma m conf normal rhel5 or nupa omar 3 RHEL 5 4 With FC switch HBA driver such as Emulex 4g QLogic 8g sets rports dev_loss_tmo value too small resulting in loss of the path during failover failback To fix this problem increase the value to 60 seconds 4 SLES 10 SP3 With FC switch HBA driver such as Emulex 4g QLogic 8g sets rports dev_loss_tmo value too small resulting in loss of the path during failover
135. Errors Errors Write Errors Read Errors e Non Read Write Requests O Requests Write I O Requests e Read lO Requests Statistics Collection Time Statistics Start Time Note To clear controller statistics see Clearing Statistics on page 55 LocariNG A CONTROLLER This feature causes the controller LEDs to blink for one minute to assist you in locating the controller on a RAID subsystem or JBOD expansion unit To locate a controller 1 2 3 60 Click the Device tab Click the Component List icon Click the controller you want then click the Locate button The controller status LEDs blink for one minute Vess R2000 Series User Manual VIEWING THE FLASH MAGE NFORMATION To view the flash image information for the RAID subsystem enclosure 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Image Version icon 3 Click the Enclosure you want to see and click the triangular button RAID subsystems have the following components in their flash image Kernel BIOS Firmware 6G Expander e Software e System Libraries e Ramdisk Applications e SEP Firmware Mount Scripts e OEM Customization e PLX EEPROM Image e Running The version that is currently running on the subsystem or expansion unit Flashed This version was updated but does not run until the subsystem restarts See Updating Firmware on a RAID Subsystem JBOD expansion units have only one component in their flash image SEP firmwar
136. For this reason Initialization is recommended whenever you create a logical drive See Initializing a Logical Drive on page 99 MAKING INITIALIZATION SETTINGS To make initialization settings 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon 75 3 Click the Settings button 4 Click the Logical Drive Initialization Rate drop down menu and choose a rate Low Fewer system resources to Initialization more to data read write operations e Medium Balances system resources between Initialization and data read write operations High More system resources to Initialization fewer to data read write operations 5 Click the Confirm button REBUILD When you rebuild a disk array you are actually rebuilding the data on one physical drive When a physical drive in a disk array fails and a spare drive of adequate capacity is available the disk array begins to rebuild automatically using the spare drive If there is no spare drive of adequate capacity but the Auto Rebuild function is ENABLED the disk array begins to rebuild automatically as soon as you remove the failed physical drive and install an unconfigured physical drive in the same slot See Making Rebuild Settings on page 76 If there is no spare drive of adequate capacity and the Auto Rebuild function is DISABLED you must replace the failed drive with an unconfigured physical drive then perform a Manual Rebuild See Rebuilding a Disk Array
137. Highlight Controller Management and press Enter 2 3 Highlight the controller you want and press Enter 4 Highlight Controller Settings and press Enter 5 Highlight Locate Controller and press Enter The controller LEDs blink for one minute Figure 5 4 Vess R2600fi RAID controller LEDs m v aA m li i J FC1 FC2 Mamt 9 IOIOI 115200 8 N 1 MANAGING THE Enclosure CLU Enclosure Management includes the following functions e Viewing the Enclosures Summary CLU on page 126 e Viewing Enclosure Information CLU on page 126 e Making Enclosur e Settings CLU on page 126 e Viewing Power Supply Status CLU on page 127 e Locating a Power Supply CLU on page 127 e Viewing Cooling Unit Status CLU on page 127 e Viewing Temperature Sensor Status CLU on page 127 e Viewing Voltage Sensor Status CLU on page 127 e Viewing Battery Information CLU on page 128 e Locating an Enclosure CLU on page 128 VIEWING THE ENcLosures Summary CLU Enclosure Management includes information status settings and location To access Enclosure Management 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter The following information is shown Enclosure ID number Enclosure Type Operational Status e Status Description specific components in need of attention if any 126 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewing Enct
138. ID number e Configured Capacity e Revertible The spare drive returns to spare status after you replace the failed drive in the disk array See Transition on page 356 for more information Type Global all disk arrays or Dedicated to specified disk arrays Dedicated to Array The array to which a dedicated spare is assigned For more information see Disk Arrays on page 183 CREATING A SPARE Drive CLU Only unconfigured physical drives can be used to make spares Check your available drives under Physical Drive Management Also see Managing Physical Drives on page 87 1 From the Main Menu highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Create New Spare Drive and press Enter A default physical drive is shown with possible alternative choices 3 To choose different drive highlight the drive press the backspace key to remove the current number then 137 Vess R2000 Series User Manual type a new number 4 Highlight Revertible and press the spacebar to toggle between Yes and No A revertible drive can be returned to spare status after you replace the failed drive in a disk array See Transition on page 193 for more information 5 Highlight Spare Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Dedicated and Global Dedicated means this spare drive can only be used with the specified disk arrays Global means this spare drive can be used by any disk array If you chose Dedicated
139. Insert the screws through the proper holes in the carrier and into the drive or adapter e Use the screws supplied with the Vess R2600 or the SAS to SATA adapter Install four screws per drive Install two screws per adapter e Snug each screw Be careful not to over tighten 7 With the drive carrier handle in open position gently slide the drive carrier into the enclosure Important Press the release button to push the drive carrier into position Proper drive installation ensures adequate grounding and minimizes vibration Always attach the drive to the carrier with four screws Vess R2000 Series User Manual MakiNG MANAGEMENT AND Data CONNECTIONS Fiere CHANNEL SAN Examples of Vess R2600 configurations include Important e CC i For a list of supported HBAs Switches and SFP transceivers download the latest Nena ers a compatibility list from PROMISE support e Fibre Channel DAS on page 20 http www promise com support e Fibre Channel with JBOD Expansion on page 21 e Fibre Channel SAN No Single Point of Failure on page 22 ISCSI Storage Area Network SAN on page 24 Figure 2 9 FC data and management ports on the RAID controller e iSCSI Direct Attached Storage DAS on page 27 Management Port Fibre Channel Ports 1 2 e iSCSI with JBOD Expansion on page 28 a IP FC1 FC2 Mgmt g IOIOI 115200 8 N 1 A Fibre Channel storage area network SAN requires e An FC HBA card in each host PC or server A
140. LD ID RAID Level Capacity Sector Stripe LD 0 RAIDO 3 63 TB 512 Bytes 64 KB Spare Drive Information PD ID Type Revertible Media Type PD Global No HDD Back Submit Cancel Vess R2000 Series User Manual STEP 4 SUMMARY The Summary screen lists the disk arrays logical drives and spare drives that you specified If you accept these parameters click the Submit button If you do NOT accept these parameters review and modify your selections in the previous steps ENABLING LUN Mappine AND MASKING These features are optional for each logical drive The Enable LUN Mapping dialog box appears after you create a logical drive To enable LUN Mapping 1 49 Click the OK button in the Enable LUN Mapping dialog box The LUN Mapping amp Masking screen appears Check the Enable LUN Masking box to enable LUN Masking Click the LUN Mapping button to continue The initiator list screen displays Choose the initiators you want to use from the drop down menu and click the Next button The screen displays a list of initiators and a list of logical drives Click and drag a logical drive from the logical drives list to the initiators list Click the Next button when you are done The screen displays a list of initiator IDs and corresponding LUN maps that you specified Click the Submit button to create the LUN map The screen displays a list of initiator IDs and corresponding LUN maps Yo
141. LU To run the Transport function on a disk array From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter Highlight Transport and press Enter BR U N Ln Press Y to confirm REBUILDING A Disk Array CLU Before you can rebuild you must have a replacement or target physical drive of adequate capacity for your disk array To rebuild a disk array 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Background Activities and press Enter 4 Highlight Rebuild and press Enter Default source and target drives are shown with possible alternative choices 5 To choose different drive highlight the drive press the backspace key to remove the current number then type a new number 6 Highlight Start and press Enter For rebuild rate see Making Background Activity Settings CLU on page 154 RuNNING Menia Parrot on A Disk Array CLU Media Patrol is a routine maintenance procedure that checks the magnetic media on each disk drive If Media Patrol encounters a critical error it triggers PDM if PDM is enabled on the disk array See Enabling Media Patrol PDM and Power Management on a Disk Array CLU on page 135 For Media Patrol rate see Making Background Activity Settings CLU on page 154 Running PDM on A Disk Array CLU Predictive Data Migration PDM migrates data
142. LU 149 Appine ISCSI Portats CLU 149 Maxine iSCSI Portar Settines CLU 149 Detetine iSCSI Portats CLU 150 Viewine A List or iSCSI Sessions CLU 150 Detetine AN SCSI Session CLU 150 Viewine SCSI Session Information CLU 151 Viewine iSCSI ISNS Inrormation CLU 151 Maxine iSCSI SNS Settines CLU 151 Viewine A List or SCSICHAPs CLU 152 Appine iSCSI CHAPs CLU 152 Maxine iSCSI CHAP Serrius CLU 152 Detetine iSCSI CHAPs CLU 152 PiNcING A Host or SERVER ON THE ISCSI Network CLU 152 Viewine A List or iSCSI Trunks CLU 153 Appine iSCSI Trunks CLU 153 Maxine iSCSI Trunk Settines CLU 153 Detetine iSCSI Trunks CLU 153 MaNaciNG Backcrounp Activity CLU 154 Viewine Current Backerounp Activities CLU 154 Maxine Backerounb Activity Settines CLU 154 WORKING WITH THE Event Viewer CLU 155 Viewing Runtime Events CLU 155 Cuearine Runtime Events CLU 155 Viewinc NVRAM Events CLU 155 CLEARING NVRAM Events CLU 155 WorkING wrrH LUN Mappine CLU 156 Enas inc LUN Marrina CLU 156 VigwiNG A List or INitiators CLU 156 Abpine an Initiator CLU 156 DELETING AN Initiator CLU 157 Viewine a List or LUN Maps CLU 157 Appa A LUN Mar CLU 157 Epiting a LUN Mar CLU 158 Deteting A LUN Mar CLU 158 CHANGING THE Active LUN Marrina Type CLU 158 Manacine UPS Units CLU 159 Viewine a List or UPS Units CLU 159 Maxine UPS Serrius CLU 159 Viewine UPS Information CLU 160 MaNaciNG Users CLU
143. NG A List or FC SFPs The term SFP refers to Small Form Pluggable transceivers used in Fibre Channel ports The SFPs convert electrical signals to optical signals and send them over the Fibre Channel fabric where another transceiver converts the optical signal back to an electrical signal again To view a list FC SFPs 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the FC Management icon 3 Click the SFP tab SFP information includes FC port ID Controller ID Connector type Transceiver type Transceiver code Vendor name 109 MaNaAciNG ISCSI CoNNECTIONS iSCSI management includes e Viewing a List of iSCSI Targets on page 110 e Viewing iSCSI Target Information on page 110 e Making iSCSI Target Settings on page 111 e Viewing a List of iSCSI Portals on page 111 e Viewing a List of iSCSI Portals on page 111 e Adding iSCSI Portals on page 111 e Making iSCSI Portal Settings on page 112 e Deleting iSCSI Portals on page 112 e Viewing a List of iSCSI Ports on page 112 e Making iSCSI Port Settings on page 113 e Viewing a List of iSCSI Trunks on page 113 e Making iSCSI Trunk Settings on page 114 Deleting iSCSI Trunks on page 114 e Viewing iSCSI Session Information on page 114 e Deleting an iSCSI Session on page 115 e Making iSCSI iSNS Settings on page 115 e Viewing a List of iSCSI CHAPs on page 116 e Adding iSCSI CHAPs on page 116 e Deleting iSCSI CHAPs on page 116 Vess R20
144. NG THE RAID ConrtroLLeRs CLU 124 Viewine Disk Array INFORMATION 91 Viewine FC Porr Statistics 108 ViewinG ConTRoLLER Inrormation CLU 124 Creating A Disk ARRAY ManuaLLy 92 Viewine A List or FC INITIATORS ON THE FABRIC 108 CLEARING AN ORPHAN Watermark CLU 124 Creating A Disk ARRAY WiTH THE Wizarn 92 Viewine A List or FC Loccep in Devices 109 Maxine Conrrouter Sertincs CLU 124 Devetine A Disk ARRAY 93 Viewinc a List or FCSFPs 109 LocatinG THE ConTROLLER CLU 125 Locarinc a Disk Array 93 Manacinc ISCSI Connections 109 MaNaciNG THE EncLosure CLU 126 Maxine Disk Array SETTINGS 93 PEE REGEN EE 1o Viewine THE ENcLosuRES Summary CLU 126 RUNNING Menia Parro on a Disk Array 94 VIE IS CSN TARGET INFORMATION 19 Viewine ENcLosunE INrormation CLU 126 Runninc PDM on a Disk Array 94 Maxine iSCSI TARGET SETTINGS 111 Maxine ENcLosuR E Serrines CLU 126 PnePARING A Disk ARRAY FOR TRANSPORT 95 Viewine A List oF iSCSI Portats 111 Viewinc FRU VPD Inormation CLU 127 Repuitpine A Disk Array 95 Viewine SCSI PonraL INFoRMATION 111 Viewinc Power Suppty Status CLU 127 MaNaciNc LocicAL Drives 96 Apin iSCSI Portas m To VIEW THE STATUS OF THE POWER SUPPLIES 127 Viewine A List or Locicat Drives 96 Maxine iSCSI Portar SETTINGS 112 Locating A Power Suppty CLU 127 Viewine Locicat Drive INFORMATION 96 Deering iSCSI Portas 112 Viewine Cootine Unit Status CLU 127 Viewine Locicat Drive Statistics 97 Viewine A List or iSCSI Ports 112 Viewi
145. NTROLLER The RAID controller monitors and manages the logical drives When the RAID controller is replaced all of your logical drive data and configurations remain intact because logical drive information is stored on the physical drives Caution The RAID controller is NOT hot swappable if your Vess R2600 has only one control ler Power down the Vess R2600 before removing it Important Do not replace the RAID controller based on LED colors alone Only replace the RAID controller when directed to do so by PROMISE Technical Support See page 435 Important The firmware on the replacement RAID controller must be the same version as the original RAID controller or a later version The amount of SDRAM in the replacement RAID controller must be the same as the original RAID controller or greater To obtain firmware and SDRAM information for the currently installed RAID controller click the Administration button then click the Image Version icon Vess R2000 Series User Manual REMOVING THE OLD CONTROLLER To remove the RAID controller 1 Shutdown the Vess R2600 2 Disconnect all attached cables from the RAID controller Fibre Channel cables Management port cables e iSCSI cables e Serial cable e SAS expansion cables UPS control cable 3 On the controller handle squeeze the release tab and pull the handle outward See RAID controller release handle and pull out RAID controller release handle and pull out 4 Pull th
146. NVRAM Events CLU on page 155 e Clearing NVRAM Events CLU on page 155 The Event Viewer displays log of subsystem events Events are classified as Runtime Events A list of and information about the 1023 most recent runtime events recorded since the subsystem was started e NVRAM Events A list of and information about the most important events over multiple subsystem startups NVRAM events are stored in non volatile memory Event Severity Levels Level Description Fatal Non recoverable error or failure has occurred Critical Action is needed now and the implications of the condition are serious Major Action is needed now Minor Action is needed but the condition is not a serious at this time Warning User can decide whether or not action is required Information Information only no action is required Viewine Runtime Events CLU To display Runtime Events 1 From the Main Menu highlight Event Viewer and press Enter The log of Runtime Events appears Events are added to the top of the list Each item includes e Sequence number Begins with 0 at system startup Device Disk Array Logical Drive Physical Drive by its ID number e Severity See the table above Timestamp Date and time the event happened Description A description of the event in plain language 2 Press the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the log 155 Vess R2000 Series Us
147. Name No default e System Location Default is USA System Contact Default is admin yourcompany com Read Community Default is public Write Community Default is private No changes are possible 5 Click the Save button 6 Click the Confirm button Apbpinc AN SNMP Trap Sink To add a trap sink 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click SNMP service and click the Settings button 4 Enter a trap sink server IP address in the field provided 5 Choose a trap filter event severity level See the table on the next page 6 Click the Add button 7 Click the Confirm button Vess R2000 Series User Manual DELETING AN SNMP Trap Sink To delete a trap sink Click the Administration tab Click the Services icon Click SNMP service and click the Settings button Gin ume d d Click the Trash icon The trap sink is deleted 6 Click the Save button 7 Click the Confirm button 82 In the Trap Sink list and click the Trap Sink you want to delete NETSEND SERVICE Vess R2000 Series User Manual Netsend service sends RAID subsystem events in the form of text messages to the Host PC and other networked PCs configured to receive Netsend event messages by setting up Netsend server accounts This service is set to Manual startup by default It does not run unless you start it manually or change the startup type to Automatic STARTING NETSEND SERVICE To restart the
148. Netsend service 1 2 3 Click the Administration tab Click the Services icon Click the Netsend service and click the Start button STOPPING NETSEND To stop the Netsend service 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 4 Click the Confirm button Click the Netsend service and click the Stop button RESTARTING NETSEND SERVICE To start the Netsend service after stopping it 1 2 3 Click the Administration tab Click the Services icon Click the Netsend service and click the Start button Makine NETSEND SETTINGS To change Netsend service settings Dow qug 5 6 Click the Administration tab Click the Services icon Click the Netsend service and click the Settings button Choose a startup type e Automatic Starts and runs with the subsystem e Manual default You start the service when you need it Click the Save button Click the Confirm button ADDING NETSEND SERVER ACCOUNTS To add a Netsend server account 1 83 Click the Administration tab Click the Services icon Click the Netsend service and click the Settings button 2 3 4 5 Enter the recipient server IP address in the field provided Choose a recipient filter event severity level See the table on the next page Click the Add button The recipient server is added to the list Click the Save button Click the Confirm button Vess R2000 Series User Ma
149. Network Configuration and press Enter Highlight the controller you want and press Enter 2 3 4 5 Highlight DHCP and press the spacebar to toggle to Disabled Highlight each of the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value e IP address e Subnet Mask e Default Gateway IP address e DNS Server IP address Press Control A to save your settings and move to the Maintenance Mode IPv6 settings screen MakiNc Maintenance Mone Settines MANUALLY UNDER IPv6 To make maintenance mode IPv6 manual settings 1 From the CLU Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter Highlight Maintenance Mode Network Configuration and press Enter Highlight the controller you want and press Enter Highlight DHCP and press the spacebar to toggle to Disabled Ui KR WN Highlight each of the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value e IP address e Subnet Mask e Default Gateway IP address e DNS Server IP address 6 Press Control A to save your settings and e If you made settings for Controller 1 move to the Maintenance Mode settings for Controller 2 e f you made settings for Controller 2 move to the RAID Configuration menu Note If you want to configure your RAID system now using the CLU see Managing Disk Arrays CLU on page 132 for information about your choices ExiriNG THE CLU To exit the CLU from the Quick Set
150. ON 113 MANAGING STORAGE SERVICES 78 Creatine A Locicat Drive MANUALLY 97 Maxine iSCSI Port Settincs 113 Viewing a List or Services 78 Devetinc ALoaicaL Drive 98 Viewine A List or iSCSI Trunks 113 Eman Service 78 Maxine Logicat Drive SETTINGS 98 Aopine SCSI Trunks 113 SLP Service 79 Locatinc ALocicaL Drive 98 Maxine iSCSI Trunk Settines 114 ee 79 InimiaLizinG A LocicaL Drive 99 DeretinG iSCSI Trunks 114 Teuner Service 80 REDUNDANCY CHECK ON A Logical Drive 99 Viewine A List or iSCSI Sessions 114 SSH Service 80 Micratine A Locicat Drive s RAID Leve 100 Viewine SCSI Session INFORMATION 114 SNMP Servic 81 Creatine A LUN CLone 100 Devetine AN SCSI Session 115 recur Senne MANAGING SPARE Drives 101 Viewine SCSI SNS INFoRMaTioN 115 WORKING WITH THE Event Viewer 84 ViewiNe A List or SPARE DRIVES 101 Maxine SCSI ISNS Sertines 115 VuwneRam beer dd VIEWING Spare DRIVE INFORMATION 102 Viewine a List oF iSCSI CHAPs 116 Savine Ruime Events 84 Creatine A Spare Drive MANUALLY 102 Annine SCSI CHAPs 116 Gite Ronde bie ii DELETING A SPARE DRIVE 102 Maxine SCSI CHAP Sertines 116 Viewing NVRAM Events 85 Maxine Spare Drive Settines 102 Deering SCSICHAPs 116 Saving NVRAM Events a5 Locating A Spare DRIVE 103 PINGING A Host or Server ON THE ISCSI Network 117 Curare NVRAM Events 85 RSIS aE A CHAPTER 5 MANAGEMENT WITH THE CLU 118 MONITORING PERFORMANCE 85 RUNNING A TRANSITION ON A Spare Drive 103 Tum ConnecTtIon 119 Monnorine 1 0 Perrorma
151. Optional Uncheck the Enable box to disable this User account Click the Save button The user is added to the list Important For this user to receive event notification Click the new user and click the Subscription button User Privileges Level Meaning View Allows the user to see all status and settings but not to make any changes Maintenance Allows the user to perform maintenance tasks including Rebuilding PDM Media Patrol and Redundancy Check Power Allows the user to create but not delete disk arrays and logical drives change RAID levels change stripe size change settings of components such as disk arrays logical drives physical drives and the controller Super Allows the user full access to all functions including create and delete users and changing the settings of other users and delete disk arrays and logical drives The default administrator account is a Super User 70 Vess R2000 Series User Manual MakiNG User SETTINGS This action requires Administrator or a Super User privileges To make user settings 1 Click the Administration tab Click the User Management icon 2 3 4 In the User list click the user you want then click Settings Make settings changes as required For the Enable box check to enable this user account uncheck to disable this user account Inthe User Settings dialog box enter a new Display Name or User Email
152. PFA status Stale The physical drive contains obsolete disk array information PFA The physical drive has errors resulting in a prediction of failure Be sure you have corrected the condition by a physical drive replacement rebuild operation etc first Then clear the condition To clear a Stale or a PFA condition 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Physical Drive icon 3 Click the physical drive you want then click the Clear button If the physical drive has both a Stale condition and a PFA condition the first click removes the Stale condition Click the Clear button a second time to remove the PFA condition UPDATING FIRMWARE ON A Puysicat DRIVE This feature applies only to PROMISE supported physical drives For a list of supported drives go to http www promise com support Then see Updating Physical Drive Firmware on page 175 If you have physical drives in your RAID system that are not PROMISE supported follow the firmware update procedure from the drive manufacturer MANAGING Disk ARRAYS For disk array troubleshooting see Disk Array and Logical Drive Problems on page 213 Disk array management includes e Viewing a List of Disk Arrays on page 91 e Creating a Disk Array Manually on page 92 e Creating a Disk Array with the Wizard on page 92 e Deleting a Disk Array on page 93 e Making Disk Array Settings on page 93 e Running PDM on a Disk Array on page 94 e Preparing a Disk Arr
153. PHY Choose a Controller ID 1 or 2 and a Port ID 1 to 4 e Trunk Choose a Trunk ID 1 to 8 To change an ID number highlight the item press Backspace to delete the current ID and type a new ID If you use Associated PHY highlight EnableVLAN and press the Spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable If you choose Enable enter a Vlan Tag 1 to 4094 To change a value highlight the item press Backspace to delete the current value and type a new value Highlight Save Settings and press Enter The new Portal is added to the list Maxine iSCSI Portat SerriNcs CLU To make portal settings 1 2 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter Highlight iSCSI Portals and press Enter The list of portals displays Highlight the portal you want to change and press Enter The portal information screen displays Highlight iSCSI Portal Settings and press Enter Make changes as needed e DHCP Enabled or disabled DHCP is currently supported only for IPv4 e ProtocolFamily IPv4 or IPv6 e PrimaryIP Primary IP address of this portal e PrimaryIPMask Subnet mask of this portal e Gateway Gateway IP address of this portal oO oN g e VlanTag VLAN tag number 1 to 4094 for portals associated with a VLAN e Trunkld Trunk ID number 1 to 8 for portals associated with a trunk Highlight Save Settings and press Enter Press Y to acknowledge possible interruption of iSCSI services
154. Port Settings on page 68 e Importing a User Database on page 71 e Changing a Background Activity Schedule on page 74 e Enabling or Disabling a Scheduled Background Activity on page 74 e Battery Reconditioning on page 77 e Forcing a Physical Drive Offline on page 90 e Deleting a Disk Array on page 93 e Deleting a Logical Drive on page 98 e Initializing a Logical Drive CLU on page 140 Deleting an FC Initiator on page 104 Updating with WebPAM PROe on page 172 Updating with the CLU on page 173 Updating with USB Support on page 174 Updating Physical Drive Firmware on page 175 Replacing a Cache Backup Battery on page 179 Replacing a RAID Controller Single Controller on page 181 Initialization on page 192 USB Support Reports a Problem on page 209 Unsaved Data in the Controller Cache on page 212 Vess R2000 Series User Manual WARRANTY AND SUPPORT SUPPORT WARRANTY e Three year complete system limited warranty e Battery Backup Unit has a one year limited warranty e Optional 2 year extended warranty e Optional onsite parts replacement program Promise Technology Inc Promise warrants that for three 3 years from the time of the delivery of the product to the original end user except for one 1 year warranty on the battery backup unit a the product will conform to Promise s specifications b the product will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal
155. Press the spacebar to toggle to Enable 3 Press Control A to save these settings and move to the Management Port IPv6 settings screen ViEwING ViRTUAL MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS To view the current IP address and network settings when using DHCP 1 2 3 4 Press the arrow keys to highlight DHOP Press the spacebar to toggle to Disable The following information displays IP Address 10 0 0 1 Subnet Mask 2 Ds 0540 0 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 DNS Server IP Address 0 0 0 0 Press the spacebar to toggle DHCP back to Enable Press Control A to save these settings and move to the Management Port IPv6 settings screen MakiNc VinTUAL MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS MANUALLY UNDER IPv4 To make IPv4 settings manually on the management port 1 5 Press the arrow keys to highlight IP Address Press the backspace key to erase the current IP address 2 3 4 Type the new Management Port IP address Follow the same procedure to specify the Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address and DNS Server IP Address If you do not have a DNS server skip the DNS Server IP address Press Control A to save your settings and move to the Management Port IPv6 settings screen MakiNc Virtua MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS MANUALLY UNDER IPv6 To make IPv6 settings manually on the management port 1 43 Press the arrow keys to highlight IP Address Press the backspace key to erase the current IP address 2 3 4 Type t
156. Resume migration when ready RAID level migration is resumed No action is required RAID level migration is stopped If this action was not intentional check the logical drive s status RAID level migration has encountered a physical disk error Check the disk drive check table after migration and replace disk drive as needed RAID level migration is aborted due to an internal error Reduce system load on the Vess R2600 RAID level migration is queued No action is required Migration has detected stale NV Watermark Wait to see if the watermark clears Migration has cleared stale NV Watermark No action is required Array was made incomplete due to missing NV Watermark If the array is online try migration again If the array is offline delete and recreate the array User has accepted Incomplete Array Caused by a missing NV Watermark Rebuild the disk array Rebuild Rebuild is started Rebuild is in progress Rebuild is completed No action is required Rebuild is paused Resume rebuild when ready Rebuild is resumed No action is required Rebuild is stopped If this action was not intentional check the logical drive s status Rebuild stopped internally Contact Tech Support Rebuild is aborted Reduce system load on the Vess R2600 Rebuild is queued No action is required Auto rebuild cannot start Install a targ
157. TINGS 37 Virtual MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS 38 Maintenance Mone Settincs 39 Settinc up Vess R2600 witH tH ECLU 41 Accessine THE CLU Quick Setup Menu 42 Maxine Sussystem Dare ann Time SETTINGS 42 Virtual MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS 42 Maintenance Mone Settincs 43 Exitine THe CLU 44 SETTING UP Vess R2600 witH WEBPAM PROE 44 Loccine Into WesPAM PROE44 CREATING Disk Arrays AND LocicaL Drives 45 Wizarp Automatic CONFIGURATION 46 Wizarb ADVANCED CONFIGURATION 47 Enasinc LUN Marrina AND Masking 49 Loccine out or WEBPAM PROE 49 Usinc WesPAM PROE over THE INTERNET 49 CHAPTER 4 MANAGE wirH WesPAM PROE 50 Loceine into WesPAM PROE50 CHOOSING THE DispLay LANGUAGE 51 PERUSING THE INTERFACE 51 LocciNc out or WEBPAM PROE 52 VIEWING THE STORAGE NETworK 53 LocciNG onto A Sussystem 53 FILTERING THE SuBsYsTEM List 53 REFRESHING THE LIST 53 MANAGING SuBSYSTEMS 53 VIEWING SUBSYSTEM INFORMATION 54 Maxine Sussystem SETTINGS 54 LOCKING OR UNLOCKING THE SUBSYSTEM 54 ResTorING Factory DEFAULT SETTINGS 55 CLEARING STATISTICS 55 SAVING A SERVICE REPORT 56 MPORTING A CONFIGURATION SCRIPT 57 EXPORTING A CONFIGURATION SCRIPT 57 RESTARTING THE SUBSYSTEM 57 SHUTTING Down THE SUBSYSTEM 58 RESTARTING THE SUBSYSTEM AFTER A SHUTDOWN 58 MaNaciNc RAID ConTROLLers 58 VIEWING CONTROLLER INFORMATION 58 Maxine ConTRoLLER SETTINGS 59 ViewinG ConTROLLER Statistics60 VIEWING THE FLASH IMAGE INFORMATION 60 UppariNG Firmware on A RAID
158. TPATH 244 REMOVING PERFECTPATH 245 PREFERRED METHOD 245 Atternate METHOD 1 245 Atternate METHOD 2 245 Appenbix C MUuLTIPATHING ON Linux 246 Berore You Becin 246 Check INitiaL SETUP 246 Task 1 MEETING PACKAGE REQUIREMENTS 247 INSTALLING PACKAGES 247 Veriryine Packages ReoHat247 VeniFrING Packaces SuSE 247 Task 2 PREPARING THE CONFIGURATION FILE 248 RepHar Systems 248 SuSE Systems 248 EpitinG A CONFIGURATION FILE 248 Task 3 MakinG Inrriat Host SETTINGS 249 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter covers the following topics About This Manual on page 2 Vess R2600 Overview on page 3 New Features in the Vess R2600 on page 3 Architectural Description on page 4 Features on page 6 General Specifications on page 9 Warranty and Support on page 11 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Asout THis MANUAL This Product Manual describes how to setup use and maintain the Vess R2000 Series and Vess J2600 external disk array subsystems The manual is organized into chapters as follows e Chapter 1 Introduction on page 1 this chapter provides a general overview of the available devices in the Vess R2000 Series and Vess J2600 e Chapter 2 Hardware Installation on page 12 describes the steps necessary for installing subsystem hardware including installing hard disks and placing the device into a rack system e Chapter 3 Setup on page 35 describes setting up a serial connection and the basics of how to use
159. Table Type Read Check Write Check or Inconsistent Block e Start Logical Block Address LBA of the first block for this entry e Count Number of errors or continuous blocks starting from this LBA To clear the check tables see Clearing Statistics on page 55 CREATING A Logical Drive MANUALLY This feature creates a logical drive only You can also use the Wizard to create a disk array with logical drives and spare drives at the same time See Creating a Disk Array with the Wizard This action requires Super User or Power User privileges To create a logical drive manually 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Logical Drive icon 3 Click the Create Logical Drive button 4 5 Click the option button of the disk array you want to use and click the Next button Optional Enter an alias in the Alias field Maximum of 32 characters letters numbers space between characters and underline 6 Choose a RAID level The choice of RAID levels depends the number of physical drives in the disk array RAID 30 50 and 60 only Specify the number of axles for your array In the Capacity field accept the default maximum capacity or enter a lesser capacity and size in MB GB or TB Any remaining capacity is available for an additional logical drive 9 For each of the following items accept the default or change the settings as required e Choose a Stripe size 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB and 1 M
160. To obtain information for the currently installed RAID controller Click the Device tab Click the Component List icon Click the Controller and click the View button On the Information tab note the Firmware Version Click the Advanced information tab Note the Slot 1 and Slot 2 Memory Size NOM RB wWN Contact contact PROMISE Technical Support to order your second RAID controller PROMISE Technical Support prepares the new RAID controller with firmware and SDRAM to match the existing RAID controller in your Vess R2600 subsystem 233 Vess R2000 Series User Manual INSTALLING A SECOND RAID CoNTROLLER To install a second RAID controller in your Vess R2600 subsystem 1 Shut down the subsystem 2 Remove the blank cover from the right RAID controller slot 3 Carefully slide the new RAID controller into the slot until the handle locks in place 4 Attach your data and management cables to the new controller as needed See Making Management and Data Connections on page 18 for cable connection information 5 Power up the subsystem and launch WebPAM PROe 6 In WebPAM PROe click the Dashboard tab and look under System Status e If the new controller has a green check e icon the installation is completed Go to New Settings for Dual Controllers e If the new controller has a yellow icon one of the RAID controllers went into maintenance mode because its firmware or memory do not match the other RAID controlle
161. Type None Local Peer Data Seq in Order Enabled or disabled Click the iSCSI session you want and click the Delete button Type confirm in the field provided then click the Confirm button Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewine iSCSI ISNS INroRMATION To view information about iSNS 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the iSCSI Management icon 3 Click the iSNS tab The information includes e Auto iSNS IP Yes means the IP address is assigned automatically e iSNS Enabled Yes means the iSNS feature is enabled e iSNS Server IP Address IP address of the iSNS Server e iSNS Port 3205 is the default and recommended value Items marked with an asterisk are adjustable under Making iSCSI iSNS Settings Maxine iSCSI ISNS SETTINGS To make iSNS settings Click the Device tab Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the iSNS tab Click the iSNS Settings button DI cae fea Me ue Make settings changes are required e Check the box to enable iSNS Uncheck to disable e Enter the iSNS server IP address e Enter anew ISNS Port number The range is 1 to 65535 6 Click the Submit button ViEWING A List or iSCSI CHAPS To view a list of iSCSI CHAPs 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the iSCSI Management icon 3 Click the CHAP tab CHAP information includes Index ID number of the CHAP Name User assigned name of the CHAP Type Peer or local Peer is one way or uni directional
162. UN Map CLU on page 157 Editing a LUN Map CLU on page 158 Deleting a LUN Map CLU on page 158 Changing the Active LUN Mapping Type CLU on page 158 EnaBLING LUN Mappine CLU LUN Mapping must be enabled in order for Vess R2600 to recognize an initiator To enable LUN mapping 1 2 3i 156 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter Highlight one of the following options and press Enter LUN Mapping Intiators Highlight Enable LUN Mapping Currently DISABLED and press Enter A Logical drives may become invisible message appears Press any key to continue Press Y to confirm LUN mapping is enabled Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewine A List or Initiators CLU LUN Mapping must be enabled in order for Vess R2600 to recognize an initiator To view a list of FC or iSCSI initiators 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter 3 Highlight LUN Mapping Initiators and press Enter A list of the current initiators appears AppiNG AN Initiator CLU You must add an initiator to the Vess R2600 s initiator list in order to use the initiator to create a LUN To add an initiator to the Vess R2600 s list 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter 3 Highlight LUN Ma
163. VESS2000 3U 16Bay a System Status fs Event Information More Device Severity Time Description This system has errors Ctrl 1 Port3 Info Apr 17 2012 01 46 24 iSCSI port Ethernet link is up Ctrl 1 Port3 Warning Apr 17 2012 01 46 24 iSCSI port Ethernet link speed is not 1 Gbps Ctrl 1 Port3 Warning Apr1 201201 46 23 iSCSI port Ethernet link is down Controller eo Ctrl 1 Port 1 Info Apr17 2012 00 52 32 iSCSI port Ethernet link is up B Voltage o Ctrl 1 Port 1 Warning Apr17 2012 00 52 32 iSCSI port Ethernet link speed is not 1 Gbps Ctrl 1 Port 1 Warning Apr17 2012 00 52 31 j8C8l port Ethernet link is down Temperature eo Em Power Supply Unit eo Storage overview Fan eo Device Number Present Se Blower o Controllers 2 Disk Arrays 0 Logical Drives 0 Total Physical Capacity 15 73 TB Physical Drives 16 Wilunconfigured 15 73 TB EZ Physical Drive eo E Configured 0 Byte Spare Drives 0 52 VIEWING THE STORAGE NETWORK To view the other subsystems on your Storage Network click the Discovery tab at the left edge of the WebPAM PROe window LOGGING ONTO A SUBSYSTEM To log onto a subsystem in the list double click the subsystem Caution The new subsystem displays in the same browser tab Click your browser s back button to return to the original subsystem Figure 4 4 Discovery tab in Main menu PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC acm hb istrator 192 162612 n Dashboard a Retresk
164. Version icon Replacement RAID controllers to not come with a BBU Remove the BBU from the old controller and install it into the new one See Replacing a Cache Backup Battery Note On subsystems with dual RAID controllers you can hot swap a controller while the subsystem is running REMOVING THE OLD CONTROLLER To remove a RAID controller 1 Disconnect all attached cables from the RAID controller Fibre Channel cables Management port cables iSCSI cables Serial cable SAS expansion cables UPS control cable On the controller handle squeeze the release tab and pull the handle outward Pull the RAID controller out of the subsystem enclosure 180 Figure 6 4 RAID controller release handle and pull out Vess R2000 Series User Manual Squeeze controller handle release between thumb and finger Pull handle out then slide controller unit straight out INSTALLING THE NEW CONTROLLER To 1 2 3 181 install the new RAID controller Carefully slide the RAID controller into the enclosure Gently swing the handle in and press the handle until it locks Reconnect all cables that were attached to the RAID controller Fibre Channel cables Management port cables iSCSI cables Serial cable SAS expansion cables UPS control cable If one of the controllers goes into maintenance mode see Maintenance Mode on page 211 Vess R2000 Series User Manual REPLACING A RAID CONTROLLER SINGLE CO
165. Vess R2600 Synchronization is queued Synchronization is stopped internally No action is required Subsystem Vess R2600 The Subsystem is started The Subsystem is stopped Subsystem parameter s are changed by user No action is required System is set to Redundant mode System is set to Critical mode Check controller operation Enclosure has only N PSU left Check to make sure each enclosure has three or more Enclosure has only N 1 PSU left operational PSU N 2 for Vess R2600 and Vess J2600 2000 models System is set to Non Redundant mode If your system has two controllers check controller operation Transition Transition is started Transition is completed No action is required Transition is paused Resume transition when ready Transition is resumed No action is required Transition is stopped If this action was not intentional check the disk array s Status Transition was switched to rebuild Replace the dead physical drive or reinstall the missing drive Unknown Unknown priority reason is detected If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Zoning Zoning permission settings with the expander has been reset to defaults Zoning expander has been rebooted No action is required Zoning permission settings with the expander different than expected Settings have been upd
166. Viewing a List of iSCSI Portals CLU on page 148 e Viewing iSCSI Portal Information CLU on page 149 The list of iSCSI Targets displays e Adding iSCSI Portals CLU on page 149 e Id Target number 0 is the default target e Making iSCSI Portal Settings CLU on page 149 Sa Aaa M eras sighed hame OENE target e AssignedPortals portals assigned to the target e Deleting iSCSI Portals CLU on page 150 e Deleting an iSCSI Session CLU on page 150 e Viewing iSCSI Session Information CLU on page 151 e Making iSCSI iSNS Settings CLU on page 151 e Viewing a List of iSCSI CHAPs CLU on page 152 e Adding iSCSI CHAPs CLU on page 152 e Deleting iSCSI CHAPs CLU on page 152 e Pinging a Host or Server on the iSCSI Network CLU on page 152 e Viewing a List of iSCSI Trunks CLU on page 153 e Adding iSCSI Trunks CLU on page 153 e Making iSCSI Trunk Settings CLU on page 153 e Deleting iSCSI Trunks CLU on page 153 146 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewine ISCS Tarcet Inrormation CLU Maxine iSCSI Tarcet Settines CLU To view information for an iSCSI target To make target settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 1 2 Highlight iSCSI Targets and press Enter 2 The list of iSCSI Targets displays 3 Highlight the target you want to change and press Enter 3 The target information screen displays Information includes e TargetName iSCSI qualified name
167. X A USEFUL INFORMATION 232 SNMP MIB Fies 232 ApDiNG A SECOND RAID ConTROLLER 233 INSTALLING A SECOND RAID ContROLLER 233 RAID CourRoLLER IN MAINTENANCE Mone 233 New SerriNGs For DuaL CONTROLLERS 233 Duar Controters AND SATA Drives 234 APPENDIX B MUuLTIPATHING ON WiNDOWS 235 Serrine THE Daemon ro Run 249 Berore You BecIn 235 VERIFYING THE MODULES ARE LOADED 250 INSTALLING PERFECTPATH 236 VERIFYING THE DAEMON Is RUNNING 250 Task 4 CREATE AND Conricure Devices 250 Task 5 Setrinc up ALUA 251 ReoHar LinuxRHEL5 4 251 ReoHar LinuxRHEL5 5 251 SuSE Linux SLES 10 SP3 251 SuSE Linux SLES 11 252 SuSE Linux SLES 11 SP1 252 RPM Packaces AND Documents For Linux MPIO 253 dnd nd AR moe ANTE 298 Linux MPIO Known Issues 254 238 SAMPLE MULTIPATH CONF FILE 255 VERIFYING INSTALLATION 236 StartMenu 236 Services List 236 Device MANaGER 236 RUNNING Penrecr PATH VIEW 237 StartiNe PerFectPatH View 237 Quittine PerFectPatH View 237 Viewine PATH PROPERTIES Viewina LUN Performance Statistics 238 Viewine PatH PERFORMANCE Statistics 239 Viewine Events 239 CLEARING Path STATISTICS 239 FEATURES AND SETTINGS 240 Automatic Loan BALANCING FoR FAitoveR Poticy 240 Loan Batance Poticy 240 Path VERIFICATION 241 PDO Remova 241 PERFORMANCE TAB REFRESH RATE 242 Rounp Rosin Count 242 REFRESHING THE OBJECTS 242 VIEWING System NFORMATION 242 SAVING SYSTEM INFORMATION 243 TROUBLESHOOTING 243 UPDATING PERFECTPATH 244 REPAIRING PERFEC
168. a default disk array is shown with possible alternative choices To choose different array highlight the array and press the backspace key to erase the current number then type the new number 6 Press Control A to save the spare drive Maxine Spare Drive Settines CLU To change spare drive settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter A list of the current spare drives appears including the following parameters 2 Highlight the spare drive you want to change and press Enter 3 Highlight the setting you want to change e Revertible A revertible drive can be returned to spare status after you replace the failed drive in a disk array See Transition on page 356 for more information Type Dedicated means this spare drive can only be used with the specified disk arrays Global means this spare drive can be used by any disk array 4 Press the spacebar to toggle between the choices 5 For dedicated spares type the array number the spare is assigned to 6 Press Control A to save your settings RUNNING Spare Check CLU To run Spare Check 1 From the Main Menu highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter A list of the current spare drives appears 2 Highlight the spare drive you want to check and press Enter 3 Highlight Start Spare Check and press Enter The results appear next to Spare Check Status in the same window Healthy means normal DELETING A Spa
169. ach at the outside of the rack posts of the drive carriers as well The guide pins at the rail ends align with the holes in the rack posts e Tighten the E s and nuts according to instructions for your rack system Figure 2 3 Rail ends attach to the outside of each post ooog booooo0oo0oo0oo0o lt J ooo Q jooooooooo 1 Place the Vess R2600 subsystem onto the rails Atleast two persons are required to safely lift the Vess R2600 Lift the Vess R2600 subsystem itself Do not lift the Vess R2600 by its brackets Figure 2 4 Placing the Vess R2600 subsystem onto the rack rails foco jooooooooo 15 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 1 Secure the Vess R2600 subsystem to the rack The Vess R2600 attaches to the rack posts using the included screws and flange nuts Use the attaching screws and flange nuts that came with the Vess R2600 Figure 2 2 Placing the Vess R2600 subsystem onto the rack rails INSTALLING PHYSICAL DRIVES If your Vess R2600 subsystem shipped with the drives installed at the factory you can skip this section and go to Making Serial Cable Connections on page 29 The Vess R2600 subsystems and JBOD expansion units support e SAS and SATA physical drives e 2 5 inch and 3 5 inch physical drives e Hard disk drives HDD and solid state drives SSD For a list of supported physical drives download the latest compatibili
170. acity of the disk array you can create an additional logical drive at this point DeLETING A Locicat Drive CLU Caution When you delete a logical drive you delete all the data it contains Back up all important data before deleting a logical drive To delete a logical drive from a disk array 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the disk array that contains the logical drive you want to delete and press Enter 3 Highlight Logical Drives in the Disk Array and press Enter 4 Highlight the logical drive you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing 5 Highlight Delete Marked Logical Drives and press Enter 6 Press Y to confirm the deletion Press Y again to re confirm 139 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewine Loaicat Drive Information CLU To view logical drive information 1 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the logical drive you want and press Enter The information and settings screen appears 3 Highlight any of the following and press Enter to view more information Check Table Read Check Write Check and Inconsistency Check Tables Logical Drive Statistics Viewine Loaicat Drive Statistics CLU To view logical drive information 1 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the logical d
171. age 173 166 Vess R2000 Series User Manual VIEWING FLASH IMAGE INFORMATION CLU Flash image information refers to the package of firmware components running on your Vess R2600 controller or controllers To view flash image information 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Flash Image Version Info and press Enter The flash image information displays on the screen Enclosure Number 1 one is the Head Unit Other numbers are cascaded or expanded subsystems Running Image Info Firmware currently running on the controllers Flashed Image Info Firmware flashed to memory Image Type A specific component Controller ID 1 or 2 Version number Build date Flash installation date If the Running and Flashed Images do not match the Vess R2600 has not restarted since the firmware was last updated Restart the Vess R2600 to run the Flashed firmware package See Restarting a Subsystem on page 176 Note that all of these components are upgraded together in a package See Updating with the CLU on page 173 Vess R2000 Series User Manual CLEARING Statistics CLU RESTORING Factory Derautts CLU This function clears the statistical counts for the RAID controller Fibre Channel ports iSCSI ports physical This function restores the factory default settings to the firmware and software items you select drives and logical drives To clear statistics
172. al drives only Only a single drive RAID 0 can migrate to RAID 1 by adding 1 physical drive RAID 1E 3 or more physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives Vess R2000 Series User Manual RAID 5 3 physical drives minimum 32 maximum RAID 0 must have less than 16 physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 6 4 physical drives minimum 32 maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 4 physical drives minimum Even number of physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 50 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 4 physical drives minimum Even number of physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 50 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum RAID 3 A RAID 3 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 1 A RAID 1 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives
173. al drives to make RAID 60 An axle can have from 4 to 32 physical drives depending on the number of physical drives in the logical drive RAID 60 Logical Drive No of Drives No of Axles Drives per Axle bad No of Axles Drives per Axle 8 2 4 4 17 2 8 9 9 2 4 5 3 5 6 6 10 2 5 5 4 4 4 4 5 11 2 5 6 18 2 9 9 12 2 6 6 3 6 6 6 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 13 2 6 7 19 2 9 10 3 4 4 5 3 6 6 7 14 2 7 7 4 4 5 5 5 3 4 5 5 20 2 10 10 15 2 7 8 3 6 7 7 3 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 5 16 2 8 8 5 4 4 4 4 4 3 5 5 6 4 4 4 4 4 Advantages Disadvantages e High Read data transaction rate e High disk overhead equivalent of two drives used for parity Medium Write data transaction rate Slightly lower performance than RAID 50 Good aggregate transfer rate e Safest RAID level Recommended Applications for RAID 60 e Accounting and Financial e Database servers e Any application requiring very high availability RAID Lever MIGRATION The term Migration means either or both of the following e Change the RAID level of a logical drive e Expand the storage capacity of a logical drive 189 Vess R2000 Series User Manual On Vess R2600 RAID level migration is performed on the disk array but it applies to the logical drives Migration does not disturb your data You can access the data while the migration is in progress When migration is done
174. al list Viewine A List or iSCSI CHAPs CLU Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP is an authentication mechanism used to authenticate iSCSI sessions between initiators and targets To view a list of iSCSI CHAPs 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCSI CHAPs and press Enter A list of the current CHAPs appears Information includes e D ID number Numbering starts at 0 Type Peer is one way Local is bi directional e Name CHAP name AppiNc iSCSI CHAPs CLU Verify that CHAP authentication is enabled under Making iSCSI Target Settings CLU O To add an iSCSI CHAP 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCSI CHAPs and press Enter 3 Highlight Create New CHAP Entry and press Enter 4 Highlight Name and type a name for the CHAP 5 Highlight Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Peer and Local Peer is one way Local is bi directional 6 Highlight Secret and type a secret of 12 to 16 characters 7 Highlight Retype Secret and type the secret again to verify 8 Highlight Save CHAP Record and press Enter The new CHAP is added to the list 152 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Maxine ISCSI CHAP Settines CLU When you change CHAP settings you must change the secret You cannot change the type peer or local To make iSCSI CHAP settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Ente
175. al specifications for the product C accident misuse negligence misapplication abuse natural or personal disaster or maintenance by anyone other than a PROMISE or a PROMISE authorized service center DISCLAIMER OF OTHER WARRANTIES This warranty covers only parts and labor and excludes coverage on software items as expressly set above Except as expressly set forth above PROMISE disclaims any warranties expressed or implied by statute or otherwise regarding the product including without limitation any warranties for fitness for any purpose quality merchantability non infringement or otherwise PROMISE makes no warranty or representation concerning the suitability of any product for use with any other item You assume full responsibility for selecting products and for ensuring that the products selected are compatible and appropriate for use with other goods with which they will be used 230 Vess R2000 Series User Manual PROMISE does not warrant that any product is free from errors or that it will interface without problems with your computer system It is your responsibility to back up or otherwise save important data before installing any product and continue to back up your important data regularly No other document statement or representation may be relied on to vary the terms of this limited warranty PROMISE s sole responsibility with respect to any product is to do one of the following a replace the product wi
176. all and rise reflecting the discharge and recharge cycles of the reconditioning That behavior is normal MakiNG SCHEDULE CHANGES To make changes the scheduled battery reconditioning 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of Background Activities displays 3 Click the Scheduler button 4 Mouse over Battery Reconditioning and click the Settings button 5 Make settings changes as required e Start Time Uncheck the Enable This Schedule box to disable this activity e Recurrence Pattern e Start From End On 6 Click the Save button to apply the new settings BUZZER SETTINGS To make buzzer settings 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Component List icon 3 Click the Buzzer and click the Settings button 4 Check the Enable Buzzer box to enable the buzzer or uncheck the box to disable 5 Click the Save button SILENCING THE BUZZER Caution This action disables the buzzer for all events To silence the buzzer 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Component List icon 3 Click the Buzzer and click the Settings button 4 Uncheck the Enable Buzzer box 5 Click the Save button Note The alarm can also be muted by pressing the Mute Alarm button on the front left side of the Vess R2600 unit See Figure 2 23 Left side of the front of the Vess R2600 on page 3i 63 MANAGING ENCLOSURES Enclosure management includes the following functions Vie
177. anagement functions are limited to the features your HDDs actually support RUNNING Menia Patrot on A Disk ARRAY Media Patrol is a routine maintenance procedure that checks the magnetic media on each disk drive If Media Patrol encounters a critical error it triggers PDM if PDM is enabled on the disk array For more information see Media Patrol on page 75 Also see PDM on page 76 Ruwnninc Menia PATROL To run Media Patrol 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears 3 Mouse over Media Patrol and click the Start button SroPPiNG PAUSING OR Resuming Menia PATROL To stop pause or resume Media Patrol 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background appears 3 Mouse over Media Patrol and click the Stop Pause or Resume button 94 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Running PDM on A Disk Array Predictive Data Migration PDM is the migration of data from the suspect disk drive to a spare disk drive For more information see PDM on page 76 Runninc PDM To run PDM on a disk array 1 2 3 4 5 6 Click the Administration tab Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears Mouse over PDM and click the Start button From the Source Physical Drive drop down menu choose a Source disk array and physical drive From the Target Physical Drive
178. and press Enter 4 If you chose Stop press Y to confirm LockiNG OR UNLOCKING THE SuBsvsrEM CLU The lock prevents other sessions including sessions with the same user from making a configuration change to the controller until the lock expires or a forced unlock is done When the user who locked the controller logs out the lock is automatically released SETTING THE Lock To set the lock 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Lock Management and press Enter 3 In the Lock Time field type a lock time in minutes 1440 minutes 24 hours 4 Highlight Lock and press Enter RESETTING THE Lock To reset the lock with a new time 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Lock Management and press Enter 3 In the Lock Time field type a lock time in minutes 1 to 1440 minutes 24 hours 4 Highlight Renew and press Enter RELEASING THE Lock 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Lock Management and press Enter 3 Highlight Unlock and press Enter RELEASING A LOCK SET BY ANOTHER USER To release somebody else s lock 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Lock Management and press Enter 3 Highlight Force Unlock and press the Spacebar to change to Yes 4 Highlight Unlock and press Enter SETTING SUBSYSTEM Date AND Time CLU Us
179. are drive is the process of replacing a revertible spare drive that is currently part of a disk array with an unconfigured e System Options e Revertible Returns to its spare drive assignment after you replace the failed physical drive in the disk array and run the Transition function Transition happens automatically when the following sequence of events takes place Media Patrol By default Media Patrol runs on spare drives unless you disable it physical drive or a non revertible spare The revertible spare drive returns to its original status e You create a revertible spare drive See Creating a Spare Drive Manually on page 102 e Spare Type e A physical drive assigned to your disk array fails and the array goes critical or degraded Global Can be used by any disk array e Vess R2600 automatically rebuilds your array to the revertible spare drive and the array becomes functional Dedicated Can be used only by the assigned disk array again e Media Type type of physical drive Hard Disk Drive HDD Solid State Drive SSD e Vess R2600 automatically transitions moves the data from the revertible spare to the new physical drive e You replace the failed physical drive with a new physical drive of equal or greater capacity e The new physical drive becomes part of the array and the revertible spare drive returns to its original spare status Transition happens manually when you specify a different unconfigure
180. are installed on the host do the following actions 1 Open a terminal window 2 Type the following command and press Enter rpm qa grep device mapper If the required package is present the system returns the following line SLES 10 SP2 device mapper 1 02 13 6 14 SLES 10 SP3 device mapper 1 02 13 6 14 SLES 11 device mapper 1 02 27 8 6 SLES 11 SP1 device mapper 1 02 27 8 17 20 Note that the actual version number might be different depending on your configuration 3 Type the following command and press Enter rpm qa grep multipath tools If the required package is present the system returns the following line SLES 10 SP2 multipath tools 0 4 7 34 38 SLES 10 SP3 multipath tools 0 4 7 34 50 10 SLES 11 multipath tools 0 4 8 40 1 SLES 11 SP1 multipath tools 0 4 8 40 21 1 Note that the actual version number might be different depending on your configuration 248 Vess R2000 Series User Manual TASK 2 PREPARING THE CONFIGURATION FILE To setup multipathing with Vess R2600 or any other subsystem you must provide the required device attributes in a configuration file The multipath configuration file is named multipath conf The functional version of the file is saved in the etc directory RepHat Systems For RedHat systems there is a default etc multipath conf file However the default file does not have the required device attributes to work with Vess R2600 There are also sample configu
181. arger volume sizes The data capacity RAID 50 logical drive equals the capacity of the smallest physical drive times the number of physical drives minus two RAID 50 also provides very high reliability because data is still available even if multiple physical drives fail one in each axle The greater the number of axles the greater the number of physical drives that can fail without the RAID 50 logical drive going offline Vess R2000 Series User Manual Advantages Disadvantages Component Minimum Maximum Number of Axles 2 16 Physical Drives per Axle 3 32 Physical Drives per Logical Drive 6 256 RAID 50 Axes When you create a RAID 50 you must specify the number of axles An axle refers to a single RAID 5 logical drive that is striped with other RAID 5 logical drives to make RAID 50 An axle can have from 3 to 32 physical drives depending on the number of physical drives in the logical drive The chart below shows RAID 50 logical drives with 6 to 32 physical drives the available number of axles and the resulting distribution of physical drives on each axle RAID 50 Logical Drive No of Drives No of Drives per No of Drives No of Axles Drives per Axle Axles Axle 6 2 3 3 14 2 7 7 T 2 3 4 3 4 5 5 8 2 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 9 2 4 5 15 2 7 8 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 10 2 5 5 4 3 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 5 3 3 3 3 3 11 2 5 6 16 2 8 8 3 3 4
182. array you want and press the Enter 3 Make settings changes as required Enter change or delete the alias in the Alias field Maximum of 32 characters letters numbers space between characters and underline Media Patrol Highlight and press the spacebar to toggle between enable and disable e PDM Highlight and press the spacebar to toggle between enable and disable e Power Management Highlight and press the spacebar to toggle between enable and disable 134 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 4 Press Control A to save your settings Notes A You can also enable or disable Media Patrol for the entire RAID system See Making Background Activity Settings CLU on page 154 Power Management must be enabled on the disk array for the HDD Power Saving settings to be effective See Making Disk Array Settings CLU Power management is limited to the features your HDDs actually support Viewine Disk Array INrormation CLU 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter The information and settings screen appears 3 Highlight any of the following and press Enter to view a list of Physical drives in this array Logical drives in this array e Spare drives in this array dedicated and global Disk AnRAY OPERATIONAL STATUS e OK This is the normal state of a logical drive When a logical drive is Functional it is ready for immediate use Fo
183. ated correctly No action is required 224 Vess R2000 Series User Manual CHAPTER 9 SUPPORT This chapter contains the following topics 225 Frequently Asked Questions on page 225 Contacting Technical Support on page 228 Returning the Product For Repair on page 230 Vess R2000 Series User Manual FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS PuvsicaL DRIVES What kind of disk drives can I use with Vess R2600 Vess R2600 supports e 3 5 inch and 2 5 inch form factor Hard disk drives HDDs and solid state drives SSDs e SAS 6 Gb s and 3 Gb s e SATA 6 Gb s and 3 Gb s e Supports any mix of SAS and SATA drives simultaneously in the same enclosure For a list of compatible drives go to PROMISE support http www promise com support Vess R2600 does not support Parallel ATA PATA disk drives Why are all the disk drives in my JBOD marked Dead This condition happens when the JBOD expansion subsystem is disconnected from the RAID subsystem powered off while the RAID subsystem is running or powered on after the RAID subsystem was powered on Use the force online function to restore the disk drives See Clearing a Stale or a PFA Condition on page 130 See Making Webserver Settings on page 79 I can access the Vess R2600 over my company s intranet But I can t access it from an outside Internet connection How do I make the Internet connection work This condition is not related to Vess R2600 but is due
184. ation Script from the Type drop down menu 5 Click the Browse button and navigate to the configuration script and click the OK button 6 Click the Next button The system verifies that the file is a valid configuration script and displays any errors or warnings 7 Click the Submit button to continue 8 In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button The configuration script is imported and applied automatically EXPORTING A CONFIGURATION SCRIPT You can save the configuration from one Vess R2600 RAID subsystem export it and then import it to automatically configure your other Vess R2600 RAID subsystems To export a configuration script 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Import Export icon 3 Click the Export option 57 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 4 Choose Configuration Script from the Type drop down menu 5 Click the Submit button 6 In the Open dialog box click the Save File option then click the OK button The file is saved to your PC as Configscript txt Cautions Do NOT attempt to write or modify a configuration script until you receive guid ance from Technical Support See Frequently Asked Questions on page 225 RESTARTING THE SUBSYSTEM This function shuts down the subsystem and then restarts it To restart the subsystem Click the Administration tab Click the Subsystem Information icon Choose the option
185. ay for Transport on page 95 e Rebuilding a Disk Array on page 95 Viewine A List or Disk Arrays To view a list of disk arrays 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Disk Array icon The list of disk arrays appears Disk array information includes e ID DAO DA1 DA2 etc e Alias If assigned e Status A green check 9 icon means OK Capacity Data capacity of the array Free Capacity Unconfigured or unused capacity on the physical drives Media Patrol Enabled or disabled on this array No of Logical Drives The number of logical drives on this array 91 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewine Disk ARRAY INFORMATION To view disk array information 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Disk Array icon The list of disk arrays appears 3 Click the disk array you want then click the View button Array information displays including ID DAO DA1 DA2 etc Alias If assigned Operational Status OK is normal Media Patrol Enabled or disabled on this array PDM Enabled or disabled on this array Total Physical Capacity Data capacity of the array Configurable Capacity Maximum usable capacity of the array Free Capacity Unconfigured or unused capacity on the physical drives Max Contiguous Free Capacity The largest contiguous free capacity available Current Power Saving Level Default is disabled Number of Physical Drives The number of physical dri
186. battery you want to recondition and press Enter 6 Highlight Start Reconditioning and press Enter 7 Press Y to confirm Reconditioning fully discharges then fully recharges the battery During reconditioning if the Adaptive Writeback Cache function is enabled the controller cache is set to Write Thru After reconditioning the cache is reset to Write Back See Making Controller Settings CLU on page 124 Locatine AN Enclosure CLU This feature helps you identify the physical Vess R2600 enclosure you are working with through the CLU 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter 3 Highlight the enclosure you want and press Enter 4 Highlight Locate Enclosure and press Enter The LEDs on the front of the Vess R2600 blink for one minute Viewinc ENcLosunE Topotocy CLU This feature displays the connection topology of the Vess R2600 subsystem Topology refers to the manner in which the data paths among the enclosures are connected There are three methods Individual Subsystem A single subsystem JBOD Expansion Managed through one subsystem or head unit RAID Subsystem Cascading Managed through one subsystem or head unit For more information about connections see Making Management and Data Connections on page 18 To view enclosure topology 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 High
187. bled host cache flushing guards against data loss in the event of a power failure However RAID performance is slightly reduced When disabled the Vess R2600 subsystem has greater sustained bandwidth and lower latency which are helpful for real time video capture When you operate the Vess R2600 with host cache flushing disabled use a UPS to protect against data loss ApvaNcED Battery FLAsH Backup This feature uses power from the BBU to save the write cache used for the RAID controller to NAND flash memory When the write chache data backup is complete the remaining BBU ceases to supply power for the write cache and the remaining battery capacity is conserved This in effect indefinitely extends the period of write loss protection beyond the required 72 hours typical for most BBU setups PREFERRED CONTROLLER ID SeePreferred Controller ID3 Power SAVING Power saving is a method of conserving energy by applying specific actions to hard disk drives HDD After an HDD has been idle for the set period of time you can elect to e Park the read write heads Referred to as Power Saving Idle Time on Vess R2600 e Reduce disk rotation speed Referred to as Power Saving Standby Time on Vess R2600 e Spin down the disk stop rotation Referred to as Power Saving Stopped Time on Vess R2600 Power management must be e Seton the RAID controller see Making Controller Settings CLU on page 124 e Enabled on each HDD Capacity CO
188. bsystem manages JBOD expansion units always power on the JBOD expansion units first Then power on the RAID subsystem 218 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Event NOTIFICATION RESPONSE When you choose Event Notification WebPAM PROe sends popup and or email messages regarding its status The messages you see depend on your notification selection and what is currently happening in the Vess R2600 The table below cites e Reported Events Events that require you to take action e Corrective Actions The action you should take in response to the event A list of event categories is shown below Battery BBU Blade Server Cache Controller CRC Disk Array Drive Interface Enclosure Event Log Fibre Channel Firmware Update Host Interface Initiator JBOD Logical Drive Media Patrol Online Capacity Expansion Parity PDM Physical Disk Physical Drive PSU Power Supply Units PSU Fans RAID Level Migration Rebuild Redundancy Check Resource SCSI SEP Spare Check Spare Drives SMART Stripe Level Migration Synchronization Subsystem Transition Unknown Zoning Reported Event Corrective Action Battery Battery is inserted No action is required Battery charging has failed Replace the battery Battery reconditioning has started No action is required Battery reconditioning has been terminated Replace the battery The write policy of writeback logica
189. ciated Type PHY VLAN or Trunk e DHCP Enabled or disabled DHCP is currently supported only for IPv4 e TCP Port Number TCP port number 3260 is the default and recommended number e Assigned Targets IDs of the targets to which this Portal is assigned N A means no target is assigned See Adding iSCSI Portals on page 111 Items marked with an asterisk are adjustable under Making iSCSI Portal Settings Appi iSCSI PORTALS Vess R2600 supports up to 32 iSCSI portals Each iSCSI portal can belong to a different VLAN for a maximum of 32 VLANs If you plan to associate the new portal with a trunk create the trunk first See Adding iSCSI Trunks on page 113 For more information about iSCSI VLANs see iSCSI on a VLAN on page 197 Vess R2000 Series User Manual e From the IP Type drop down menu choose IPv4 or IPv6 To add a portal DHCP is currently supported only for IPv4 1 Click the Device tab 6 Click the Submit button 2 Click the iSCSI Management icon 3 Click the Portal tab oe Decetine iSCSI Portats 4 Click the Create Portal button 5 Make your choices and inputs as required To delete an iSCSI portal e Choose an Association type from the option list 1 Click the Device tab The eholees a e PHX OCT RUBN 2 Click the iSCSI Management icon e Ifyou are creating a PHY association choose 3 Click the Portal tab Controller ID 1 or 2 from the drop down menu Choose a Port ID 1 to 4 from t
190. cific UPS unit 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the UPS icon 3 Mouse over UPS and click the View button UPS information includes 68 UPS ID Model Name Serial Number Firmware Version Manufacture Date Voltage Rating Output voltage of the UPS Battery Capacity Backup capacity expressed as a percentage Remaining Backup Time Number of minutes the UPS is expected to power your system in the event of a power failure Loading Ratio Actual output of UPS as a percentage of the rated output See the Note below Temperature Reported temperature of the UPS unit Note The maximum recommended Loading Ratio varies among models of UPS units The general range is 60 to 80 If the reported Loading Ratio exceeds the recommended value for your UPS unit Have fewer subsystems or peripherals connected to this UPS unit Add more UPS units or use a higher capacity UPS unit to protect your RAID systems Vess R2000 Series User Manual MANAGING NETWORK CONNECTIONS Network Connections Management includes the following functions Making Virtual Management Port Settings on page 68 Making Maintenance Mode Settings on page 69 MakING VIRTUAL MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS The Vess R2600 subsystem has a virtual management port enabling you to log into a Vess R2600 with dual controllers using one IP address Before you change settings please see About IP Addresses on page 36 You initially made these
191. ck unlock the subsystem set date and time Enclosure settings FRUs and Topology Physical Drive Management Assign an alias force a physical drive offline or online clear a Stale or PFD condition change global physical drive settings and locate a physical drive Disk Array Management Assign an alias view array information create and delete disk arrays transport rebuild PDM and transition functions accept and incomplete array locate a disk array create and delete logical drives Spare Drive Management View a list of spare drives create modify and delete spare drives and run Spare Check Logical Drive Management Assign an alias set cache policies view logical drive information run initialization and Redundancy Check create a LUN clone and locate a logical drive Network Management Set IP addresses for Virtual and Maintenance Mode Ports gateway and DNS server subnet mask Fibre Channel Management Node information Port information settings SFPs and statistics Logged in devices add intiator to the list iSCSI Management Targets Ports Portals Sessions iSNS options CHAPs Ping Trunks Logged in devices add intiator to the list Background Activities Summary of running and scheduled activity settings for Media Patrol Auto Rebuild Rebuild Migration PDM Transition Synchronization Initialization Redundancy Check rate and thresholds Event Viewer View runtime and NVRAM event logs
192. created e Operational Status OK means normal e Capacity Data capacity of the logical drive Number of Axles For RAID 10 2 axles For RAID 50 and 60 2 or more axles e Physical Capacity Data capacity of the physical drives e Number of Physical Drives The number of physical drives in the disk array Stripe size Set at logical drive creation Read Policy Adjustable e Sector size Set at logical drive creation Write Policy Adjustable Preferred Controller ID For RAID subsystems with dual controllers e Tolerable Number of Dead Drives Number of physical drives that can fail without the logical drive going offline Host Accessibility Normal read only write only or not visible to host e Synchronized A new logical drive shows No until synchronizing is completed See Synchronization e Parity Pace Pertains to some RAID levels e WWN Worldwide Name a unique identifier assigned to this logical drive Codec Scheme Pertains to some RAID levels e Serial Number Assigned to this logical drive e ALUA Access State for Ctrl 1 Active optimized or standby e ALUA Access State for Ctrl 2 Active optimized or standby e Association State for LUN clone e Storage Service Status for LUN clone e PerfectRebuild Enable or disable Viewine Loaicat Drive Statistics To view logical drive statistics 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Logical Drive icon The list o
193. ct Enclosures button and check the boxes for the enclosures you want to see Since the PSU Wattage Monitor is a real time display it does not accumulate information and there is no clear or save function To save performance and power statistics for analysis or troubleshooting save a Service Report open the report and look under PSU Wattage Info MANAGING PuysicaL Drives Physical drive management includes For physical disk troubleshooting see Physical Drive Problems on page 213 Viewing a List of Physical Drives below Viewing Physical Drive Information below Making Global Physical Drive Settings on page 88 Making Individual Physical Drive Settings on page 88 Viewing Physical Drive Statistics on page 88 Viewing Physical Drive SMART Log Information on page 89 Saving the Physical Drive SMART Log on page 89 Locating a Physical Drive on page 89 Forcing a Physical Drive Offline on page 90 Clearing a Stale or a PFA Condition on page 90 Updating Firmware on a Physical Drive on page 90 Viewine A List or Puysicat Drives To view a list of physical drives in the RAID system 1 2 87 Click the Device tab Click the Physical Drive icon The list of enclosures and the physical drives inside them displays Physical drive information includes D ID number of the physical drive e Status Green check 9 yellow 9 and red X 9 icons Model Make and model of the drive e Type SAS
194. ct Tech reset Support Restart the Vess R2600 If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Host interface controller has received an abort task command Host interface controller has received an abort task set command Host interface controller has received a clear ACA command No action is required If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Host interface controller has received a clear task set command Host interface controller has received a LUN reset command No action is required Host interface controller is informed that the initiator has detected an error Host interface controller has received illegal secondary identification Host interface controller has received a message parity error Host interface controller has received a bus reboot If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Host interface link is up No action is required Host interface link is down Check connections Host interface controller has encountered an unknown error Host interface controller has encountered a system error If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Host interface controller has encountered a fatal error Restart the Vess R2600 If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Host interface controller settings have changed No action is required
195. d Power Saving Stopped Time Spins down the disk stops rotation Coercion Check the box to enable or uncheck to disable Coercion Method Choose a method from the drop down menu GBTruncate 10GBTruncate GrpRounding TableRounding Write Back Cache Flush Interval Enter a value into the field 1 to 12 seconds Enclosure Polling Interval 15 to 255 seconds Adaptive Writeback Cache Check the box to enable or uncheck to disable See Adaptive Writeback Cache on page 195 Host Cache Flushing Check the box to enable or uncheck to disable See Host Cache Flushing on page 195 Forced Read Ahead cache Check the box to enable or uncheck to disable See Forced Read Ahead Cache on page 195 Advanced Battery Flash Backup Check the box to enable or uncheck to disable See Advanced Battery Flash Backup on page 196 5 Click the Save button Notes Power Management must be enabled on the disk array for the HDD Power Saving settings to be effective See Making Disk Array Settings on page 93 Power Management functions are limited to the features your HDDs actually support Viewine CONTROLLER STATISTICS To view controller statistics 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Component List icon 3 Click the controller you want then click the View button 4 Click the Statistics tab Controller statistics include Data Transferred Write Data Transferred Read Data Transferred Non Read Write
196. d Controller ID and press the spacebar to toggle among 1 2 or Automatic Highlight PerfectRebuild and press the spacebar to toggle Enable or disable Highlight Save Logical Drive and press Enter Step 3 Summary Review logical drives you are about to create for your new array Then do one of the following actions e If you agree with the logical drives as specified highlight Complete Disk Array Creation and press Enter e f you specified less than the full capacity for the logical drive in the previous screen and you want to add another logical drive now highlight Create New Logical Drive and press Enter e f you do not agree with the logical drives highlight Return to Previous Screen and press Enter to begin the process again DeLETING A Disk Array CLU Caution When you delete a disk array you delete all the logical drives and the data they contain Back up all important data before deleting a disk array 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the disk array you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing 3 Highlight Delete Marked Arrays and press Enter 4 Press Y to confirm the deletion 5 Press Y again to reconfirm Maxine Disk Array Settines CLU To make disk array settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter The list of disk arrays appears 2 Highlight the disk
197. d Management and press Enter 2 Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter 3 Do one of the following actions Highlight LUN Mapping Initiators and press Enter Then highlight an initiator and press Enter The list of logical drives with corresponding LUN maps appears AppiNc A LUN Map CLU For FC amp iSCSI systems you can set up an Initiator LUN map You can set up the LUN map type on the same subsystem but only one LUN map type can be active at a time A maximum of 256 logical drives can be mapped to an FC initiator or to an iSCSI initiator To assign a LUN to an FC or iSCSI initiator add the initiator first See Adding an Initiator CLU LUN mapping must be enabled in order to map a LUN See Enabling LUN Mapping CLU Mappine A LUN ro AN FC Initiator To map a LUN to an FC initiator 157 Vess R2000 Series User Manual From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter Do the following actions Highlight LUN Mapping Initiators and press Enter Then highlight an initiator and press Enter A list of logical drives displays In the LUN field press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the LUN you want to assign to this initiator from 0 to 255 Each logical drive can have only one LUN and must have a unique LUN If you make a error press Control AR to restore the current LUN Press Control A to save the LUN map Mapp
198. d physical drive to transition move the data from the revertible spare drive 193 See the example on the following pages EXAMPLE Following is an example to explain the Transition function In the example above there is a four drive RAID 5 disk array and a global spare drive Physical drives 1 2 3 and 4 belong to the disk array Physical drive 5 remains unconfigured Physical drive 6 is a revertible spare drive If a physical drive fails in a disk array and there is a spare drive of adequate capacity available the controller automatically rebuilds the array using the spare drive In this example physical drive 3 failed and the array is rebuilt using physical drive 6 the revertible spare drive When the rebuild is complete the spare drive has replaced the failed drive In this example failed drive 3 was replaced by spare drive 6 The disk array now consists of physical drives 1 2 4 and 6 There is no spare drive at this moment Even if physical drive 5 is of adequate capacity it has not been designated as a spare therefore the controller cannot use it as a spare AUTOMATIC TRANSITION At this juncture you would replace the failed drive in slot 3 with a new one of the same or greater capacity When the Vess R2600 controller detects the new drive in slot 3 the controller e Automatically transitions the data on drive 6 to drive 3 e Returns drive 6 to spare status When the Automatic Transition is finished physical drive
199. d press Enter 3 Highlight Background Activities and press Enter 136 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 4 Highlight Transition and press Enter Default source and target drives are shown with possible alternative choices 5 To choose different drive highlight the drive press the backspace key to remove the current number then type a new number 6 Highlight Start and press Enter For transition rate see Making Background Activity Settings CLU on page 154 Locatine A Disk Array CLU This feature helps you identify the physical drives assigned to the disk array you are working with in the CLU To locate a disk array 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Locate Disk Array and press Enter The drive carrier status LEDs flash for one minute MANAGING Spare Drives CLU Spare Drive Management includes the following functions Viewing a list of Spare Drives CLU on page 137 Creating a Spare Drive CLU on page 137 Making Spare Drive Settings CLU on page 137 Running Spare Check CLU on page 138 Deleting a Spare Drive CLU on page 138 VIEWING A LIST OF SPARE Drives CLU To view a list of spare drives From the Main Menu highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter A list of the current spare drives appears including the following parameters ID number Operational Status Physical Drive
200. d press Enter 2 Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter 3 Highlight the enclosure you want and press Enter 4 Highlight Cooling Units and press Enter The screen displays the status and speed of Vess R2600 s cooling units which are the power supply fans If fan speed is below the Healthy Threshold there is a malfunction VieWiNG TEMPERATURE SENSOR Status CLU To view the status of the temperature sensors 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter 3 Highlight the enclosure you want and press Enter 4 Highlight Temperature Sensors and press Enter If any temperature exceeds the Healthy Threshold value there is an overheat condition in the enclosure See Making Enclosur e Settings CLU and see Diagnosing an Enclosure Problem on page 209 Viewing VorrAcE Sensor Status CLU To view the status of the voltage sensors 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter 3 Highlight the enclosure you want and press Enter 4 Highlight Voltage Sensors and press Enter If any voltage is outside the Healthy Threshold values there is a voltage malfunction in the enclosure See Diagnosing an Enclosure Problem on page 209 Viewine Battery INrormation CLU This feature enables you monitor and recondition the subsystem battery or batteries From the Main Me
201. d turned off PSU is functional and turned off PSU is malfunctioning and turned on PSU is malfunctioning and turned off PSU has been removed PSU 12V 5V 3 3V power is out of the threshold PSU is not inserted Reinstall the power supply unit PSU is off Turn on the power supply or plug in the power cable PSU is on No action is required Turn on the power supply or plug in the power cable Replace the power supply unit range PSU 12V 5V 3 3V power is within the normal range No action is required PSU is critical This may cause instability of the system Check the power to the PSU Verify that the correct PSU is installed PSU Fans PSU fan or blower has turned on PSU fan or blower has turned off PSU fan or blower speed is increased PSU fan or blower speed is decreased No action is required PSU fan or blower is malfunctioning Replace the power supply PSU fan or blower is inserted PSU fan or blower is functioning normally PSU fan or blower is NOT installed No action is required Check fans or blowers PSU fan status is unknown Check for proper installation and turn on the power supply If the condition persists replace the power supply RAID Level Migration RAID level migration is started RAID migration is in progress RAID level migration is completed No action is required RAID level migration is paused
202. data IN port on the left I O module of the first JBOD unit See Figure 2 12 Vess R2600fiD with FC JBOD expansion connections 2 Connect the SAS expansion port on the right controller of the RAID subsystem to the SAS data IN port on the right I O module of the first JBOD unit 3 Connect the SAS data OUT port on left I O module of the first JBOD unit to the SAS data IN port on the left I O module of the second JBOD unit 4 Connect the SAS data OUT port on right I O module of the first JBOD unit to the SAS data IN port on the right I O module of the second JBOD unit 5 Connect the remaining JBOD units in the same manner Keep your data paths organized to ensure redundancy JBOD expansion supports up to four JBOD units 21 Vess R2000 Series User Manual FIBRE CHANNEL SAN No SINGLE Point or FAILURE The Vess R2600 subsystem is shown with SFP transceivers installed Figure 2 13 FC SAN NSPF data connections An FC SAN with no single point of failure NSPF requires e An FC HBA card in each host PC or server e An SFP transceiver for each connected FC port on the subsystem e Two SFF 8088 4X to SFF 8088 4X SAS external cables for each JBOD unit e Two FC switches e Anetwork switch FC SAN NSPF Dara PATH To establish the data path 1 Connect an FC cable between an FC data port on the left RAID controller and one of the FC switches See Figure 2 13 FC SAN NSPF data connections 2 Connect an FC cable b
203. de when the Vess R2600 restarts No further action is required If you corrected the problem without shutting down the Vess R2600 subsystem choose one of the following methods to take the controller out of maintenance mode e Restart the Vess R2600 subsystem e Establish a serial connection then use the CLI e Establish a Telnet connection then use the CLI SERIAL CONNECTION To clear maintenance mode using a serial connection 1 Change your terminal emulation program settings to match the following specifications Bits per second 115200 Data bits 8 e Parity None Stop bits 1 Flow control none 2 Start your PC s terminal VT100 or ANSI emulation program 3 Press Enter once to launch the CLI The login screen appears The following steps show the default Administrator user name and password Use your own user name and password if you have changed these 4 Atthe Login prompt type administrator and press Enter 5 At the Password prompt type password and press Enter The CLI screen appears The prompt should display MAINTENANCE MODE cli gt If the prompt displays your login name such as administrator cli gt log into the other controller 6 At the MAINTENANCE MODE cli gt prompt type maintenance a exit and press Enter The controller reboots The login screen again appears 7 Close the Serial connection TELNET CONNECTION This procedure requires you to know the IP address of the controller To c
204. different disk array or logical drive you must clear the configuration data on the replacement drive before you use it See Clearing a Stale or a PFA Condition on page 90 95 Vess R2000 Series User Manual PERFORMING A MANUAL REBUILD To perform a manual rebuild 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears 3 Mouse over Rebuild and click the Start button 4 From the Source Physical Drive drop down menu choose a Source disk array and physical drive Arrays have an ID No Physical drives have a Seq No sequence number 5 From the Target Physical Drive drop down menu choose a Target physical drive 6 Click the Confirm button When the disk array is rebuilding e The disk array shows a green check 9 icon and Rebuilding status e Logical drives under the disk array continue to show a yellow icon and Critical status STOPPING PAUSING OR RESUMING A REBUILD To stop pause or resume a Rebuild 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background appears 3 Mouse over Rebuild and click the Stop Pause or Resume button MANAGING LocicAL DRIVES Logical drive management includes e Viewing a List of Logical Drives on page 96 e Viewing Logical Drive Information on page 96 e Viewing Logical Drive Statistics on page 97 e Viewing Logical Drive Check Tables on page 97 e Creating a Logica
205. dual physical drives To locate a spare drive 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Spare Drive icon The list of spare drives appears 3 In the spare drive list identify the physical drive ID number 4 Click the Device tab 5 Click the Physical Drive icon The list of physical drives appears 6 Click the physical drive with the matching ID number and click the Locate button The drive carrier LED blinks for one minute RUNNING SPARE CHECK Spare Check verifies the status of your spare drives To run spare check 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Spare Drive icon The list of spare drives appears 3 Click the spare drive you want then click the Spare Check button 4 Click the Confirm button After the Spare Check completed message appears click the View button to see Spare Check Status 103 Vess R2000 Series User Manual RUNNING A TRANSITION ON A SPARE DRIVE Transition is the process of replacing a revertible spare drive that is currently part of a disk array with an unconfigured physical drive or a non revertible spare You must specify an unconfigured physical drive of the same or larger capacity and same media type as the revertible spare drive See Transition on page 77 RUNNING A TRANSITION To run a transition on a revertible spare drive 1 2 5 6 Click the Administration tab Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears Mouse
206. e It only appears as running UPDATING Firmware ON A RAID Sussystem Use this function to flash update the firmware on the Vess R2600 Download the latest firmware image file from PROMISE support http www promise com support and save it to your Host PC or TFTP server Important Verify that no background activities are running on the RAID subsystem To update the firmware on the RAID subsystem and JBOD expansion units 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Firmware Update icon 3 Click the Controller Firmware Update tab The Controller Firmware Update screen appears showing the current Image Version Number and Build Date 4 Choose a download option e Local File through HTTP Click the Browse button locate the firmware image file click the file to choose it then click the Open button e TFTP Server Enter the TFTP Server host name or IP address port number and file name 5 Optional Check the Non disruptive Image Update NDIU box NDIU updates the RAID controllers and I O modules one at a time enabling I O operations continue during the firmware update Updates with this option take a longer period of time to complete Only Vess R2600 models support this feature 6 Click the Next button The next screen shows the Flash Image firmware image file Version Number and Build Date 7 Click the Submit button The progress of the update displays 61 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Warning N
207. e All Programs gt PerfectPath gt Uninstall PerfectPath In the Welcome screen click the Next button In the Program Maintenance screen choose the Remove option then click the Next button 1 2 3 4 In the Remove the Program screen click the Remove button 5 In the Completed screen click the Finish button 6 In the Restart message box click the Yes button to restart your PC ALTERNATE METHOD 1 This procedure uses the Windows uninstaller To remove the PerfectPath software 1 In the Start menu choose Control Panel then choose Programs and Features 2 Right click Perfect Path and choose Uninstall from the popup menu 3 In the Confirmation box click the Yes button 4 In the Restart message box click the Yes button to restart your PC ALTERNATE METHOD 2 To use this procedure the PerfectPath exe installer file must be the same version number as the PerfectPath software installed on your PC To remove the PerfectPath software 1 Double click the PerfectPath exe file to start the installer 2 In the Welcome screen click the Next button 3 In the Program Maintenance screen choose the Remove option then click the Next button 4 In the Remove the Program screen click the Remove button 245 APPENDIX C MULTIPATHING ON LINUX The appendix covers the following topics PROMISE has fully tested Vess R2600 multipathing on RedHat RHEL 5 3 5 4 and 5 5 and SuSE SLES 10 SP2 Before You Begin Ta
208. e Drives Physical disk assigned as global spare Physical disk is no longer assigned as global spare Global Spare has been deleted Physical disk assigned as dedicated spare Physical disk is no longer assigned as dedicated spare Dedicated Spare has been deleted No action is required SMART SMART error is received Stripe Level Migration If this message appears repeatedly replace the physical drive Stripe Level migration is started Stripe Level migration is completed No action is required Stripe Level migration is resumed Stripe Level migration is paused Resume SLM when ready No action is required Stripe Level migration is stopped If this action was not intentional check the logical drive s status Stripe Level migration has encountered a physical disk error Check the physical drive check table after OCE is finished Stripe Level migration is aborted due to an internal error Stripe Level migration is queued Reduce system load on the Vess R2600 No action is required Synchronization is started Synchronization S No action is required Synchronization is completed No action is required Synchronization is paused Resume synchronization when ready Synchronization is resumed Synchronization is stopped No action is required Synchronization is aborted due to an internal error Reduce system load on the
209. e FC Management icon aik he Porttah Viewine A List or FC NITIATORS ON THE FABRIC 2 3 4 Click the FC port you want to access and click the Settings button To view a list Fibre Channel initiators on the fabric 5 Make these changes as required 1 Click the Device tab Choose a configured link speed from the drop down menu The choices are Auto default 2 Gb s 4 Gb s and 8 Gb s 2 Click the FC Management icon Choose a topology from the drop down menu 3 Click the Initiators on Fabric tab Enter a Hard ALPA in the field provided Also see Viewing a List of Initiators on page 104 Enter 255 to disable Hard ALPA 6 Click the Save button Port SETTING INFORMATION The table below shows the type of attached topology you achieve based on your connection type and the configured topology you select Example 1 If you connect the Vess R2600 to an FC switch and choose NL Port topology you create a Public Loop attached topology Example 2 If you have a Point to Point attached topology you made a direct connection no FC switch and selected N port topology 108 Viewine A List or FC Loccep in Devices Logged in devices refers to all Fibre Channel devices currently logged into the Vess R2600 The device list includes e FC ports e FC switches if attached e FC initiators To view a list FC logged in devices 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the FC Management icon 3 Click the Logged In Device tab ViEWI
210. e RAID controller out of the subsystem enclosure INSTALLING THE NEW CONTROLLER To install the new RAID controller 1 Carefully slide the RAID controller into the enclosure 2 Gently swing the handle in and press the handle until it locks 3 Reconnect all cables that were attached to the RAID controller Fibre Channel cables Management port cables e iSCSI cables e Serial cable e SAS expansion cables e UPS control cable 4 Press the power power The Vess R2600 restarts 5 Log into the Vess R2600 182 Vess R2000 Series User Manual CHAPTER 7 TECHNOLOGY BACKGROUND Disk ARRAYS This chapter covers the following topics Disk array technology includes e Disk Arrays on page 183 e Media Patrol on page 183 e Logical Drives on page 184 e Spare Drives on page 193 Menia PATROL e RAID Controllers on page 194 Media Patrol is a routine maintenance procedure that checks the magnetic media on each disk drive Media e iSCSI Management on page 197 Patrol checks all physical drives assigned to disk arrays and spare drives Media Patrol does not check unconfigured e Internet Protocols on page 200 drives Media Patrol checks are enabled by default on all disk arrays and spare drives You can disable Media Patrol in the disk array and spare drive settings however that action is not recommended Unlike Synchronization and Redundancy Check Media Patrol is concerned with the condition of the media itself not the data record
211. e Spare Drive screen appears SrEP 3 SPARE DRIVE CREATION Creating a spare drive is optional but highly recommended 1 Enter your information and choose your options e Check the Revertible box if you want this spare drive to be revertible Choose the option for the type spare drive you want Global Replaces a failed drive in any disk ar ray Dedicated Replaces the failed drive only in the assigned disk array 2 Click the enclosure graphic to view information about physical drives 3 Click a physical drive to select it for your spare drive The physical drive s ID number is added to the Selected list 4 Click the Next button to continue The Summary screen appears 48 Figure 3 8 Create Spare Drive menu amp Disk Array Advance Configuration n 1 Step 3 Create Disk Array Create Logical Drive Create Spare Drive Summary amp Create Spare Drive Revertible L1 Type Global XO Dedicated to newly created disk array IDs of Physical Drives Selected 7 Back Next Cancel Figure 3 9 Disk Array Configuration Summary amp Disk Array Advance Configuration Step 4 Create Disk Array Create Logical Drive Create Spare Drive Summary amp Summary Disk Array Information Alias Number of Logical Drives 1 Configurable Capacity 3 53 TB Free Capacity 0 Byte Number of Physical Drives 8 Physical Drive IDs 2 3 5 5 9 1013 14 Logical Drive Information
212. e following lines under devnode blacklist devnode_blacklist devnode sda devnode ram raw loop fd md dm sr scd st 0 9 devnode hd a z devnode cciss c 0 9 d 0 9 Be sure all the relevant lines of your configuration file are uncommented Remove the character from the beginning of the line Save the file as multipath conf Place a copy of the multipath conf file into the Host s etc directory Vess R2000 Series User Manual Task 3 Makina INITIAL Host SETTINGS After the packages and configuration file are installed the Host is ready to accept multipath settings SETTING THE DAEMON TO RUN RHEL 5 3 5 4 5 5 This action requires RHEL installation with the linux mpath Option See Before You Begin To set the MP daemon to run at boot time 1 Open a terminal window 2 Verify that etc rc d rc 3 5 d has a symbolic link to etc rc d init d multipathd Also see the Note below Run the command Is al etc rc d rc 3 5 d grep multipathd 3 If there is no symbolic link run the command cd etc rc d rc 3 5 d Then run the command In s etc rc d init d multipathd S13multipathd Note etc rc d rc 3 5 d saves a link to start at each run level e Run level 3 is for a single user e Run level 4 is for multiple users e Run level 5 is for multiple users on X Windows SLES 10 SP2 10 SP3 11 11 SP1 To set the MP daemon to run at boot time 1 Open a terminal window 2 S
213. e of the initiator device composed of a single text string AppiNG AN FC Initiator You must add an initiator to the Vess R2600 s initiator list in order to map your LUN or logical drive to the initia tor METHOD 1 INPUTTING THE INITIATOR NAME Thi To 1 2 104 s action requires Administrator or Super User privileges add a Fibre Channel initiator to the list Click the Storage tab Click the Initiator icon Vess R2000 Series User Manual 3 Click the Add Initiator button 4 Input the initiator name in the fields provided An FC initiator name is the World Wide Port Name of the initiator composed of a series of eight two digit hexadecimal numbers 5 Click the Submit button The initiator is added METHOD 2 ADDING FROM A LisT This action requires Administrator or Super User privileges To add a Fibre Channel initiator to the list 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Fibre Channel Management icon 3 Click the Logged In Device tab 4 Check the box next to the initiator you want to add 5 Click the Add to Initiator List button The initiator is added and its check box grays out DELETING AN FC INITIATOR Caution If you delete an initiator you delete the LUN map associated with that initiator Verify that the LUN map is no longer needed before deleting the initiator This action requires Administrator or Super User privileges To delete an FC initiator 1 Click the Storage tab
214. e port you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Fibre Channel Port Statistics and press Enter ViewiNG SFP Information CLU To view information about the SFPs small form factor pluggable transceivers 1 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Fibre Channel Ports and press Enter 3 Highlight the port you want and press Enter 4 Highlight Fibre Channel Port SFP and press Enter The screen displays information about the SFP transceiver There are no user settings on this screen ViewinG Fibre CHANNEL Port Statistics CLU To l 2 3 4 view port statistics From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter Highlight Fibre Channel Ports and press Enter Highlight the port you want and press Enter Highlight Fibre Channel Port Statistics and press Enter This screen displays statistics for this port There are no user settings on this screen CLEARING STATISTICS To clear Fibre Channel statistics see Clearing Statistics CLU on page 167 Property DEFINITIONS Definitions of the properties for which statistical information is reported appears in the list below 145 TimeLastReset Time in minutes since the system has been running FramesSent Number of frames sent since last reset FramesReceived Number of frames received since last reset WordsSent Number of words sent since last reset WordsReceived Number of words received
215. e this screen to make Date and Time settings From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Modify System Date amp Time and press Enter Highlight the System Date or System Time setting 1 2 3 4 Press the backspace key to erase the current value 5 Type in a new value 6 Press Control A to save your settings Maxine NTP Settines CLU After you have made Network Time Protocol NTP settings the Vess R2600 subsystem synchronizes with a NTP server e At startup e Every night e When you synchronize manually To make NTP settings for the subsystem 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight NTP Management and press Enter 123 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 3 Highlight NTP Settings and press Enter 4 Make the following settings as required Highlight NTP Service and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Highlight Time Server 1 Time Server 2 or Time Server 3 and type a server name Example 0 us pool ntp org You can have up to 3 NTP servers Highlight Time Zone and press the spacebar to toggle through GMT GMT and GMT For GMT and GMT type the hour from 0 00 to 13 00 GMT for your time zone Highlight Daylight Savings Time and press the spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable If Daylight Savings Time is Enabled highlight the Start Month and End Month and enter a number from 1 to 12
216. e to launch the CLI 3 At the Login prompt type administrator and press Enter 4 At the Password prompt type password and press Enter 5 Type net and press Enter administrator cli gt net Virtual Mgmt 10 0 0 1 255 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Up The new virtual management port IP address and other network settings display 6 Enter the new IP address into your browser to log into WebPAM PROe For more information see Making Serial Cable Connections and Logging into WebPAM PROe Power CYCLING THE SUBSYSTEM To power cycle a RAID subsystem means to e Shut down e Turn off the power e Turn on the power e Restart Power cycling is sometimes required as a remedial action but only when prompted by a message from software or when directed by Technical Support To power cycle the RAID subsystem 1 Shut down the subsystem When the controllers shut down your network connection is lost Manually turn off the system power by pressing the power button of the RAID unit for over five seconds Wait at least 10 seconds Manually press the power button of the JBOD units Manually press the power button of the RAID subsystem Wait no less than two minutes N DO UW BR WN Do one of the following actions Open your browser and log into WebPAM PROe e Re establish your Telnet or SSH connection to the subsystem and open the CLU If you cannot log in immediately wait 30 seconds and try again Important If your RAID su
217. ecipients and press Enter Hb Be AY le Highlight Create New Message Recipient and press Enter 6 Type the recipient s IP address into the field provided 7 Highlight Message Event Severity Filter and press the spacebar to change severity levels The selected level and all higher severity levels of severity are reported See the Table below 8 Press Control A to save your settings Event Severity Levels Level Description Fatal Non recoverable error or failure has occurred Critical Action is needed now and the implications of the condition are serious Major Action is needed now Minor Action is needed but the condition is not a serious at this time Warning User can decide whether or not action is required Information Information only no action is required DeLETING NETSEND RECIPIENTS To delete a Netsend recipient 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight Netsend and press Enter 2 3 4 Highlight Message Recipients and press Enter 5 Highlight the recipient you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing 6 Highlight Delete Marked Entries and press Enter FLASHING THROUGH TFTP Use this function to flash update the firmware on the Vess R2600 See Updating with the CLU on p
218. ection Setting must be set to Auto If a UPS is detected the settings changes to Enable Note 3 The maximum recommended Loading Ratio varies among models of UPS units The general range is 60 to 80 Note 4 To specify UPS units by DNS names ask your IT administrator to add the DNS names to the DNS server before you make UPS settings Viewinc UPS Information CLU To view information about a specific UPS unit 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight UPS Management and press Enter 3 Highlight the UPS unit you want and press Enter UPS information includes UPSID e Model Name Serial Number Firmware Version e Manufacture Date e Voltage Rating Output voltage of the UPS Battery Capacity Backup capacity expressed as a percentage Remaining Backup Time Number of minutes the UPS is expected to power your system in the event of a power failure Loading Ratio Actual output of UPS as a percentage of the rated output See the Note below Temperature Reported temperature of the UPS unit Note The maximum recommended Loading Ratio varies among models of UPS units The general range is 60 to 80 If the reported Loading Ratio exceeds the recommended value for your UPS unit Have fewer subsystems or peripherals connected to this UPS unit Add more UPS units or use a higher capacity UPS unit to protect your RAID systems 160 Vess R200
219. ed on the media If Media Patrol encounters a critical error it triggers PDM if PDM is enabled on the disk array Media Patrol has three status conditions e Running Normal You can access your logical drives at any time e Yield Temporary pause while a read write operation takes place e Paused Temporary pause while another background runs Or a pause initiated by the user 183 PDM Predictive Data Migration PDM is the migration of data from the suspect phyical drive to a spare drive similar to rebuilding a logical drive But unlike Rebuilding PDM constantly monitors your physical drives and automatically copies your data to a spare drive before the physical drive fails and your logical drive goes Critical The following actions trigger PDM e A phyical drive with unhealthy status see below e Media Patrol finds a critical error e You initiate PDM manually PDM also counts the number of media errors reported by Media Patrol A disk drive becomes unhealthy when e A SMART error is reported e The bad sector remapping table fills to the specified level Because data would be lost if written to a bad sector when a bad sector is detected the physical drive creates a map around it These maps are saved in the bad sector remapping table which has a capacity of 512 reassigned blocks and 2048 error blocks You can specify the maximum levels for the reassigned and error blocks in PDM settings When the table fills to a specifi
220. ed value PDM triggers a migration of data from the suspect drive the disk drive with the bad sectors to a replacement physical drive During data migration you have access to your logical drives but they respond more slowly to read write tasks because of the additional operation The time required for data migration depends on the size of the physical drives PDM is enabled on all disk arrays by default You can disable PDM in the disk array settings however that action is not recommended 184 Vess R2000 Series User Manual LogicAL DRIVES Logical drive technology includes RAID Levels on page 184 e RAID Level Migration on page 189 e Stripe Size on page 192 e Sector Size on page 192 e Initialization on page 192 e Partition and Format on page 192 RAID Levers RAID Redundant Array of Independent Disks allows multiple physical drives to be combined together in a disk array Then all or a portion of the disk array is formed into a logical drive The operating system sees the logical drive as a single storage device and treats it as such RAID O0 STRIPE When a logical drive is striped the read and write blocks of data are interleaved between the sectors of multiple physical drives Performance is increased since the workload is balanced between drives or members that form the logical drive Identical drives are recommended for performance as well as data storage efficiency The disk array s data ca
221. ee Power supply for Vess R26000 1 Verify that the PSU status LED is amber or red Figure 6 3 Insert fresh PSU 2 Unplug the power cord 3 Turn the set screw counter clockwise to loosen it The screw is retained on the power supply housing 4 Grasp the handle and pull the power supply straight out of the enclosure Figure 6 2 Power supply for Vess R2600 177 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Figure 6 5 Cooling Unit LED indicates a problem with the fan REPLACING A CooLiNG UNIT A failed Cooling Unit on the Vess R2600 or Vess J2600 can be hot swapped if the other cooling unit is functioning properly indicated by a green Fan Status LED Follow the instructions below to replace a problem Cooling Unit Important In the event of a Cooling Unit failure DO NOT remove the failed unit until there is a replacement available and on hand A single functioning Cooling Unit is adequate for cooling the system as long as the failed Cooling Unit remains in place Removing the failed unit without replacing it will adversely affect airflow within the enclosure resulting in critical overheating and shutdown of the enclosure An amber fan status LED indicates there is a problem This O unit might need to be E 1 Check the Fan Status LED a red LED indicates the fan has failed and needs to be replaced an amber LED replaced To REMOVE THE CooLiNG UNIT indicates a problem 2 Use a No 1 Phillips screwdriver to turn eac
222. er Manual CLEARING Runtime Events CLU To clear the Runtime Event log 1 From the Main Menu highlight Event Viewer and press Enter 2 Highlight Clear Runtime Event Log and press Enter 3 Press Y to confirm Viewing NVRAM Events CLU This screen displays a list of and information about the most important events over multiple subsystem startups To display NVRAM events 1 From the Main Menu highlight Event Viewer and press Enter 2 Highlight NVRAM Events and press Enter The log of NVRAM Events appears Events are added to the top of the list Each item includes e Sequence number Begins with 0 at system startup e Device Disk Array Logical Drive Physical Drive by its ID number e Severity See the table on the previous page Timestamp Date and time the event happened Description A description of the event in plain language 3 Press the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the log CuEnARnING NVRAM Events CLU To clear the Runtime Event log 1 From the Main Menu highlight Event Viewer and press Enter 2 Highlight NVRAM Events and press Enter 3 Highlight Clear NVRAM Event Log and press Enter 4 Press Y to confirm WonkiNG wirH LUN Mappine CLU LUN Mapping includes the following functions Enabling LUN Mapping CLU on page 156 Viewing a List of Initiators CLU on page 156 Adding an Initiator CLU on page 156 Viewing a List of LUN Maps CLU on page 157 Adding a L
223. es the following functions e Viewing a List of UPS Units CLU on page 159 e Making UPS Settings CLU on page 159 e Viewing UPS Information CLU on page 160 Viewine A List or UPS Units CLU To view a list of UPS units supporting the Vess R2600 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight UPS Management and press Enter Information in the UPS List includes Operational Status OK means Normal On AC means the UPS is connected to a viable external AC power source On Battery means the external AC power source is offline and the UPS is running on battery power Capacity Backup capacity expressed as a percentage Remaining Minutes Number of minutes the UPS is expected to power your system in the event of a power failure e Loading Actual output of UPS as a percentage of the rated output See the Note below Note The maximum recommended Loading Ratio varies among models of UPS units The general range is 60 to 80 If the reported Loading Ratio exceeds the recommended value for your UPS unit Have fewer subsystems or peripherals connected to this UPS unit Add more UPS units or use a higher capacity UPS unit to protect your RAID systems 159 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Maxine UPS Serrius CLU These settings control how the Vess R2600 subsystem detects the UPS unit and responds to data reported by the UPS unit To make UPS settings
224. ess R2600 with the CLI on page 37 Setting up Vess R2600 with the CLU on page 41 Logging into WebPAM PROe on page 44 Creating Disk Arrays and Logical Drives on page 45 Enabling LUN Mapping and Masking on page 49 Vess R2000 Series User Manual SETTING UP THE SERIAL CONNECTION The initial connection accesses the serial port using the serial cable connection you made using the RJ 11 to DB9 Use your PC s terminal emulation program such as Microsoft HyperTerminal to access the Command Line Interface CLI You can also use the serial connection to manage the Vess R2600 through the Command Line Utility CLU To make the initial serial connection 1 Change your terminal emulation application settings to match the following specifications Bits per second 115200 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 Flow control none 2 Start your PC s terminal VT100 or ANSI emulation program 3 Press Enter once to launch the CLI 4 At the Login prompt type and press Enter 5 At the Password prompt type password and press Enter The screen displays login as administrator administrator Vess R2600 s password xx Promise Vess Command Line Interface CLI Utility Version 1 00 0000 02 Build Date Sep 3 2012 Type help or to display all the available commands Type menu to enter Menu Driven Configuration Utility administrator cli gt To see the full set of CLI commands at the administrator cli gt
225. ess and a TCP port number to identify an IP storage resource Vess R2600 supports up to 32 iSCSI portals Vess R2600 uses TCP port 3260 Vess R2600 supports both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses See Internet Protocols on page 373 Portals on Vess R2600 support three types of port associations e PHY A simple connection through one port e VLAN Virtual Local Area Network The portal is part of a virtual network Used when a dedicated network is not available for iSCSI e Trunk An aggregation of two or more iSCSI ports on the same RAID controller Also known as a link aggregation This feature combines ports to increase bandwidth Once you have made a port association you cannot change it If you have no portals with the port association you want create a new portal Each iSCSI portal can belong to a different VLAN Vess R2600 supports 32 VLANs Port A port is the physical point of connection between the Vess R2600 and the iSCSI network There are four ports on each RAID controller for a total of eight on a system with dual controllers When you create a portal you specify one port There are two options for each iSCSI port e Jumbo Frame Enables jumbo frame support on the port The standard Ethernet frame is 1518 bytes with 1500 bytes for payload A jumbo frame ranges from 1500 bytes to 9000 bytes of payload Because jumbo frames carry more data they are used to reduce network management overhead thereby increasing network throug
226. et physical drive of adequate capacity Redundancy Check Redundancy Check is started Redundancy Check is completed No action is required Redundancy Check is paused Resume Redundancy Check when ready Redundancy Check is resumed Redundancy Check is stopped No action is required Redundancy Check is aborted due to internal error Reduce system load on the Vess R2600 223 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Redundancy Check encountered inconsistent block s Check the disk drive check table after RC and replace disk drive as needed Redundancy Check task is queued Redundancy check is in progress No action is required Redundancy Check task is stopped internally Restore the disk array to functional status Redundancy check is started on unsynchronized logical drive No action is required Resource Resource is NOT available Reduce system load on the Vess R2600 SCSI SCSI host interface controller settings have No action is required changed SEP SEP is found No action is required SEP is NOT found Insert or replace SEP hardware SEP I2C device access failure SEP I2C device access recovered from failure If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Spare Check Spare check started on the given spare drive Spare check completed successfully on the given spare drive No action is required Spar
227. et the daemon to run at boot time chkconfig multipathd on The system does not return anything VERIFYING THE MODULES ARE LOADED To verify that the DM MP modules are loaded 1 Open a terminal window 2 Verify that the multipath module is loaded Ismod grep dm multipath If the module is loaded the system returns dm multipath 215770 or a similar message 3 Verify that the device mapper module is loaded Ismod grep dm mod If the module is loaded the system returns dm mod 56537 8 dm snapshot or a similar message VERIFYING THE DAEMON IS RUNNING To verify that the MP daemon is running 1 Open a terminal window 2 Check the daemon s status etc init d multipathd status 3 Do one of the following actions e If the system returns multipathd is running or a similar message Go to Task 4 Create and Configure Devices on page 480 e If the system returns multipathd is stopped or a similar message Start the MP daemon etc init d multipathd start Then go to Task 4 Create and Configure Devices 250 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Task 4 CREATE AND CONFIGURE DEVICES This step applies the settings from the multipath config file to the Host 1 Open a terminal window 2 Type the following command and press Enter multipath v3 The system returns paths list uuid hcil dev dev t pridm_st chk_st vend 222490001555459b3b 2 0 0 0 sdb 8 16 1 undef undef Prom 22
228. etween an FC data port on the left RAID controller and the other FC switch 3 Connect an FC cable between an FC data port on the right RAID controller and one of the FC switches 9 a HHS Qmm 5 M GAFN SS 4 Connect an FC cable between an FC data port on the right RAID controller and the C a s RS le m VED other FC switch G So 4 ET bog 5 Connect FC cables between one of the FC switches and the FC HBA cards in both of the host PCs or servers 6 Connect FC cables between the other FC switch and the FC HBA cards in both of the host PCs or servers If you have multiple Vess R2600 subsystems repeat steps 1 through 6 as required Important For a list of supported HBAs switches and SFP transceivers download the latest compatibility list from PROMISE support http www promise com support 22 FC SAN NSPF MANAGEMENT PATH To establish the management path 1 Connect an Ethernet cable between the Management port on each RAID controller and the network switch See Figure 2 14 FC SAN NSPF management connections 2 Connect an Ethernet cable between the network port on each host PC or server and the network switch If you have multiple Vess R2600 subsystems repeat steps 1 and 2 as required JBOD Expansion JBOD connections are the same for all FC SAN and DAS configurations See Figure 2 12 Vess R2600fiD with FC JBOD expansion connections 23 The Vess R
229. f logical drives appears 3 Click the logical drive you want then click the View button 4 Click the Statistics tab Logical Drive statistics display including Data Transferred In bytes Read Data Transferred In bytes Write Data Transferred In bytes Errors Read Errors Write Errors e O Requests e Non Read Write I O Requests e Read I O Requests Write I O Requests Statistics Start Time Statistics Collection Time To clear physical drive statistics see Clearing Statistics on page 55 Viewine Locicat Drive CHECK TABLES This feature enables you to view error tables Use this information to evaluate the integrity of the logical drive and to determine whether corrective action is needed To view logical drive check tables 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Logical Drive icon The list of logical drives appears 3 Click the logical drive you want then click the Check Table button 97 4 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Choose an option e All All errors The default choice Read Check Read errors for this logical drive Write Check Write errors for this logical drive Inconsistent Block Inconsistent blocks for this logical drive Mirror data for RAID Levels 1 1E e and 10 or Parity data for RAID Levels 3 5 6 30 50 and 60 Identified by the Redundancy Check The Check Table lists e Entry Number A number assigned to each block of entry
230. failback To fix this problem increase the value to 60 seconds 5 SLES 11 SP1 With a FC HBA set rports dev loss tmo as large as possible such as 0x7fffffff Set fast_ io failure tmo to 30 seconds Without these settings the system does not recognize device or the systems hang during boot and failover failback Download and update the latest SLES11 SP1 patches from Novell Without these patches the system hangs during failover failback 254 With a Fibre Channel switch a dev_loss_tmo value set too small can result in loss of the path during failover failback Linux maintains the rports dev_loss_tmo value in the sys class fc_remote_port rport xxxx dev_loss_tmo file The Fibre Channel HBA driver sets this value at loading time To change the dev_loss_tmo value to the recommended 60 seconds during runtime type the echo command echo 60 gt sys class fc_remote_port rpot 1 0 0 dev_loss_tmo 255 SAMPLE MULTIPATH CONF FILE Below is a complete multipath conf file for Vess R2600 This is a template multipath tools configuration file for the Promise Vess R2600 subsystem defaults user_friendly_names yes blacklist devnode sda devnode ram raw loop fd md dm sr scd st 0 9 devnode hd a z 0 9 devnode cciss c 0 9 d 0 9 p 0 9 devices device vendor Promise product Vess R2600 path grouping policy multibus getuid callout sbin scsi id g u s block
231. fault tolerant disk arrays that ensures all the data matches exactly To run Redundancy Check 1 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the logical drive you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Background Activities and press Enter 4 Highlight Start Redundancy Check and press Enter The redundancy check parameters appear Auto Fix Corrects inconsistencies automatically Pause On Error Pauses the Redundancy Check when an error is found To change a parameter highlight it and press the backspace toggle between Yes and No 5 Highlight Start and press Enter If necessary you can pause and resume or stop and restart the Redundancy Check You can use the logical drive while Redundancy Check is running For Redundancy Check rate see Making Background Activity Settings CLU on page 154 Locatine A LocicaL Drive CLU This feature helps you identify the physical drives assigned to the logical drive you are working with in the CLU To locate a logical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the logical drive you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Locate Logical Drive and press Enter The drive carrier status LEDs flash for one minute Figure 5 6 Drive carrier status LED lt Drive Status LED PROMISE amp PowerlActivity LED TECHNOLOGY INC Micratine A Locicat Drive CLU In order to mi
232. following a default set of 3 Logical Drive Automatic parameters pro a y and logical drive arrangement You can Blower1Ene1 Info Jun 13 2012 09 40 31 PSU fan or blower speed is increased accent oreja the pro pcised qrongement br vod pannotemdfft EE Blower 2 Enc 1 Info Jun 13 2012 09 40 31 PSU fan or blower speed is increased Bl ncs Blower 3 Enc 1 Info Jun 13 2012 08 40 31 PSU fan or blower speed is increased Ls di You directly specify all parameters for a new disk array logical drives and gi LUN Mapping amp Masking M pct Fete Advanced spare drive fmi Controller e Blower 4 Enc 1 Info Jun 13 2012 09 40 31 PSU fan or blower speed is increased Voltage eo Blower 3 Enc 1 Info Jun 13 2012 09 40 16 PSU fan or blower speed is decreased Blower 4 Enc 1 Info Jun 13 2012 09 40 18 PSU fan or blower speed is decreased ES Temperature e Power Supply Unit o Wt fan eo Device Number Present Se Blower o Controllers 2 Disk Arrays 0 Lj DiskArray Logical Drives 0 3 Logical Drive Total Physical Capacity 7 28 TB Physical Drives 16 BL preion Wil Unconfigured 6 82 TB em oe o Configured 465 76 GB Ee 1 E Spare Drive eo 45 Wizarb Automatic CONFIGURATION When you choose the Automatic option the following parameters appear on the screen e Disk Arrays The number of logical drives number of physical drives ID of each physical drive configurable capacity and the media type hard disk drives or solid state drives
233. fy your settings send a test message Vess R2000 Series User Manual SLP Service WEBSERVER SERVICE Service Location Protocol SLP discovers services over the Internet SLP applies to IPv4 protocol only Webserver service connects the WebPAM PROe interface to the RAID subsystem though your browser StoppinG SLP SERVICE STOPPING WEBSERVER SERVICE To stop the SLP service 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the SLP service and click the Stop button 4 Click the Confirm button To start the SLP service after stopping it 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the SLP service and click the Start button RESTARTING SLP SERVICE To restart the SLP service 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the SLP service and click the Restart button Maxine SLP SETTINGS To change SLP service settings 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the SLP service and click the Settings button 4 Choose a startup type e Automatic default Starts and runs with the subsystem e Manual You start the service when you need it 5 Click the Save button 6 Click the Confirm button 79 To stop the Webserver service 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the Webserver service and click the Stop button 4 Click the Confirm button To start the Webserver service after
234. g Click the Administration tab Click the Events icon Click the Clear button 1 2 3 4 In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button 5 Vess R2000 Series User Manual MONITORING PERFORMANCE Performance monitoring includes e Monitoring I O Performance below e Monitoring PSU Wattage page 86 Monitorine I O PERFORMANCE The Performance Monitor displays real time performance statistics for logical drives physical drives and Fibre Channel or iSCSI data ports The vertical scale adjusts dynamically to accommodate the statistical data Because it reports performance in real time to see data in the monitor there must be I O data activity taking place between the Vess R2600 subsystem and the Host To monitor performance 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Performance Monitor icon 3 Under Logical Drive choose the metric you want to see from the Measurement drop down menu e Bandwidth in MB s e Cache usage by Dirty cache usage by Maximum latency in ms e Average latency in ms Minimum latency in ms e Os per second 4 Click the Select Logical Drives button and check the boxes for the logical drives you want to see Total of all logical drives Upto8 individual logical drives 5 Under Physical Drive choose the metric you want to see from the Measurement drop down menu Bandwidth in MB s e Maximum latency in ms Average la
235. g UPS Information on page 68 Viewine A List or UPS Units To view a list of UPS units supporting the Vess R2600 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the UPS icon Information in the UPS List includes e D The ID number of the UPS e Status OK means Normal On AC means the UPS is connected to a viable external AC power source On Battery means the external AC power source is offline and the UPS is running on battery power e Model Model name of the UPS Battery Capacity Backup capacity expressed as a percentage Loading Ratio Actual output of UPS as a percentage of the rated output See the Note below e Remaining Minutes Number of minutes the UPS is expected to power your system in the event of a power failure Note The maximum recommended Loading Ratio varies among models of UPS units The general range is 60 to 80 If the reported Loading Ratio exceeds the recommended value for your UPS unit Have fewer subsystems or peripherals connected to this UPS unit Add more UPS units or use a higher capacity UPS unit to protect your RAID systems 67 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Maxine UPS SETTINGS These settings control how the Vess R2600 subsystem detects the UPS unit and responds to data reported by the UPS unit To make UPS settings 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the UPS icon 3 Click the UPS Settings button 4 Perform the following actions as required e Verify the Current UPS Commun
236. ght Save Settings and press Enter Press Y to acknowledge possible interruption of iSCSI services Press Y again to confirm the changes Highlight Return to Previous Menu and press Enter to return to the target port information screen Viewine A List or iSCSI Portats CLU A portal is the interface between an iSCSI port and the iSCSI network To view a list of iSCSI portals 1 2 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter Highlight iSCSI Portals and press Enter The list of iSCSI Portals displays e Portalld Portal number Starts at 0 e Ctrlid RAID controller ID 1 or 2 e Portld Physical port on the RAID controller 1 to 4 e Trunkld Trunk ID 1 to 8 Refers to portals associated with a trunk link aggregation N A means this portal is not associated with a trunk e VlanTag VLAN Tag 1 to 4094 Refers to portals associated with a Virtual Local Area Network VLAN N A means this portal is not associated with a VLAN e P IP address of the portal Viewine ISCS PorTaL Inrormation CLU To view information for an iSCSI target port 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCSI Portals and press Enter The list of portals appears 3 Highlight the port you want to see and press Enter The portal information screen displays Information includes e PortallD Portal number Starts at 0 e TcpPort TCP port number 3260 is the defa
237. grate RAID level you may have to add physical drives For more information see RAID Level Migration on page 189 To migrate a logical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Background Activities and press Enter 4 Highlight Migration and press Enter 5 Highlight the physical drives you want to add and press the spacebar to choose them Note You can add physical drives to a RAID 50 or 60 array but you cannot change the number of axles If you add an odd number of physical drives to a RAID 10 array it becomes a RAID 1E array by default 6 Highlight Save Settings and Continue and press Enter 7 Highlight a logical drive in the list that you want to migrate and press Enter 8 Highlight RAID Level and press the spacebar to toggle through the available RAID levels 9 Optional If you want to increase capacity of the logical drive highlight Expand Capacity and press the spacebar to toggle to Yes Highlight Capacity press the backspace key to erase the current capacity and type in the new value The new value must be equal or larger than the current capacity 141 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 10 Highlight Save Logical Drive and press Enter The screen returns to Disk Array Migration Logical Drives At this point if you have other logical drives in the same disk array you can choose them for migration at the same
238. h TFTP and press Enter 3 Highlight TFTP Server and type the IP address of your TFTP server in the field provided 4 Highlight Port Number and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value 69 is the default A list of the current users appears 5 Highlight File Name and type the file name of the firmware image file in the field provided 6 Highlight Flash Method and press the spacebar to toggle between e Disruptive Updates the RAID controllers and I O modules simultaneously I O operations stop during the firmware update e Non Disruptive NDIU Updates the RAID controllers and I O modules one at a time enabling I O operations continue during the firmware update Updates with this option take a longer period of time to complete All Vess R2600 models support this feature 7 Highlight Start and press Enter Warning Do NOT power off the RAID subsystem during the update Do NOT move to any other screen until the firmware update operation is completed f you chose the Disruptive Flash Method the RAID subsystem and JBOD expansion units automatically restart e f you chose the Non Disruptive Flash Method the system automatically flashes and restarts the RAID controllers one at a time Automatic RESTART If you chose the Disruptive Flash Method the RAID subsystem and JBOD expansion units automatically restart That action temporarily disrupts I O operations and drops your CLU connection
239. h THE CLU 173 Uppatine with USB Support 174 UPpariNG PuvsicAL DRIvE FIRMWARE 175 WeePAM PRO 175 RESTARTING A SUBSYSTEM 176 REPLACING A Power Supp y 177 Removine THE OLD Power Supply 177 INsrALLING A New Power SuppLyt 177 REPLACING A Coo ine Unit 178 REPLACING A CacHE Backup BATTERY 179 REPLACING A RAID ControLter DuaL CONTROLLERS 180 REmovine THE OLD ContROLLER 80 INSTALLING THE New CONTROLLER 181 REPLACING A RAID ConTROLLER SINGLE CONTROLLER 181 REMOVING THE OLD ConTROLLER 182 INSTALLING THE New CONTROLLER 182 CHAPTER 7 TECHNOLOGY BACKGROUND 183 Disk ARRAYS 183 Menia PatroL 183 PDM 184 LocicAL DRIVES 184 RAID Levers 184 RAID Lever Micration 189 STRIPE SIZE 192 Sector SIZE 192 PnereRRED ConTROLLERID 192 IniTiALizaTION 192 PARTITION AND FORMAT 192 Spare Drives 193 DEFINITION 193 Options 193 REQuireMeNts 193 TRANSITION 193 RAID Contro ters 194 LUN Arrinity 194 ALUA 194 Cache Poucy 195 PREFERRED ConTROLLERID 196 Power Savina 196 Capacity COERCION 196 1SCSI ManaGement197 iSCSI on a VLAN 197 IntTIATOR 198 TARGET 198 Port 199 TRUNK 199 SESSION 199 ISNS 199 CHAP 199 Pina 199 INTERNET PROTOCOLS 200 CHAPTER 8 TROUBLESHOOTING Vess R2600 1s Beepinc 201 SILENCING THE Buzzer 201 LEDs DispLay AMBER OR RED Front Paner LEDs 202 Drive Carrier LEDs 203 Back Panet LEDs 203 CHECKING COMPONENT INSTALLATION 206 CLU Reports A ProsLemM 206 Viewine Runtime Events 206 Viewinc NVRAM Events 20
240. h set screw counter clockwise to loosen them The screws remain attached to the Cooling Unit so they will not be lost 3 Pull the detached Cooling Unit out of the subsystem enclosure You can grasp the posts that house the set screws initially to move the unit out To INSERT A NEW CooLiNG UNIT 1 Align the fresh Cooling Unit to be received in the empty cooling unit bay of the subsystem enclosure 2 Slide the Cooling Unit into place until the set screws are able to be reattached to the backplane of the enclosure 3 Turn the set screws to tighten them 4 Check the Fan Status LED on the Cooling Unit to make sure it is green functioning properly 178 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Figure 6 6 Number 2 Cooling Unit with Cache Backup Battery BBU LED indicating battery failure REPLACING A CACHE Backup BATTERY The cache backup battery also called a Battery Backup Unit BBU powers the cache to preserve data that has not been written the physical drives The battery is attached to the top of the Cooling Unit assembly Each Cooling unit has one battery To replace a backup battery swap out the Cooling Unit with the BBU that needs replacement Follow the instructions in Replacing a Cooling Unit on page 178 Red or amber BBU LED indicates a battery problem Important DO NOT remove a Cooling Unit unless there is a replacement available and on hand Removing a single Cooling Unit without replacing it right away will adve
241. he IP network Ping sends echo request packets to the target node such as your host PC or server and waits for a response It measures the time from transmission to reception and records any packet loss Vess R2600 can ping through its virtual management port and each of its iSCSI data ports You must input the IP address of the target client INTERNET PROTOCOLS Vess R2600 supports the IPv4 and IPv6 protocols Protocol Addresses Example IPv4 32 bits 4 3 x 109 10 0 0 1 2001 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 e2a8 4337 IPv6 128 bits 3 4 x 1038 jAbbreviated 2001 0 0 0 0 0 e2a8 4337 200 Vess R2000 Series User Manual CHAPTER 8 TROUBLESHOOTING This chapter contains the following topics 201 Vess R2600 is Beeping below LEDs Display Amber or Red page 202 CLU Reports a Problem page 206 WebPAM PROe Reports a Problem page 208 USB Support Reports a Problem page 209 Enclosure Problems on page 209 RAID Controller Problems on page 211 Disk Array and Logical Drive Problems on page 213 Physical Drive Problems on page 213 Connection Problems on page 216 Power Cycling the Subsystem on page 218 Event Notification Response on page 218 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Vess R2600 is BEEPING Vess R2600 s alarm has five different patterns When you first power up the Vess R2600 it beeps twice to show normal operation The audible alarm sounds at other times to inform you that the Vess R26
242. he LUN Mapping screen shows the edited LUN map Click the Submit button Vess R2000 Series User Manual Devetinc A LUN Map MANAGING FIBRE CHANNEL CONNECTIONS Deleting a LUN map prevents the initiator from accessing the LUN while LUN masking is enabled Fibre Channel management includes To delete a LUN map e Viewing FC Node Information on page 107 1 Click the Storage tab e Viewing FC Port Information on page 107 2 Click the LUN Mapping amp Masking icon e Making FC Port Settings on page 108 The list of LUN maps appears e Viewing FC Port Statistics on page 108 3 Click the LUN map you want then click the Delete button e Viewing a List of FC Initiators on the Fabric on page 108 4 In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button e Viewing a List of FC SFPs on page 109 Also see Adding an FC Initiator on page 104 and Deleting an FC Initiator on page 104 ENABLING AND DisaBLinc LUN MASKING Viewing FC Nope INFORMATION LUN masking must be enabled in order to assign map your LUNs to your initiators and to use your existing LUN maps To view Fibre Channel node information Disabling LUN masking allows all initiators to access all LUNs in your data storage However disabling LUN 1 Click the Device tab masking does not delete existing LUN maps 2 Click the FC Management icon These actions require Administrator or Super User privileges 3 Click the Node tab
243. he connection The CLI and CLU control and manage but they do not move data They communicates through a RJ 11 to DB9 serial data cable supplied with the Vess R2600 You may choose not use the CLI or CLU often and want to disconnect and store the cable Consider leaving it connected so you know where it is the next time you need it 216 Vess R2000 Series User Manual NETWORK CONNECTIONS Each RAID controller has an Ethernet RJ45 management port connector on the back of the enclosure This is a Gigabit Ethernet connector designed to connect to your network The Vess R2600 becomes a node on your network like any other PC server or other component with an IP address Vess R2600 ships from the factory IP addresses of 10 0 0 1 10 0 0 2 and 10 0 0 3 You must change these addresses to ones that work on your network You make the initial IP address setting using the CLI or CLU See Setting up the Serial Connection on page 44 Management Port LEDs State Activity Connectivity Dark No activity 10BaseT Steady green 100BaseT Flashing green Activity Amber 1000BaseT Note that Vess R2600 s virtual and maintenance ports can accept IP address assignments from a DHCP server Use Vess R2600 s Command Line Utility CLU to enable this feature If you manually assigned an IP address to the Vess R2600 but there is a DHCP server on your network there is a chance that the server might assign the Vess R2
244. he drop down menu 4 Click the portal you want then click the Delete button e If you want to use VLAN click enable VLAN and fill a VLAN tag from 1 to 4094 5 In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button e Ifyou are creating a Trunk association choose a Trunk ID 1 to 8 from the drop down menu Type the IP address of the portal in the field provided The portal is removed from the list Type the subnet mask of the portal in the field provided Type the gateway IP address of the portal in the field provided Viewine A List or SCSI Ports From the IP Type drop down menu choose IPv4 or IPv6 DHCP is currently supported only for IPv4 An iSCSI port is the physical iSCSI connection on the Vess R2600 There are four iSCSI ports on each RAID 6 Click the Submit button controller for a total of eight per subsystem The new portal is added to the list To view a list of ports To assign a portal to a target see Assigning a Portal to an iSCSI Target 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the iSCSI Management icon Maxine ISCSI PORTAL SETTINGS E MEET To make iSCSI portal settings Port information includes 1 Click the Device tab e Port ID ID number of the port 2 Click the iSCSI Management icon 2 sContolen M Lore e Link Status Up or down active or Inactive 3 Click the Portal tab e Jumbo Frames Enabled or disabled 4 Click the portal you want then click the Settings button Curre
245. he new Management Port IP address Follow the same procedure to specify the Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address and DNS Server IP Address If you do not have a DNS server skip the DNS Server IP address Press Control A to save your settings and move to the Maintenance Mode screens Vess R2000 Series User Manual MAINTENANCE Mopt SETTINGS For more information see Maintenance Mode on page 211 You have the option to make maintenance mode settings at a later time in WebPAM PROe Under Quick Setup maintenance mode settings are made in the following sequence 1 Controller 1 IPv4 2 Controller 1 IPv6 3 4 Controller 2 IPv6 Controller 2 IPv4 MakiNc MaAiNTENANCE MoDE SETTINGS AUTOMATICALLY Automatic settings require a DHCP server on your network DHCP is currently supported on IPv4 only To enable automatic maintenance mode settings I From the CLU Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter Highlight Maintenance Mode Network Configuration and press Enter Highlight the controller you want and press Enter 2 3 4 5 Highlight DHCP and press the spacebar to toggle to Enabled Press Control A to save your settings and move to the Maintenance Mode IPv6 settings screen MakiNc Maintenance Mone Settincs MANUALLY UNDER IPv4 To make maintenance mode IPv4 manual settings 1 From the CLU Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter Highlight Maintenance Mode
246. heck the Enable box to enable this protocol family e Check the Enable DHCP box to enable a DHCP server to make your network settings DHCP is currently supported in IPv4 only e For manual network settings type the IP address subnet mask gateway IP address and DNS server IP address into the fields provided 6 Click the Sub mit button 69 MANAGING USERS User management includes e Viewing User Information on page 69 e Changing User Passwords on page 70 e Importing a User Database on page 71 e Exporting a User Database on page 72 The Administrator or a Super User can perform these tasks Viewine User INFORMATION To view user information 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the User Management icon The list of users displays User information includes User name Status Privilege level Display name Email address Vess R2000 Series User Manual CREATING A USER This action requires Administrator or Super User privileges To create a user 1 2 d 4 Click the Administration tab Click the User Management icon Click the Add User button In the Add User dialog box enter the information in the fields provided Name This is the user s login name Display Name Password Retype Password User Email Required for event notification Choose a privilege level from the drop down menu See the table below for a description of the privilege types
247. hput TRUNK A trunk is an aggregation of two or more iSCSI ports on the same RAID controller Also known as a link aggregation This feature combines ports to increase bandwidth Ports must be enabled to add them to a trunk Trunks are identified by their Trunk IDs When you create a trunk you specify e Controller ID RAID controller whose iSCSI ports you are using e Master port Any available iSCSI port e Slave ports The remaining available iSCSI ports SESSION A session is a group of TCP connections that link an iSCSI initiator with a target Each RAID controller supports a maximum of 128 sessions or 256 per subsystem 199 Vess R2000 Series User Manual ISNS Internet Storage Name Service iSNS is a protocol that facilitates automated discovery management and configuration of iSCSI devices on a TCP IP network iSNS service runs on an iSNS server on your network You can enable iSNS on the Vess R2600 and specify the IP address and port number of the iSNS server Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP is an authentication mechanism used to authenticate iSCSI sessions between initiators and targets A uni directional or peer CHAP authenticates from the target Vess R2600 to the initiator host PC or server A bi directional or local CHAP authenticates target to initiator and initiator to target PING Ping is a computer network administration utility that tests whether a device is accessable over t
248. ht click the Computer icon and choose Manage from the drop down menu 2 In the Server Management tree click the icon beside Diagnostics 3 Under Diagnostics click the Device Manager 4 In the Device Manager window click Disk drives 5 Under Disk drives look for Promise Vess R2600 Multi Path Disk Device in the Disk drives list 237 RUNNING PERFECT PATH VIEW Running PerfectPath View includes these functions e Starting PerfectPath View e Quitting PerfectPath View STARTING PERFECTPATH View To start PerfectPath View From the Start menu choose All Programs gt PerfectPath gt PerfectPath View The PerfectPath View window opens Quittine PEnrECTP ATH View To quit the PerfectPath View application do one of the following actions e From the System menu choose Exit e Click the Close Xl icon on the PerfectPath View window Vess R2000 Series User Manual MONITORING Your LUNs AND PATHS Monitoring your LUNs and Paths includes these functions e Viewing LUN Properties e Viewing Path Properties e Viewing LUN Performance Statistics e Viewing Path Performance Statistics e Viewing Events e Clearing Path Statistics Viewinc LUN Properties To view a list of all LUNs 1 Click a Server in Tree View 2 Click the Properties tab The Properties tab reports System Name OS type and version e LUNs Name size serial number and load balance policy Move the scroll bar or expand the wind
249. hysical drive problem can affect your entire RAID system When a yellow icon or a red X 9 icon appears beside a physical drive check the drive s operational status 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Physical Drive icon 3 Click the physical drive you want then click the View button Look under Operational Status for the condition of the physical drive Offline Check the drive for PFA Condition Caused by a bad block or sector See Note 1 below Stale Condition Caused by obsolete array information on the physical drive See Note 2 below e Not Usable This condition occurs when you have Two controllers in your RAID subsystem and a SATA drive without a SAS to SATA adapter See Note 3 below A missing or defective SAS cable between the RAID subsystem and a JBOD expansion unit Drive Failed or Dead The physical drive cannot be repaired You must replace the failed drive See Note 4 below Note 1 Clear the error condition Then the physical drive is available See Clearing a Stale or a PFA Condition Note 2 Identify the disk array to which the physical drive belongs Then delete the disk array If the error condition remains on the physical drive clear the error condition Note 3 Obtain SAS to SATA adapters though PROMISE Technology at http www promise com Note 4 You can set the number of bad blocks tolerated before the controller marks a physical drive as Dead 213 Vess R2000 Series User Manual
250. i Oo o System Heartbeat ue z e Mute alarm button LED State Power Global Enclosure Status Global RAID Status Controller Activity System Heartbeat Dark No power No controller installed Steady Green All devices normal All LDs are on line Steady Blue Normal No activity Blinking Blue Normal Flashing Blue I O Activity Flashing Green Locating device m Amber One or two devices in error One or more LD is critical none are offline Red Three or more devices in error One or more LD is offline For more information on LEDs see Chapter 8 Troubleshooting on page 201 3l Check the LEDs on the back of the Vess R2600 enclosure Blinks blue once a second Drive STATUS INDICATORS The Vess R2600 and Vess J2600 spins up the disk drives sequentially to equalize power draw during start up After a few moments e The Power Activity LED displays blue when a physical drive is present e The Drive Status LED displays green when the physical drive is configured as a member of a disk array or as a Spare When the physical drive is unconfigured the LED is dark See the table below for a more complete description of the Drive carrier LEDs Figure 2 24 Drive carrier LEDs Drive Status LED Q Power Activity LED PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC Drive Carrier LEDs State Power Activity Drive Status Dark No drive in carrier Drive
251. ible causes for an update failure include Less than 50 MB free space on the USB flash device The Vess R2600 firmware image is invalid Abackground activity is running See Contacting Technical Support on page 228 Vess R2000 Series User Manual UPDATING PHysicAL DRivE FIRMWARE This feature applies only to PROMISE supported physical drives For a list of supported drives go to PROMISE support http www promise com support If you have physical drives in your RAID system that are not PROMISE supported follow the firmware update procedure from the drive manufacturer WEBPAM PROE Download the latest firmware image file from PROMISE support http www promise com support and save it to your Host PC or TFTP server To update the firmware on PROMISE supported physical drives 1 Click the Administration tab Click the Firmware Update icon 2 3 4 Click the PD Firmware Update tab Choose a download option e Local File through HTTP Click the Browse button locate the firmware image file click the file to choose it then click the Open button e TFTP Server Enter the TFTP Server host name or IP address port number and file name Click the Next button Click the Submit button The progress of the update displays Warning N Do NOT power off the RAID subsystem during the update Do NOT move to any other screen until the firmware update operation is completed When the update is c
252. ical drive is lost Backup any important data before you initialize a logical drive To initialize a logical drive 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears 3 Mouse over Initialization and click the Start button 4 Check the box to the left of the logical drive you want to initialize 5 Choose the initialization option you want e Quick Initialization Check the box and enter a value in the Quick Initialization Size field This value is the size of the initialization blocks in MB e Full Initialization Do not check the box Enter a hexadecimal value in the Initialization Pattern in Hex field or use the default 00000000 value 6 Click the Confirm button STOPPING PAUSING OR RESUMING AN INITIALIZATION To stop pause or resume Initialization 1 Click the Administration tab 99 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears 3 Mouse over Initialization and click the Stop Pause or Resume button REDUNDANCY CHECK ON A LocicaL Drive Redundancy Check is a routine maintenance procedure for fault tolerant disk arrays those with redundancy that ensures all the data matches exactly Redundancy Check can also correct inconsistencies To run Redundancy Check on a logical drive 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of backg
253. ication method See Note 1 SNMP Network connection USB Unknown No connection Choose a Detection Setting from the drop down menu Automatic Default If a UPS is detected when the subsystem boots the settings changes to Enable Enable Monitors UPS Settings changes reports warnings and logs events Disable Does not monitor UPS Type values into the Threshold fields See Note 2 Running Time Remaining Threshold Actual time below this value resets adaptive writeback cache to writethrough Warning Temperature Threshold Actual temperature above this value triggers a warning and logs an event Loading Ratio Threshold Actual loading ratio percentage above this threshold triggers a warning and logs an event See Note 3 For UPS units with network cards type the IP addresses or DNS names in fields UPS 1 and UPS 2 See Note 4 5 Press Submit to save your settings Note 1 Vess R2600 supports multiple UPS units using network or USB connections but not a combination of both methods Note 2 Detection Setting must be set to Auto If a UPS is detected the settings changes to Enable Note 3 The maximum recommended Loading Ratio varies among models of UPS units The general range is 6096 to 8096 Note 4 To specify UPS units by DNS names ask your IT administrator to add the DNS names to the DNS server before you make UPS settings Viewing UPS INFORMATION To view information about a spe
254. igest CRC Data Sequence in Order Enables placement of data in sequence order Data PTU in Order Enables placement of data in PDU order Default Time to Wait After a dropped connection the number of seconds to wait before attempting to reconnect Default Time to Retain Number of seconds after time to wait above before reassigning outstanding commands Uni directional CHAP Authentication Uni directional peer CHAP authentication enabled or disabled Bi directional CHAP Authentication Bi directional local CHAP authentication enabled or disabled Maximum Connections The maximum number of concurrent connections Immediate Data Enables the initiator to send unsolicited data with the iSCSI command PDU First Burst Length In bytes NOP In Check iSCSI connection status Items marked with an asterisk are adjustable under Making iSCSI Target Settings Maxine iSCSI TARGET SETTINGS To make target settings 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the iSCSI Management icon 3 Click the Target tab 4 Click the target you want then click the Settings button 5 Make settings changes are required Alias Enable Header Digest Enable Data Digest Enable Uni directional CHAP Authentication Enable Bi directional CHAP Authentication Enable NOP In 6 Click the Submit button Viewine A List or iSCSI Portats To view a list of iSCSI portals 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the iSCSI Manage
255. ighlight the Number of Copies field and type the number of LUN clones you want to create You can create up to 8 clones of a LUN at a time 9 Highlight Start and press enter to begin the cloning process 10 Press any key to continue 11 Press Y to confirm LUN clone creation The cloning progress bar displays Note the Target Logical Drive ID Use this number to identify the LUN clone in the Logical Drive list If you chose a redundant RAID level the LUN clone is automatically synchronized after creation After the LUN clone is created you can manage it like any other logical drive See Making Spare Drive Settings CLU Locating a Logical Drive CLU and Deleting a Logical Drive CLU For users to access the LUN clone you must map it to an initiator See Working with LUN Mapping CLU on page 156 142 Vess R2000 Series User Manual MANAGING THE Network ConnecTION CLU Network Management deals with network connections and settings for the Vess R2600 s Management ports Each Management Port can be configured e Making Virtual Management Port Settings CLU on page 142 e Making Maintenance Mode Settings CLU on page 143 Maxine Virtua MANAGEMENT Port Settines CLU The Vess R2600 subsystem has a virtual management port enabling you to log into a Vess R2600 with dual controllers using one IP address Before you change settings please see About IP Addresses on page 36 You initially made these settings duri
256. igured the LED is dark See the diagram and table on the next page Q Drive Status LED 9 Power Activity LED PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC Drive Carrier LEDs Vess R2000 Series User Manual Back Paner LEDs These LEDs give the status of the field replaceable units e RAID controller e Power supply e BBU located on each Cooling Unit e Cooling Unit These LEDs will light green to indicate normal operation A red or amber LED indicates a problem or unit failure Figure 8 3 Power supply BBU and Fan status LEDs State Power Activity Drive Status Dark No drive in carrier Drive is unconfigured Steady Blue Drive is present Flashing Blue Activity on drive Steady green Drive is configured Blinking both LEDs blink Locator feature Amber Drive is rebuilding Red Drive error or failure Configured means the physical drive either belongs to an array or it is assigned as a spare drive Steady means the LED is on Blinking means a regular on off pattern Flashing means intermittent and irregular on off pattern See Physical Drive Problems on page 213 for a discussion of rebuilding and failed physical drives for more information The Locator feature is triggered from WebPAM PROe or the CLU It causes the LEDs to blink on and off for one minute That action helps you find the specific drive 20
257. ine A LUN ro AN ISCSI INITIATOR OR TARGET To map a LUN to an iSCSI initiator or target 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter Do one of the following actions Highlight LUN Mapping Initiators and press Enter Then highlight an initiator and press Enter A list of logical drives displays In the LUN field press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the LUN you want to assign to this target from 0 to 255 Each logical drive can have only one LUN and must have a unique LUN If you make a error press Control AR to restore the current LUN Press Control A to save the LUN map Epitinc A LUN Map CLU Editing a LUN map is the action of assigning a logical drive or LUN to an initiator By changing the assignment you change the initiator s access To edit a LUN map 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter Do one of the following actions e Highlight LUN Mapping Initiators and press Enter Then highlight an initiator and press Enter A list of logical drives displays In the LUN field press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the LUN you want to assign to this initiator from 0 to 255 Each logical drive can have only one LUN and must have a unique LUN If you make a error press Control AR to
258. ing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 Add physical drives Even number of physical drives RAID 50 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives When you migrate RAID 10 logical drive it becomes RAID 1E by default If you want a RAID 10 logical drive there must be an even number of physical drives and you must specify RAID 10 for the target logical drive RAID 30 A RAID 30 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives You can add physical drives to a RAID 50 array but you cannot change the number of axles RAID 60 A RAID 60 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 6 32 physical drives maximum RAID 60 must have less than 32 physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 60 Add physical drives 32 per axle maximum Target Requirements RAID 0 None RAID 1E None 191 You can add physical drives to a RAID 60 array but you cannot change the number of axles STRIPE SIZE Stripe Size also called Stripe Block Size refers to the size of the data blocks written to and read from the physical drives Stripe Size is specified when you create a logical drive
259. ion box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button CLEARING STATISTICS This function clears statistical data on the RAID controllers Fibre Channel ports physical drives and logical To restore all settings to their default values 1 2 3 55 drives Click the Administration tab To clear subsystem statistics Click the Restore Factory Default icon 1 In the Restore factory default settings screen check the boxes beside the settings you want to reset to default value MP E ES Click the Administration tab Click the Subsystem Information icon Click the Clear Statistics button Type the word confirm in the field provided Click the Confirm button SAVING A SERVICE REPORT A Service Report is a detailed report covering the configuration and status of all components in your RAID system A support technician or field engineer might request a service report for the purpose of diagnosis and troubleshooting To save a system configuration file 1 Click Save Service Report in the Header very top of the web interface next to the Help link 56 Information for the report is gathered and compiled This action takes up to a few minutes depending on the size of your RAID system The report saves to your Host PC as a compressed HTML file Click the Save File option then click the Save button Double click the downloaded file to decompress it Do
260. ions When the Login prompt appears log into the CLU again Vess R2000 Series User Manual BUZZER MaxiNG Buzzer SETTINGS The buzzer sounds to inform you that the Vess R2600 needs attention See Vess R2600 is Beeping on page 201 for more information To make buzzer settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Buzzer and press Enter A list of Controllers appears with the current buzzer setting and status 2 Highlight the Controller whose buzzer you want to set and press Enter 3 Highlight Enabled and press the spacebar to toggle between Yes and No 4 Press Control A to save your settings SILENCING THE BUZZER Caution This action disables the buzzer for all events To silence the buzzer follow the procedure above for disabling the buzzer CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE This chapter covers the following topics Updating the Subsystem Firmware on page 172 Updating Physical Drive Firmware on page 175 Replacing a Power Supply on page 177 Replacing a Cache Backup Battery on page 179 Replacing a RAID Controller Dual Controllers on page 180 Replacing a RAID Controller Single Controller on page 181 172 Vess R2000 Series User Manual UPDATING THE SUBSYSTEM FIRMWARE This procedure applies to Vess R2600 RAID subsystems and Vess R2600 JBOD expansion units managed by a Vess R2600 RAID subsystem There are two methods e Updating with WebPAM PROe on page 172 e Updating with USB Support on page 174
261. itiator so that the initiator can only access only the specified LUNs e LUN Masking The process of applying a LUN Map To access LUN mapping 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the LUN Masking amp Mapping icon On this screen you can e Add an FC or iSCSI initiator to the Vess R2600 s initiator list Enable LUN masking e Map a LUN to one or more initiators 105 AppiNG A LUN Map For FC systems or iSCSI systems you can set up an Initiator LUN map A maximum of 256 logical drives can be mapped to an FC initiator or an iSCSI initiator To assign a LUN to an initiator add the initiator first See Adding an FC Initiator on page 104 or Adding an iSCSI Initiator on page 105 LUN masking must be enabled in order to map a LUN See Enabling and Disabling LUN Masking on page 107 To add a LUN map 1 2 3 Click the Storage tab Click the LUN Mapping amp Masking icon Beside Active LUN Mapping Type e FC subsystems choose the Initiator option e iSCSI subsystems choose the Initiator option If you change the LUN Mapping Type in the popup message type confirm and click the Confirm button Click the LUN Mapping button The first LUN Mapping screen appears This screen lets you choose initiators ports or targets depending on the Active LUN Mapping Type Click the drop down menu to choose the initiators ports or targets you want for the LUN map Choose your initiators ports or ta
262. k Array Manually 5 Restore the data from your backup source REBUILDING A Disk ARRAY When you rebuild a disk array you are actually rebuilding the data on one physical drive e When a physical drive in a disk array fails and a spare drive of adequate capacity is available the disk array begins to rebuild automatically using the spare drive e If there is no spare drive of adequate capacity but the Auto Rebuild function is ENABLED the disk array begins to rebuild automatically as soon as you remove the failed physical drive and install an unconfigured physical drive in the same slot See Making Rebuild Settings e If there is no spare drive of adequate capacity and the Auto Rebuild function is DISABLED you must replace the failed drive with an unconfigured physical drive then perform a Manual Rebuild See Rebuilding a Disk Array Important iv If your replacement disk drive was formerly part of a different disk array or logical drive you must clear the configuration data on the replacement drive before you use it See Clearing a Stale or a PFA Condition INCOMPLETE ARRAY A more serious but far less common problem is an Incomplete Array An incomplete array results from a physical drive that fails or becomes missing during e RAID level migration e Disk array transport MIGRATION Normally if a physical drive or the controller fails during migration the disk array goes critical and you can rebuild it
263. ke the following settings as required Type an alias into the Alias field Maximum of 48 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An alias is optional Highlight LUN Affinity and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled RAID controllers must be set to Active Active See Making Subsystem Settings CLU on page 122 and LUN Affinity on page 194 Highlight Coercion and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled For more information see Capacity Coercion on page 196 Highlight Coercion Method and press the spacebar to toggle through GB Truncate Reduces the capacity to the nearest 1 GB boundary 10 GB Truncate Reduces the capacity to the nearest 10 GB boundary Grp group Rounding Uses an algorithm to determine truncation Results in the maximum amount of usable drive capacity Table Rounding Applies a predefined table to determine truncation Highlight Host Cache Flushing and press the spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable For more information see Host Cache Flushing on page 195 Highlight Cache Flush Interval and press the backspace key to erase the current value Type a new interval value The range is 1 to 12 seconds For more information see Cache Policy on page 195 Highlight SMART and press the spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable Highlight SMART Poll Interval and press the backspace key to erase the current value Type
264. l the LUN clone is automatically synchronized after creation After the LUN clone is created you can manage it like any other logical drive See Making Logical Drive Settings Locating a Logical Drive and Deleting a Logical Drive For users to access the LUN clone you must map it to an initiator See Managing LUNs on page 105 Vess R2000 Series User Manual MANAGING SPARE DRIVES Spare drive management includes Viewing a List of Spare Drives on page 101 Viewing Spare Drive Information on page 102 Creating a Spare Drive Manually on page 102 Deleting a Spare Drive on page 102 Making Spare Drive Settings on page 102 Locating a Spare Drive on page 103 Running Spare Check on page 103 Running a Transition on a Spare Drive on page 103 Viewine A List or Spare Drives To view a list of spare drives 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Spare Drive icon Spare Drive information displays including ID SpareO Spare etc Operational Status OK means normal Configurable Capacity Usable capacity of the spare drive Physical Drive ID ID number of the physical drive chosen for this spare Revertible Yes or No Spare Type Global or Dedicated Dedicated to Array ID number of the disk array to which the spare is dedicated Viewine Spare Drive INFORMATION To view spare drive information 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Spare Drive icon The list of spare dri
265. l Drive Manually on page 97 e Deleting a Logical Drive on page 98 e Making Logical Drive Settings on page 98 e Locating a Logical Drive on page 98 e Initializing a Logical Drive on page 99 e Redundancy Check on a Logical Drive on page 99 e Migrating a Logical Drive s RAID Level on page 100 e Creating a LUN Clone on page 100 Viewine A List or Locicat DRIVES To view a list of logical drives 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Logical Drive icon The list of logical drives appears Logical Drive information includes e ID LDO LD1 LD2 etc e Alias If assigned e Status A green check e 9 icon means OK Capacity Data capacity of the logical drive e RAID Level Set when the logical drive was created e Stripe Set when the logical drive was created e Cache Policy Read cache and Write cache settings Array ID ID number of the disk array where this logical drive was created 96 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewine LoaicaL Drive INFORMATION To view logical drive information 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Logical Drive icon The list of logical drives appears 3 Click the logical drive you want then click the View button Logical Drive information displays including e ID LDO LD1 LD2 etc e Alias If assigned Array ID ID number of the disk array where this logical drive was created e RAID Level Set when the logical drive was
266. l drive switched from writeback to writethru Check the event log to see whether battery is re conditioning The write policy of writeback logical drive switched from writethru to writeback No action is required Battery is charging in high temperature Monitor the condition Contact Tech Support if the roblem persists Battery cannot function with the enclosure or with the attached battery board Wrong battery installed Contact Tech Support for assistance Logical drive writeback cache maybe enabled without battery support No action required Battery is fully charged Battery is not present Install a battery or verify that the battery is properly connected Battery is not accessible Connect the battery properly or replace the battery BBU BBU flushing has started BBU flushing has ended No action is required BBU flushing has failed Contact Tech Support if the condition persists Blade Server Blade Server Inserted Blade Server Removed No action is required Cache Not available Controller Contact Tech Support The controller parameter s are changed by user No action is required The controller is reset by Watch Dog timer The controller has new crash information Result of a firmware update If the condition persists replace the controller Contact Tech Support The controller s heart beat has started
267. le and Disable Note that once PerfectRebuild is disbaled it can not be enabled again 4 Press Control A to save your settings INITIALIZING A LocicaL Drive CLU This function sets all data bits in the logical drive to zero Warning When you initialize a logical drive all the data on the logical drive is lost Backup any important data before you initialize a logical drive To initialize a logical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the logical drive you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Background Activities and press Enter 4 Highlight Start Initialization and press Enter The initialization parameters appear Initialization pattern The default 00000000 is best for most applications e Quick Initialization Yes means only the first and last sections of the logical drives are initialized No means the entire logical drive is initialized To change a parameter highlight it and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the 140 Vess R2000 Series User Manual new value 5 Highlight Start and press Enter If necessary you can pause and resume or stop and restart the Initialization You cannot access the logical drive until Initialization has finished For initialization rate see Making Background Activity Settings CLU on page 154 RunNiNG Repunpancy Check CLU Redundancy Check is a maintenance procedure for logical drives in
268. le to Automatic 4 Press Control A to save your settings and move to the next screen 5 Review the proposed configuration of disk array and logical drives To accept the proposed configuration and create the disk array and logical drives highlight Save Configuration and press Enter e To reject the proposed configuration highlight Cancel Array Configuration and press Enter You return to the Disk Arrays Summary screen To create a disk array with different characteristics repeat the steps above specifying different param eters but choose the Express or Advanced option CREATING A Disk Array Express CLU To create a disk array using the Express feature 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Create New Array and press Enter 3 Highlight Configuration Method and press the spacebar to toggle to Express 4 Highlight the following options and press to spacebar to choose Yes or No e Redundancy Capacity e Performance Spare Drive Mixing SATA SAS Drive If you choose No and you have both SATA and SAS drives a separate array is created for each type of drive 5 Highlight Number of Logical Drives and press the backspace key to erase the current value then enter the number of logical drives you want 6 Highlight Application Type and press the spacebar to toggle though the applications and choose the best one for your disk array File Server Video Stream Tra
269. lear maintenance mode using a Telnet connection 1 Go to the command line prompt Windows or click the terminal icon Linux then run 212 Vess R2000 Series User Manual telnet 10 0 0 1 2300 The IP address above is only an example 2300 is the Telnet port for Vess R2600 The login screen appears The following steps show the default Administrator user name and password Use your own user name and password if you have changed these At the Login prompt type administrator and press Enter At the Password prompt type password and press Enter The CLI screen appears The prompt should display MAINTENANCE MODE cli gt If the prompt displays your login name such as administrator cli gt log into the other controller At the MAINTENANCE MODE cli gt prompt type maintenance a exit and press Enter The controller reboots The Telnet session ends UNsavep DATA IN THE CONTROLLER CACHE The dirty cache LED marked with the icon informs you that there is data in the cache that has not been saved to non volatile memory Such data is sometimes called dirty not to suggest it is corrupted in some way but because it has not been saved to a physical drive Caution If there is unsaved data in the controller s cache the dirty cache LED shines amber During this time do NOT power down the Vess R2600 Wait until the LED goes dark PHYvsicAL Drive PROBLEMS Physical drives are the foundation of data storage A p
270. ler marks the drive as Dead The default setting is 64 blocks A setting of zero disables the function When disabled no drives are marked offline even when errors are detected Viewine Puysicat Drive Information CLU To view information about a physical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the physical drive you want and press Enter Basic information displays 3 Highlight Advanced Information and press Enter Advanced information displays 130 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewine Puysicat Drive Statistics CLU To view the statistics for the selected physical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the physical drive you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Physical Drive Statistics and press Enter CLEARING STATISTICS To clear physical drive statistics see Clearing Statistics CLU on page 167 SETTING AN Aus CLU An alias is optional To set an Alias for a physical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the physical drive you want and press Enter 3 Type an alias into the field provided Maximum of 32 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore 4 Press Control A to save your settings CLEARING STALE AND PFA Conpitions CLU The Clear Stale and Clear PFA functions only appear when those conditions exist o
271. lias o New Logical Drives amp Spare Drive RAID Level RADO RAID Level Capacity a Initiator Capacity 3 63 TD Max 3 62 TD By LUN Mapping amp Masking Stripe 64KB vw Sector 417 Byles v Read Policy ReadAhead v Write Policy WriteDack Preferred Controller ID Perfect Rebuild Ivi Add Back Nea Cancer Step 2 Loaicat Drive CREATION 1 Enter your information and choose your options e Enter a logical drive alias in the field provided Choose a RAID level from the drop down menu The choice of RAID levels depends on the number of physical drives in your array Note the Max capacity value Then enter a capacity value the field provided and choose a unit of measure from the drop down menu Choose a stripe size from the drop down menu The choices are 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB and 1 MB Choose a sector size from the drop down menu The choices are 512 B 1 KB 2 KB and 4 KB Choose the Read Cache Policy from the drop down menu The choices are Read Cache Read Ahead cache and None e Choose the Write Cache Policy from the drop down menu The choices are WriteThru write through and WriteBack Write back requires a Read Cache or Read Ahead Read Cache Policy e Uncheck the Perfect Rebuild check box if do not need perfect rebuild for this LD e Click the Add button to continue The logical drive you just created appears in the New Logical Drives list 2 Click the Next button to continue The Creat
272. light Delete Marked Entries and press Enter 165 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Maxine Netsenb Serrinas CLU By default Netsend service is set to Manual and its normal status is Stopped To make Netsend service settings From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight Netsend and press Enter Highlight Startup Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual O TANA N ek Press Control A to save your settings To start stop or restart the Netsend service highlight Start Stop or Restart and press Enter Manacine Netsenb Recipients CLU Vess R2600 s Netsend service sends Vess R2600 subsystem events in the form of text messages to your Host PC and other networked PCs NETSEND REQUIREMENTS In order to use Netsend e NetSend must be running the Vess R2600 e You must provide the IP address for each recipient PC e The Messenger service must be running on each recipient PC If your Netsend and Messenger service settings are correct but the recipient PC does not receive event messages check the recipient PC s Firewall settings Refer to your OS documentation for more information ADDING NETSEND RECIPIENTS To add a Netsend recipient From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight Netsend and press Enter Highlight Message R
273. light Enclosure Topology and press Enter 129 The following information applies to the Head Unit Enclosure number 1 Controller number 1 or 2 Port number Status OK is normal N C is not connected Link Width The following information applies to RAID cascaded units or JBOD expansion units Connected EncIWWN The subsystem identified by its World Wide Name WWN Connected Encl Ctrl Port The subsystem s enclosure controler and port numbers where the data connection was made If there is no connection the value shows N A Vess R2000 Series User Manual Physical Drive MANAGEMENT CLU Physical Drive Management includes the following functions e Viewing a List of Physical Drives CLU on page 129 e Making Global Physical Drive Settings CLU on page 129 e Viewing Physical Drive Information CLU on page 130 e Setting an Alias CLU on page 130 e Clearing Stale and PFA Conditions CLU on page 130 e Forcing a Physical Drive Offline CLU on page 131 e Locating a Physical Drive CLU on page 131 Viewine A List or Puysicat Drives CLU To view a list of physical drives From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter The list of physical drives displays Maxine Grosa Puysicat Drive Settines CLU All physical drive settings are made globally except for setting an alias which applies to individual drives To make global physical drive settings 1 From the
274. ly to schedule replacement of the suspect power supply as soon as possible Running the unit in this condition for more than three weeks may shorten subsystem life and void your warranty OVERHEATING Overheating is a potentially serious condition because the excessively high temperatures can lead to physical drive failure and controller malfunction Overheating usually results from inadequate air circulation around the enclosure INADEQUATE AIR CIRCULATION Air circulation around the Vess R2600 enclosure might be a more complex problem Use the thermometer icons to help you locate the specific hot spot Check for these conditions e Accumulated dust or objects blocking the fans e Less than a minimum of 13 cm 5 inches space between the back of the enclosure and the wall or other object e Ambient temperature above 35 C 95 F where the subsystem is operating e Failed Cooling Unit To cool down an enclosure e Correct any problems identified above e Power it down and let it sit for an hour or longer See Shutting Down the Subsystem on page 58 If a Cooling Unit must be replaced do not remove the failed unit until a replacement unit is available A hole on the backplate created by a missing Cooling Unit affects air circulation which will cause controller units to overheat and shut down If a replacement Cooling Unit is not available leave the failed unit in place until one is available See Replacing a Cooling Unit on page
275. me Scheduling options are described below Setting options for each activity are listed after the scheduling options These settings determine how the background activity affects I O performance Viewine Current BACKGROUND AcriviTIES To view a list of current background activities 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background appears Currently running activities show a progress bar VIEWING SCHEDULED BACKGROUND CTIVITIES To view a list of scheduled background activities 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background appears 3 Click the Scheduler button The list of currently scheduled background activities appears ADDING A SCHEDULED BAckGROUND AcriviTY To add a new scheduled background activity 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background appears 3 Click the Scheduler button The list of currently scheduled background activities appears 4 Click the Add Schedule button 5 Check the Enable Media Patrol box to enable uncheck to disable This settings enables or disables Media Patrol for your entire RAID system 73 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 6 Click the Confirm button 7 Choose the option for the activity you want Media Patrol e Redundancy Check e Spare Check e Battery Recondition 8 Choose a Start Time from the drop down
276. me from the drop down menus The menus have a 24 hour clock Choose a Recurrence Pattern option daily weekly or monthly For the Daily option enter an interval in the Every field For the Weekly option enter an interval in the Every field and choose one or more days of the week For the Monthly option choose the Day of the Month option or the day of the week option and choose the day from the drop down menu Choose a Start From date from the drop down menus Choose an End On option No end date or perpetual End after a specific number of activity actions Until date from the drop down menus For Redundancy Check choose Auto Fix option Attempts to repair the problem when it finds an error Check to enable Pause on Error option The process stops when it finds a non repairable error Check to enable Select LD Check the boxes for the logical drives to run Redundancy Check Check at least one logical drive 6 Click the Save button 74 Vess R2000 Series User Manual ENABLING OR DISABLING A SCHEDULED BackGRouND AcriviTY Background activity schedules are enabled by default when you create the schedule If you want to stop a background activity now but plan to use it again in the future disable the scheduled activity rather than deleting it To enable or disable change an existing scheduled background activity 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background a
277. ment icon 3 Click the Portal tab Portal information includes e ID Portal number Starts at 0 e IP Address IP address of the portal e Controller ID RAID controller ID 1 or 2 e Port ID Physical port on the RAID controller 1 to 4 e Trunk ID Trunk ID 1 to 8 Refers to portals associated with a trunk link aggregation N A means this portal is not associated with a trunk e VLAN Tag VLAN Tag 1 to 4094 Refers to portals associated with a Virtual Local Area Network VLAN N A means this portal is not associated with a VLAN 111 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewine ISCS PORTAL INFORMATION To view information about a portal Click the Device tab Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Portal tab BR U N e Click the portal you want then click the View button Portal information includes e Portal ID Portal number Starts at 0 e Trunk ID 1 to 8 Refers to portals associated with a trunk link aggregation N A means this portal is not associated with a trunk e Controller ID RAID controller ID 1 or 2 e VLAN Tag 1 to 4094 Refers to portals associated with a Virtual Local Area Network VLAN N A means this portal is not associated with a VLAN e PrimarylP IP Address e PrimarylPMask subnet mask e Gateway IP address of the gateway routing device e Port ID Physical port on the RAID controller 1 to 4 Interface Name Ethernet interface names Asso
278. menus The menus have a 24 hour clock 9 Choose a Recurrence Pattern option daily weekly or monthly For the Daily option enter an interval in the Every field e For the Weekly option enter an interval in the Every field and choose one or more days of the week e For the Monthly option choose Day of the Month option then choose a number from the drop down menu The day of the week option then choose the day of the month from the drop down menus 10 Choose a Start From date from the drop down menus 11 Choose an End On option e No end date or perpetual e End after a specific number of activity actions Until date from the drop down menus 12 For Redundancy Check choose e Auto Fix option Attempts to repair the problem when it finds an error Check to enable e Pause on Error option The process stops when it finds a non repairable error Check to enable e Select LD Check the boxes for the logical drives to run Redundancy Check Check at least one logical drive 13 Click the Save button CHANGING A BACKGROUND Activity SCHEDULE To change an existing scheduled background activity 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background appears 3 Click the Scheduler button The list of currently scheduled background activities appears 4 Click the background activity and click the Settings button 5 Make settings changes as required Choose a Start Ti
279. n SFP transceiver for each connected FC port on the subsystem e An FC switch e A network switch 18 FC SAN Dara PATH To establish the data path 1 Connect FC cables between at least one FC data port on each RAID controller and the FC switch See Figure 2 10 FC SAN data and management connections 2 Connect FC cables between the FC switch and the FC HBA cards in both host PCs or servers If you have multiple Vess R2600 subsystems repeat steps 1 and 2 as required The Vess R2600 subsystem is shown with SFP transceivers installed MANAGEMENT PATH To establish the management path 1 Connect Ethernet cables between the Management ports on both RAID controllers and the network switch See Figure 2 10 FC SAN data and management connections 2 Connect Ethernet cables between the network ports on both host PCs or servers and the network switch If you have multiple Vess R2600 subsystems repeat steps 1 and 2 as required 19 The Vess R2600 subsystem is shown with SFP transceivers installed Figure 2 10 FC SAN data and management connections Vess R2000 Series User Manual Vess R2000 Series User Manual Fibre CHANNEL DAS Important The Vess R2600 subsystem is shown with SFP transceivers installed For a list of supported HBAs switches and SFP transceivers download the latest Figure 2 11 FC DAS data and management connections compatibility list from PROMISE supp
280. n the physical drive To clear a Stale or PFA condition on a physical drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Physical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the physical drive you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Clear Stale or Clear PFA and press Enter If a physical drive is still online and shows a PFA error but Clear PFA does not appear use PDM to copy the data to a new physical drive See Running PDM on a Disk Array on page 136 If a physical drive is offline and shows a PFA error rebuild the disk array See Rebuilding a Disk Array on page 135 After rebuilding the drive shows Stale Run Clear Stale then run Clear PFA If the physical drive with a PFA error is a spare you must delete the drive as a spare then Clear PFA is available After you clear a PFA error watch for another PFA error to appear If it does replace the physical drive FonciNG A Puysicat Drive OrruiNE CLU This function enables you to force an online physical drive to go Offline The Force Offline function appears only for physical drives that are assigned to disk arrays Caution Forcing a physical drive offline is likely to cause data loss Back up your data before you proceed Use this function only when required Important Forcing a physical drive offline causes your logical drives to become degraded If Auto Rebuild is enabled and a spare drive is available the disk array begins rebuilding itself automatically
281. n you create a logical drive using the Advanced method of disk array creation you can specify the Preferred Controller ID e Controller 1 Assign all logical drives to Controller 1 e Controller 2 Assign all logical drives to Controller 2 e Automatic Alternate logical drive assignments between Controllers 1 and 2 Automatic is the default and preferred setting because it balances the logical drive assignments for you INITIALIZATION Initialization is done to logical drives after they are created from a disk array Full initialization sets all data bits in the logical drive to a specified pattern such as all zeros The action is useful because there may be residual data on the logical drives left behind from earlier configurations For this reason Initialization is recommended for all new logical drives Initializing a Logical Drive CLU on page 140 AN PARTITION AND FORMAT Caution When you initialize a logical drive all the data on the logical drive is lost Backup any important data before you initialize a logical drive Like any other type of fixed disk media in your system a RAID logical drive must also be partitioned and formatted before use Use the same method of partitioning and formatting on an logical drive as you would any other fixed disk Depending on the operating system you use there may or may not be various capacity limitations applicable for the different types of partitions Vess R2000 Series U
282. nables the cache to hold data up to 72 hours The battery recharges during normal subsystem operation In most cases installing a replacement battery corrects a marginal or failed condition The battery is located inside the Cooling Unit housing To replace a battery first replace the Cooling Unit with the battery that needs to be replaced See Replacing a Cache Backup Battery on page 179 Also see Reconditioning a Battery on page 62 RAID CONTROLLER PROBLEMS RAID controller problems include e Maintenance Mode on page 211 e Finding and Correcting the Cause of the Problem on page 211 e Taking a RAID Controller out of Maintenance Mode on page 211 e Unsaved Data in the Controller Cache on page 212 Controller problems occur when one of the controllers goes into maintenance mode MAINTENANCE MoDE For Vess R2600s with two RAID controllers one of them enters maintenance mode in the event of e A difference of some kind between the two controllers described below e An internal controller failure When a controller enters maintenance mode it goes offline and it displays N A not accessible under Readiness Status You must find and correct the cause of the problem and then take the controller out of maintenance mode FINDING AND CORRECTING THE CAUSE OF THE PROBLEM EXTERNAL CHECKS Make the following external checks to your Vess R2600 subsystem Be sure that e Both RAID controllers are present fully inserted into thei
283. nce 85 MANAGING NITIATORS 104 Makine A SERIAL Connection 119 Monitorinc PSU Wattace 86 Viewing a Lisrorlumarns 104 Makine A TELNET Connection 119 MANAGING Puysicat Drives87 Anic an FC Inimiator 104 Maxine a SSH Connection 120 Viewine A List or Physica Drives 87 DURNANISINUNDE TOY Logaine Into THE CLI 120 Viewing Physica Drive INFORMATION 87 PLES TIMER US Accessing OnLine HetP 121 Maxine Gosar Physica Drive SETTINGS 88 Manacinc LUNs 105 Exiting tHe CLU 121 Maxine Inoiviouat Physica Drive SETTINGS 88 Viewine a List or LUN Mars 105 Loceng Our or tHE CLI 121 Viewine Puysicat Drive Statistics 88 LUN Marina anp Masking 105 Loceine Back Into tHe CLI ano CLU 121 Viewing Paysicat Drive SMART Loc Information 89 Annine a LUN Map 106 MANAGING THE SussysteM CLU 122 SAVING THE PuysicaL Drive SMART Loc 89 Eorrine a LUN Map 106 Maxine SugsvsrEM Settines CLU 122 Locatine aPuysica Dre 89 Deerin a LUN Map 107 Running Menia Parrot CLU 122 Forcine A Puysicat Drive OFFLINE 90 ENABLING AND DisaBLiNG LUN Maskina 107 Lockine or UNLOCKING THE SuBsystem CLU 122 CLEARING ASTALEORAPFAConpition 90 MAnaGING FIBRE CHANNEL CONNECTIONS 107 Serine SugsysTem Date ann Time CLU 123 Uppatine Firmware on A Puysicat Drive 90 Viewine FC Nope INFORMATION 107 Maxine NTP Serrines CLU 123 MaNaciNG Disk ARRAYS 91 Viewine FC Port INFormation 107 SYNCHRONIZING WITH A NTP Server CLU 123 Viewine a List oF Disk Arrays91 MarineikC Pont sETNNGS 108 MANAGI
284. nclosure information includes Enclosure Management includes information status settings and location To access Enclosure Management 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Component List icon The following information is shown Enclosure ID number Status Enclosure Type e Status Description specific components in need of attention if any e Enclosure ID Enclosure Critical Enclosure Type Temperature Threshold e Controller Critical Enclosure Warnin Temperature Threshold Temperature Threshold Controller Warning Max Number of Physical Drive Slots Temperature Threshold Max Number of Blowers e Max Number of Controllers Max Number of Power Supply Units Max Number of Fans e Max Number of Voltage Sensors e Max Number of Temperature Sensors e Max Number of Batteries LocATING AN ENCLOSURE For information on Enclosure problems see Diagnosing an Enclosure Problem on page 209 To locate an enclosure 1 Click the Device tab MAKING ENCLOSURE SETTINGS To make Enclosure settings 2 Click the Component List icon 1 Click the Device tab 3 Click the Enclosure you want then click the Locate button 2 Click the Component List icon The enclosure LEDs blink for one minute 3 Click the Enclosure and click the Settings button VIEWING ENCLOSURE INFORMATION Enclosure settings include To view enclosure information 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Component List icon
285. nds goes dark for ten seconds then blinks green once per second for five seconds again See Front Panel LEDs on page 202 LoGGING IN Why am I not able to log in Check the spelling and case User names and passwords are case sensitive I have entered correct user name and password but still I am not able to log in The Administrator may have deleted or disabled your user name The login screen says Login failed the requested service is busy The subsystem might still be booting or rebooting Dual controller subsystems take longer because the controllers boot individually then they synch to each other Wait a few moments then try again CONNECTION Why can t I connect to my RAID System Be sure you are using the correct IP address and entry text for the Vess R2600 RAID subsystem For more information see Logging into WebPAM PROe on page 50 I verified the IP address and entry text but I still cannot connect Check the physical network connections on the Vess R2600 RAID subsystem If these are OK report the problem to your network administrator 226 Vess R2000 Series User Manual I can access the Vess R2600 over my company s intranet But I can t access it from an outside Internet connection How do I make the Internet connection work This condition is not related to the Vess R2600 or WebPAM PROe The problem is caused by your firewall or network connection protocol Contact your network administrator for help I
286. nection To start the RAID subsystem 1 Manually turn on the system by pressing the power button on the front left side 2 Wait about two minutes 3 Establish a SSH connection to the Vess R2600 See Making a SSH Connection If you cannot log in wait 30 seconds and try again 4 Type menu and press Enter to open the CLU STARTING UP THE Vess R2600 SERIAL CONNECTION Important If you have a JBOD Expansion always power on the JBOD subsystems first Then power on the RAID subsystem To start the RAID subsystem 1 Manually turn on the system by pressing the power button on the front left side 2 Wait about two minutes 3 Establish a serial connection to the Vess R2600 See Making a Serial Connection When the Login prompt appears the start up is finished 4 Type menu and press Enter to open the CLU 170 Vess R2000 Series User Manual RESTARTING THE SUBSYSTEM There are two methods for restarting the subsystem Choose one of the following procedures Restarting Vess R2600 Telnet Connection on page 170 Restarting Vess R2600 SSH Connection on page 171 Restarting Vess R2600 Serial Connection on page 171 Note A If you have a JBOD Expansion you are not required to restart the JBOD subsystems when you restart the RAID subsystem RESTARTING Vess R2600 TELNET CONNECTION To restart the RAID subsystem 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter
287. ng TEMPERATURE Sensor Status CLU 127 Viewing Voutace Sensor Status CLU 127 Viewine Battery INrormation CLU 128 RECONDITIONING A Battery CLU 128 Locatine AN Enctosure CLU 128 Viewine Enctosure Topotogy CLU 129 PuysicaL Drive MANAGEMENT CLU 129 Viewine A List or Prysicat Drives CLU 129 Maxine Groga Prysicat Drive Settines CLU Viewine Prysicat Drive Information CLU Viewine Prysicat Drive Statistics CLU 130 Settine AN Aus CLU 130 CLEARING STALE AND PFA Conpitions CLU 130 Forcine A Puysicat Drive Orruine CLU 131 Locatine A Puysicat Drive CLU 131 MaNaciNc Disk Arrays CLU Viewine A List or Disk Arrays CLU 132 Creatine A Disk Array CLU 132 Creatine A Disk Array Automatic CLU 132 Creatine A Disk Array Express CLU 132 Creatine A Disk Array Apvanceo CLU 133 Devetine A Disk Array CLU 134 Maxine Disk Array Settines CLU 134 Viewine Disk Array Information CLU 134 Acceptine AN INcoMPLETE Array CLU 135 129 130 132 EnaguNG Menia Patrot PDM ann Power MANAGEMENT ON A Disk Array CLU 135 PREPARING THE Disk ARRAY FOR Transport CLU ReguiLpiNG A Disk Array CLU 135 Runnine Menia ParRoL on A Disk Array CLU Running PDM ona Disk Array CLU 136 RUNNING TRANSITION ON A Disk Array CLU Locatine A Disk Array CLU 136 MaNaciNG Spare Drives CLU Viewine A List or Spare Drives CLU 137 CREATING A SPARE Drive CLU 137 Maxine Spare Drive Settines CLU 137 Running S
288. ng subsystem setup You can change them later as required Caution EN Changing virtual management port settings can interrupt your network connection and require you to log in again Makine Automatic SETTINGS Automatic settings require a DHCP server on your network DHCP is currently supported on IPv4 only To enable automatic management port settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the protocol family IPv4 or IPv6 you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Network Settings and press Enter 4 Highlight DHCP and press the spacebar to toggle to Enabled 5 Press Control A to save your settings MakiNc MANUAL SETTINGS 1 From the Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the protocol family IPv4 or IPv6 you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Network Settings and press Enter 4 Highlight DHCP and press the spacebar to toggle to Disabled DHCP is currently supported by and does not appear under IPv6 5 Highlight each of the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value IP Address e Subnet Mask Default Gateway IP Address e DNS Server IP Address 6 Press Control A to save your settings Maxine Maintenance Mone Settines CLU Each controller has its own IP addresses for access when the controller goes into maintenance mode For more information see Maintenance Mode on page 211 Before yo
289. ning PDM on a Disk Array page 136 e Running Transition on a Disk Array page 136 e Locating a Disk Array page 136 Viewine A List or Disk Arrays CLU To view a list of disk arrays From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter The list of disk arrays displays CREATING A Disk Array CLU The CLU provides three methods of creating a disk array e Automatic Creates a new disk array following a default set of parameters Creates a hot spare drive for all RAID levels except RAID 0 when five or more unconfigured physical drives are available You can accept or reject the proposed arrangement but you cannot modify it See Creating a Disk Array Automatic e Express You choose the parameters for a new disk array by specifying the characteristics you want You can create multiple logical drives at the same time however they are all identical Creates a hot spare drive for all RAID levels except RAID 0 See Creating a Disk Array Express e Advanced Enables you to specify all parameters for a new disk array logical drives and spare drives See 132 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Creating a Disk Array Advanced Creatine A Disk Array Automatic CLU To create a disk array using the Automatic feature 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Create New Array and press Enter 3 Highlight Configuration Method and press the spacebar to togg
290. nks appears ADDING A TRAP SINK To add a trap sink 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Software Management and press Enter 3 Highlight SNMP and press Enter 4 Highlight Trap Sinks and press Enter 5 Highlight Create New Trap Sink and press Enter 6 Highlight Trap Sink IP address and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new IP address in this field 7 Highlight Trap Filter and press the spacebar to toggle through the severity levels See the Table below 8 Press Control A to save the Trap Sink Event Severity Levels Level Description Fatal Non recoverable error or failure has occurred Critical Action is needed now and the implications of the condition are serious Major Action is needed now Minor Action is needed but the condition is not a serious at this time Warning User can decide whether or not action is required Information Information only no action is required DELETING A TRAP SINK To delete a trap sink From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter 1 2 3 Highlight SNMP and press Enter 4 Highlight Trap Sinks and press Enter 5 Highlight the trap sink you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing 6 High
291. no longer found Insert the physical drive back into the system 222 Vess R2000 Series User Manual A physical disk has encountered an unknown If this message appears repeatedly replace the physical drive non ECC media error A physical disk has encountered PFA condition Clear the PFA condition If this message appears repeatedly replace the physical drive A configured dead physical drive has been inserted Replace the physical drive A physical drive page 0 settings have been changed A physical drive page 1 settings have been changed SATA drives A physical drive page 3 settings have been changed SAS drives No action is required Physical disk is marked as DEAD due to removal Physical disk is marked as DEAD due to failure of reassign sectors command Physical disk is marked as DEAD due to PFA condition Physical disk is marked as DEAD due to forced offline state Replace the physical drive Physical disk seen by partner controller not seen here Check and correct SAS connections Verify that SAS to SATA adapters are installed on all SATA drives Single ported physical disk seen by Partner controller not seen here Install an SAS to SATA adapter on the SATA drive Physical disk reported not ready Replace the physical drive PSU Power Supply Units PSU is installed and turned on PSU is functional and turned on PSU is installed an
292. ns CLU on page 143 Managing iSCSI Connections CLU on page 146 Managing Background Activity CLU on page 154 Working with the Event Viewer CLU on page 155 Working with LUN Mapping CLU on page 156 Managing UPS Units CLU on page 159 Managing Users CLU on page 160 Working with Software Management CLU on page 163 Flashing through TFTP on page 166 Viewing Flash Image Information CLU on page 166 Clearing Statistics CLU on page 167 Restoring Factory Defaults CLU on page 167 Shutting Down the Subsystem CLU on page 168 Starting Up After Shutdown on page 169 Restarting the Subsystem on page 170 Buzzer on page 171 For information about the Vess R2600 audible alarm and LEDs see Chapter 8 Troubleshooting on page 201 118 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Vess R2000 Series User Manual INITIAL CONNECTION Then do the following actions 1 Change your terminal emulation program settings to match the following specifications Bits per second 115200 Making an initial connection includes the following functions lt Pata bite 8 e Making a Serial Connection on page 119 e Parity None Stop bits 1 e Making a SSH Connection on page 120 e Logging Into the CLI on page 120 Flow control none e Accessing Online Help on page 121 2 Start your PC s terminal VT100 or ANSI emulation program e Exiting the CLU on page 121 3 Press Enter once to launch the CLI e Logging Out of
293. nsaction Data Transaction Log Other 7 Press Control A to save your settings and move to the next screen 8 Review the proposed configuration of disk array and logical drives To accept the proposed configuration and create the disk array and logical drives highlight Save Configuration and press Enter To reject the proposed configuration highlight Cancel Array Configuration and press Enter You return to the Disk Arrays Summary screen To create a disk array with different characteristics highlight Create New Array and press Enter Repeat the steps above specifying different parameters Or choose the Advanced option CREATING A Disk Array Apvancep CLU For more information on the choices below see Chapter 7 Technology Background To create a disk array using the Advanced feature 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Create New Array and press Enter 3 Highlight Configuration Method and press the spacebar to toggle to Advanced 133 Del ween eee ee 6 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Step 1 Disk Array Creation If you want to specify an alias to the disk array highlight Alias and type a name Maximum of 32 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore Choose whether to enable Media Patrol PDM and Power Management Choose a Media Type HDD or SSD Highlight Save Settings and Continue and press Enter Highlight a physical d
294. nt Speed In Mb s 5 Make settings changes as needed e Assigned Portals Portals to which this port is assigned e If you have a Trunk association choose a Trunk ID 1 to 8 from the drop down menu Items marked with an asterisk are adjustable under Making iSCSI Port Settings Type the IP address of the portal in the field provided Type the subnet mask of the portal in the field provided e If you have a VLAN association enter a VLAN tag 1 to 4094 in the field provided 112 Viewine iSCSI Port INFORMATION To Bo que ue view information about a port Click the Device tab Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Port tab Click the port you want then click the View button Port information includes Controller ID ID of the RAID controller where the port is located e Status Enabled or disabled e Jumbo Frames Enabled or disabled Link Status Up or down active or inactive MAC Address MAC address of the target port e Max Supported Speed Maximum speed supported 1 Gb s e Current Speed Current or actual speed of the target port Relative Portals The portals corresponding to this target port Items marked with an asterisk are adjustable under Making iSCSI Port Settings Maxine SCSI Port SETTINGS To 1 2 3 4 5 113 make iSCSI port settings Click the Device tab Click the iSCSI Management icon Click the Port tab Click the port you want then
295. nu choose Advanced Settings The Advanced Settings dialog box appears with the MPIO Parameters tab displayed 2 Click the arrows or type a new value in the PDO Remove Period field to change the interval 120 seconds is the PROMISE recommended default value Vess R2000 Series User Manual 3 Click the Apply button 1 Do one of the following actions 4 Click the OK button in the confirmation box Click the Advanced Settings icon From the Operations menu choose Settings icon The new setting takes effect immediately The Advanced Settings dialog box appears with the MPIO Parameters tab displayed See also Path Verification 2 Click the General tab PERFORMANCE TAB REFRESH RATE 3 Under Round Robin Count click the arrows or type a new value in the I Os per Path field to change the count Refresh Rate refers to the number of seconds between refreshes of the data reported on the Performance tab 10 I Os is the default value CHANGING REFRESH Rate SETTINGS 4 Click the Apply button To change the refresh rate on the Performance tab The new setting takes effect immediately 1 Do one of the following actions x See also Click the Advanced Settings icon From the Operations menu choose Advanced Settings heed Eelahice Polley e Viewing LUN Performance Statistics The Advanced Settings dialog box appears with the MPIO Parameters tab displayed e Viewing Path Performance Statistics 2 Click the General tab 3
296. nu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter 1 2 3 Highlight the enclosure you want and press Enter 4 Highlight Batteries and press Enter 5 Highlight the battery you want to monitor and press Enter Battery Notes If a battery does not reflect normal conditions and it is not currently under reconditioning run the Recondition function before you replace the battery See Reconditioning a Battery CLU Reconditioning fully discharges then fully recharges the battery During reconditioning if the Adaptive Writeback Cache function is enabled the controller cache is set to Write Thru After reconditioning the cache is reset to Write Back See Making Controller Settings CLU on page 124 If a battery reaches the threshold temperature while charging or discharging the charge or discharge pauses and the blower runs at high speed until the battery temperature falls below the threshold If the battery does not maintain normal values after a Recondition replace the battery See Replacing a Cache Backup Battery on page 179 128 Vess R2000 Series User Manual RECONDITIONING A Battery CLU To recondition the subsystem battery From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter Highlight the enclosure you want and press Enter 1 2 3 4 Highlight Batteries and press Enter 5 Highlight the
297. nual Event Severity Levels Level Description Fatal Non recoverable error or failure has occurred Critical Action is needed now and the implications of the condition are serious Major Action is needed now Minor Action is needed but the condition is not a serious at this time Warning User can decide whether or not action is required Information Information only no action is required DELETING NETSEND SERVER ACCOUNTS To delete a Netsend server account 1 Click the Administration tab Click the Services icon Click the Netsend service and click the Settings button 2 3 4 5 In the Message Event Severity Filter list click the recipient server you want to delete Click the Trash icon The recipient server is deleted Click the Save button Click the Confirm button WORKING WITH THE EVENT VIEWER Working with the Event Viewer includes the following functions Viewing Runtime Events on page 84 Saving Runtime Events on page 84 Clearing Runtime Events on page 84 Viewing NVRAM Events on page 85 Saving NVRAM Events on page 85 Clearing NVRAM Events on page 85 The Event Viewer displays log of subsystem events Events are classified as Runtime Events A list of and information about the 1023 most recent runtime events recorded since the subsystem was started NVRAM Events A list of and information about the most important events over multi
298. o The System Information dialog box displays the following actions System information supplies information about the Host PC or Server including e Verify that there is at least one logical drive on the Vess R2600 Host Name MPIO Version Operating System MPDEV File e Check your HBA cards and driver installation OS Version MPDEV Version OS Manufacturer MPSPFLTR File e Check your data connections IP Address MPSPFLTR Version Make any needed corrections and reboot your Host PC as needed Storport File DSM File Storport Version DSM Version MPIO File Note File information includes the file name and location of the installed file in the server s file system SAVING SYSTEM INFORMATION To save the current System information and settings data to a text file 1 Do one of the following actions e From the System menu choose System Information Click the System Information icon The System Information dialog box displays 2 From the System Information dialog box click the Save button 3 In the Save As dialog box navigate to the folder where you want to save the file 4 Type a file name into the File name field Append the file name with a txt suffix 5 Click the Save button 6 Click the OK button in the confirmation box Your information and settings data are saved to a text file in the folder you designated 243 UPDATING PERFECTPATH To update your PerfectPath software to the latest version 1 Download
299. o one of the USB ports on the front panel left side of the enclosure The OPAS LED blinks green in one second intervals Wait until the OPAS LED stops blinking green and displays steady green Remove the USB flash device Insert the USB flash device into a USB port on your PC U1 A U N On the USB flash device open the OPAX_xxxxxx folder to obtain the report and log 209 Vess R2000 Series User Manual ENCLOSURE PROBLEMS Enclosure Problems include e Diagnosing an Enclosure Problem on page 209 e Power Supplies on page 210 e Batteries on page 210 DIAGNOSING AN ENCLOSURE PROBLEM Check System Status on the Dashboard tab If a yellow or red X 9 appears in the System Status box 1 Click the name link of the component with the red X 9 icon The Components List of the Device tab displays 2 Mouse over Enclosure with the red X 9 icon and click the View button The components list expands and shows the power supply fans which server as the Cooling Unit of the Vess R2600 enclosure Note that the fans for power supply 2 PSU 2 have failed 3 Click the Back View icon on the Device tab 4 Click the picture of the enclosure A popup messages displays the status of each component When a power supply fan fails you must replace the power supply See Replacing a Power Supply on page 177 for more information If the system reports a fan malfunction contact Technical Support see page 228 immediate
300. o the user database file and click the OK button 1 2 3 4 Choose User Database from the Type drop down menu SETTING User Event SUBSCRIPTIONS 2 6 Click the Next button By default all users have event notification The system verifies that the file is a valid user database and displays any errors or warnings e Enabled 7 Click the Submit button to continue e Set to the Major severity level for all events 8 In the Confirmation box type the word confirm in the field provided and click the Confirm button Subscribing users receive notification of events at the chosen severity level and all higher levels Note The user database is imported and applied automatically A Each user must have a valid Email address to receive events See Making User Settings below Changing a user subscription requires Administrator or Super User privileges To set a user event subscription 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the User Management icon 3 In the User list click the user you want then click the Subscription button 4 Make settings changes as required e For the Enable Event Notification box check to enable for this user uncheck to disable e Click to change the priority options for each category of event 5 Click the Save button 71 EXPORTING A User DATABASE You can save the user information and settings from one Vess R2600 RAID subsystem export it and then import it to automatically config
301. of the serial data cable to the RJ 11 serial connector on one of the RAID controllers 2 Attach the DB9 end of the serial data cable to a serial port on the host PC or server 29 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Figure 2 20 Serial port connection Use the RJ 11 serial port on the con troller module to establish the serial communication link The Vess R2600 is shipped with an RJ 11 to DB9 adapter to be used for this purpose CONNECTING THE POWER To power on the Vess R2600 and any connected Vess J2600 system follow these steps 1 2 3 Connect the power insert for all power supplies on all units Plug in the power cables on all power cords to a suitable grounded power source To turn on the power to the Vess J2600 or Vess R2600 units press the power button on the front of the left handle of the Vess R2600 devices See Figure 2 23 Left side of the front of the Vess R2600 on page 31 for an illustration of the power button The Vess R2600 features an automatic JBOD detect and power on sequence mechanism so that all connected Vess J2600 expansion units are powered on in the correct sequence This feature will first power on the Vess J2600s and then the Vess R2600 units in the correct sequence automatically After the powering on the Vess R2600 and Vess J2600 units check the LEDs to monitor the devices LED BEHAVIOR When the power is switched on the LEDs on the right handle light up See Figure 2 22 Right
302. omplete array 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Accept Incomplete Array and press Enter ENABLING Menia ParRoL PDM anp Power MANAGEMENT ON A Disk Array CLU Media Patrol checks the magnetic media on physical drives Predictive Data Migration PDM migrates data from the suspect physical drive to a spare drive before the physical drive fails Power Management parks the heads spins down and stops rotation after a set period of time to reduce power consumption Media Patrol PDM and Power Management are enabled by default Enabled is the recommended setting for both features To enable Media Patrol PDM and Power Management on a disk array 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the disk array you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Media Patrol and press the spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable 4 Highlight PDM and press the spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable 5 Highlight Power Management and press the spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable 6 Press Control A to save your settings See Running PDM on a Disk Array CLU on page 136 and Making Background Activity Settings CLU on page 154 For Power Management settings see Making Controller Settings CLU on page 124 135 Vess R2000 Series User Manual PREPARING THE Disk ARRAY FOR TRANSPORT C
303. ompleted a message tells you to reboot the subsystem 7 Click the OK button Restart the RAID subsystem See Restarting a Subsystem on the next page RESTARTING A SUBSYSTEM This function shuts down the subsystem and then restarts it Important Do NOT turn off the power supply switches on the RAID subsystem or JBOD expansion units To restart the subsystem 1 2 3 4 5 6 Click the Administration tab Click the Subsystem Information icon Click the Shutdown Restart button Click the Restart button Type the word confirm in the field provided Click the Confirm button When the controller shuts down your WebPAM PROe connection is lost Wait no less than two minutes In your browser click Logout in the WebPAM PROe Header then log in again If you cannot log in immediately wait 30 seconds and try again 176 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Vess R2000 Series User Manual REPLACING A POWER SUPPLY INSTALLING A New Power SuppLyt To install the power supply The power supply and its fans are replaced as one unit There are no individually serviceable parts No tools are 1 Carefully slide the power supply into the enclosure required for this procedure Turn the set screw clockwise to tighten DO NOT over tighten REMOVING THE OLD Power SuPPLY 2 3 Plug in the power cord 4 Switch on the power supply 5 To remove the power supply Verify that the new power supply LED is green S
304. on page 95 and Spare Drives on page 193 Also see Disk Array Degraded Logical Drive Critical on page 213 and Disk Array Offline Logical Drive Offline on page 214 MakiNc REBUILD SETTINGS 1 2 Click the Administration tab Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears Click the Settings button Click the Rebuild Rate drop down menu and choose a rate e Low Fewer system resources to the Rebuild more to data read write operations e Medium Balances system resources between the Rebuild and data read write operations e High More system resources to the Rebuild fewer to data read write operations Check the Enable Auto Rebuild box to enable Auto Rebuild rebuilds when you swap out the failed drive with a new one Click the Confirm button Vess R2000 Series User Manual MIGRATION The term Migration means either or both of the following e Change the RAID level of a logical drive e Expand the storage capacity of a logical drive See Migrating a Logical Drive s RAID Level on page 169 and RAID Level Migration on page 189 Makine MIGRATION SETTINGS To make migration settings 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears 3 Click the Settings button 4 Click the Migration Rate drop down menu and choose a rate Low Fewer system resources to Migration more to data read
305. onization Rate drop down menu and choose a rate Low Fewer system resources to Synchronization more to data read write operations Medium Balances system resources between Synchronization and data read write operations e High More system resources to Synchronization fewer to data read write operations 5 Click the Confirm button Battery RECONDITIONING Batteries maintain power to the controller cache in the event of a power failure thus protecting any data that has not been written to a physical drive Reconditioning is the action of discharging and recharging a battery to preserve its capacity and performance MANAGING STORAGE SERVICES Storage service management includes e Viewing a List of Services on page 78 e Email Service on page 78 e Webserver Service on page 79 e Telnet Service on page 80 e SSH Service on page 80 e SNMP Service on page 81 e Netsend Service on page 82 Viewine A List or SERVICES This feature displays all software services running on the RAID subsystem See the table below To view the list of software services 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon The Services list displays the Status and Start Type of the services available These services are described in the sections that follow EMAIL SERVICE Email service enables the RAID subsystem to send you Email messages about events and status changes By default Email service is set to A
306. onnections on page 216 e SAS Connections on page 217 e Browser Does Not Connect to WebPAM PROe on page 217 Connection problems cause a majority of failures in almost any electrical system While the installation of the cables and components was correct they don t function properly or at all because e Aconnector is dirty or corroded e Aconnector is loose or damaged e Acable looks OK outside but has an open circuit inside e The wrong cable was used Vess R2600s ship with a full set of new cables as required for each specific model Be sure to use these components because 1 They are the proper ones for your RAID subsystem 2 They are in brand new condition and 3 You paid for them with the purchase of your subsystem SERIAL CONNECTIONS Vess R2600 uses a serial connection for the command line interface CLI and the command line utility CLU After you set the IP address you can access the CLI and CLU through a network connection also Normally users prefer WebPAM PROe because of its graphic user interface But the CLI and CLU can do the same jobs And they work when your network connection is down For Vess R2600 you must use the CLI or CLU to set the Management Port IP address in order for WebPAM PROe to connect with it See Setting up the Serial Connection on page 35 This issue is discussed further under Network Connections below See Making Serial Cable Connections on page 29for more information on making t
307. or SATA HDD or SSD Location Enclosure number and slot number e Configuration Array number and sequence number spare number unconfigured or stale configuration Capacity In GB Viewing Puysicat Drive INFORMATION To view physical drive information 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Physical Drive icon 3 Click the physical drive you want then click the View button Physical drive information includes e Model Model of PROMISE system Physical Drive ID ID number of the physical drive Location Enclosure number and slot number Alias If assigned Physical Capacity Total capacity in GB e Configurable Capacity Usable capacity in GB Used Capacity Capacity actually used in GB e Block Size Typically 512 Bytes Operational Status OK is normal Stale PFA Dead Advanced information for SATA physical drives includes e Write Cache Enabled or disabled e Read Look Ahead Cache Enabled or disabled e Read Cache Support Yes or No e SMART Feature Set Yes or No e e SMART Self Test Yes or No SMART Error Logging Yes or No Command Queuing Support TCQ or NCQ Command Queuing Enabled or disabled Vess R2000 Series User Manual Configuration Array number and sequence number spare number Model Make and model of the drive Drive Interface SATA 1 5Gb s or 3Gb s SAS 3Gb s or 6Gb s Serial Number Serial
308. or Unlocking the Subsystem CLU on page 122 e Setting Subsystem Date and Time CLU on page 123 e Making NTP Settings CLU on page 123 e Synchronizing with a NTP Server CLU on page 123 Maxine Sussystem Settines CLU An alias is optional To set an Alias for this subsystem 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Subsystem Settings and press Enter 3 Make changes as required Type and alias into the Alias field Maximum of 48 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore Highlight Redundancy Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Active Active and Active Standby Active Active Both RAID controllers are active and can share the load Active Standby One RAID controller is in standby mode and goes active if the other fails Highlight Cache Mirroring and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled 4 Press Control A to save your settings 122 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Running Menia Parrot CLU Media Patrol is a routine maintenance procedure that checks the magnetic media on each disk drive Media Patrol checks all physical drives assigned to disk arrays and spare drives It does not check unconfigured drives To start stop pause or resume Media Patrol 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Media Patrol and press Enter 3 Highlight Start Stop Pause or Resume
309. ors the other drives continue to function providing fault tolerance The advantage of RAID 1E is the ability to use an odd number of physical drives unlike RAID 1 and RAID 10 You can also create a RAID 1E Logical Drive with an even number of physical drives However with an even number of drives you obtain somewhat greater security with comparable performance using RAID 10 RAID 1E logical drives consist of three or more physical drives You can create an array with just two physical drives and specify RAID 1E But the resulting array is actually a RAID 1 Advantages Disadvantages Implemented as a mirrored disk array Very high disk overhead uses only whose segments are RAID 0 disk 50 of total capacity arrays e High I O rates are achieved thanks to multiple stripe segments e Can use an odd number of disks Recommended Applications for RAID 1E e Imaging applications e Database servers e General fileserver RAID 3 BLock STRIPE AND DEDICATED PARITY RAID 3 organizes block data across multiple physical drives and parity data on a dedicated drive Generally RAID Level 3 tends to exhibit lower random write performance due to the heavy workload of parity recalculation for each I O Heavy I O loads with a large number of writes tends to work the parity drive harder in proportion to the other drives in the logical drive Promise implements RAID 3 with block level striping rather than byte level striping
310. ort http www promise com support id eue mg gute ROCCO ee Pet 9999066090 Fibre Channel direct attached storage DAS requires e An FC HBA card in the host PC or server Ee e An SFP transceiver for each connected FC port on the subsystem e Anetwork switch FC DAS Dara PATH To establish the data path cal Sr iL E Ress f F fesse mgg 1 Connect an FC cable between a data port on the left RAID controller and the FC HBA card in your host PC or server See Figure 2 11 FC DAS data and management connections on page 20 2 Connect an FC cable between a data port on the right RAID controller and the FC HBA card in your host PC or server MANAGEMENT PATH To establish the management path 1 Connect Ethernet cables between the Management ports of both RAID controllers and the network switch See Figure 2 11 FC DAS data and management connections on page 20 2 Connect an Ethernet cable between the network port on the host PC or server and the network switch 20 Vess R2000 Series User Manual FipRE CHANNEL WITH JBOD Expansion The Vess R2600 subsystem is shown with SFP transceivers installed Figure 2 12 Vess R2600fiD with FC JBOD expansion connections JBOD expansion requires at least one SFF 8088 4X to SFF 8088 4X external SAS cable for each JBOD unit To add JBOD units 1 Connect the SAS expansion port on the left controller of the RAID subsystem to the SAS
311. ost of insurance and shipment of the product to PROMISE Note that damage incurred due to improper transport or packaging is not covered under the Limited Warranty When repairing returned product s PROMISE may replace defective parts with new or reconditioned parts or replace the entire unit with a new or reconditioned unit In the event of a replacement the replacement unit is under warranty for the remainder of the original warranty term from purchase date or 30 days whichever is longer PROMISE pays for standard return shipping charges only You must pay for any additional shipping options such as express shipping 231 Vess R2000 Series User Manual APPENDIX A USEFUL INFORMATION SNMP MIB Files The appendix covers the following topics PROMISE supplies two MIB files to integrate the Vess R2600 subsystem into your SNMP system These files are e SNMP MIB Files below in the SNMP folder on the Software CD e Adding a Second RAID Controller The MIB files are e Installing a Second RAID Controller e FCMGMT MID mib e ISCSI MIB mib e raidv4 mib For help loading the MIB files see the instructions that came with your MIB browser 232 ADDING A SEcoNp RAID CONTROLLER If your Vess R2600 subsystem shipped with one RAID controller you can add a second RAID controller The second controller must have e The same firmware version as the currently installed controller e The same amount of SDRAM as the currently installed controller
312. osure Information CLU To view enclosure information 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter 3 Highlight the enclosure you want and press Enter You can monitor power supplies cooling units enclosure temperatures and voltages and the battery ADJUSTABLE ITEMS You can set or adjust the following items e Enclosure Warning and Critical temperature thresholds e Controller Warning and Critical temperature thresholds See Making Enclosure Settings below For information on Enclosure problems see Enclosure Problems on page 209 MakiNG ENcLoSUR E Serrius CLU To make Enclosure settings From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter Highlight the enclosure you want and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Settings and press Enter Press the backspace key to erase the current value 1 2 3 4 5 Highlight the Temperature Warning threshold you want to change 6 7 Type a new interval value in degrees C 8 Press Control A to save your settings Viewinc FRU VPD Information CLU FRU VPD refers to Vital Product Data VPD information about Field Replaceable Units FRU in the enclosure The number and type of FRU depends on the subsystem model To view FRU VPD information 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Enclosu
313. otection uses the BBU and USB Flash modules to protect against loss of HDD cache data eliminating the need to add an expensive universal power supply UPS The HDD cache is written to flash memory again using power from the BBU in order to protect the HDD cache beyond the standard 72 hours SR1 ARCHITECTURAL DESCRIPTION The Vess R2600 subsystems are suitable for Direct Attached Storage DAS Storage Area Network SAN and Expanded Storage with the Vess J2600 Vess R2000 Series MopeL Line up Controller Number Power Sup Controller Model Interface Units of Drives plies Fans R2600fiD 2 FC iSCSI 16 3 2 R2600iD 2 iSCSI 16 3 2 R2600fiS 1 FC iSCSI 16 3 2 R2600iS 1 iSCSI 16 3 2 Vess J2000 Series Moner Line up Controller Number Power Sup Controller Model Interface i dc Units of Drives plies Fans J2600sD 2 SAS 16 3 2 J2600sS 1 SAS 16 3 2 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Figure 1 1 Vess R2600 front view PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC oNN e 16 bay SATA SAS Figure 1 2 Vess R2600fiD back view Io A lt ee eT Ai FT FE FT FCI C Mom e Two 8Gb s FC ports per controller e Four 1Gb s iSCSI ports per controller e One JBOD Expansion port per controller e Three PSU e Two Cooling Units each Cooling Unit for Vess R2600 models include two fans and a BBU Figure 1 3 Vess R2600iD pictured with optional PSU
314. ow to see all of the reported information To view a single LUN and all of its Paths 1 Click the LUN 3 in Tree View 2 Click the Properties tab The Properties tab reports e LUNs Name size and load balance policy e Paths Path ID state and adapter name Move the scroll bar or expand the window to see all of the reported information See also e Load Balance Policy e Refreshing the Objects 238 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewine PATH Properties To view Path properties 1 Click a Path in Tree View 2 Click the Properties tab The Properties tab reports e SCSI Port number e SCSI Path ID e SCSI Target e SCSILUN See also e Load Balance Policy e Refreshing the Objects Viewing LUN PERFORMANCE STATISTICS To view performance statistics for a LUN 1 Click the LUN 3 in Tree View 2 Click the Performance tab The Performance tab reports the state and cumulative counts for each path to that LUN Move the scroll bar or expand the window to see all of the reported statistics The Performance tab reports the following data for each path Path ID Bytes Written State Active or not Non lO Requests Read Requests Queue Depth Write Requests Retries Count Bytes Read Failure Count An Active state indicates this path is available to handle I O requests If Active does not appear the path is designated as Standby Active and Standby states are determined by Load Balance Policy See
315. own the RAID subsystem and JBOD units 2 Replace the SAS cable with a new one 3 Power up the subsystems and monitor the link port counter for changes in the rate of link error accumulation 217 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Fautty CONTROLLER OR I O MopuLE CONNECTOR To check for a bad controller or I O module SAS connector 1 With the subsystems online and I Os running access the CLI via serial or Telnet 2 At the command prompt type the following command and press Enter administrator cli gt sasdiag a errorlog expander e 1 i 1 3 At the command prompt type the following command and press Enter administrator cli gt sasdiag a errorlog I c2cport By interpreting the two error logs you can verify which controller or I O module SAS port is accumulating link errors Browser Does Not Connect ro WEBPAM PROE If you successfully setup and connected to WebPAM PROe then suddenly you can no longer connect it might be the result of the following three conditions e DHCP is enabled on your Vess R2600 s virtual management port e The DHCP server does not have a dedicated IP address for the Vess R2600 e The Vess R2600 restarted and your DHCP server assigned a new IP address You must obtain the new IP Address for the virtual management port in order to direct your browser to the Vess R2600 and start WebPAM PROe To access the new IP address 1 Start your PC s terminal VT100 or ANSI emulation program 2 Press Enter onc
316. pacity is equal to the number of disk drive members multiplied by the smallest drive s capacity For example one 100 GB and three 120 GB drives form a 400 GB 4 x 100 GB disk array instead of 460 GB If physical drives of different capacities are used there is unused capacity on the larger drives RAID 0 logical drives on Vess R2600 consist of one or more physical drives Advantages Disadvantages e Implements a striped disk array the Nota true RAID because it is not fault tolerant data is broken down into blocks and The failure of just one drive results in all data in an each block is written to a separate disk disk array being lost drive e Should not be used in mission critical e O performance is greatly improved environments by spreading the I O load across many channels and drives e No parity calculation overhead is involved Recommended Applications for RAID 0 e Image Editing e Pre Press Applications e Any application requiring high bandwidth RAID 1 Mirror When a logical drive is mirrored identical data is written to a pair of physical drives while reads are performed in parallel The reads are performed using elevator seek and load balancing techniques where the workload is distributed in the most efficient manner Whichever drive is not busy and is positioned closer to the data is accessed first With RAID 1 if one physical drive fails or has errors the other mirrored physical drive continues
317. pare Check CLU 138 Devetine A Spare Drive CLU 138 To delete a spare drive MaNaciNc Loercat Drives CLU Creatine A Locicat Drive CLU 138 Devetine A Locicat Drive CLU 139 Viewine Locicat Drive Inrormation CLU 139 Viewine Locicat Drive Statistics CLU 139 Viewine tHe Locicat Drive Check Tase CLU Maxine Locicat Drive Settines CLU 140 Initiauizine A Locicat Drive CLU 140 Running Repunpancy Check CLU 140 135 135 136 137 138 138 139 Locatine A Logicat Drive CLU 140 Micratine A Locicat Drive CLU 141 Creatine A LUN Cone CLU 141 MANAGING THE NETWORK Connection CLU 142 Maxine Virtual MANAGEMENT Port Settincs CLU 142 Maxine Maintenance Mone Settines CLU 143 MANAGING FriBRE CHANNEL Connections CLU 143 Viewine Nope Inrormation CLU 143 VigwiNG Fipre CHANNEL Port INFoRMATION 143 Viewine Fipre CHANNEL Loccep In Devices CLU 144 Maxine Fipre CHANNEL Port Serrius CLU 144 Viewine Fipre CHANNEL Port Statistics CLU 144 Viewine SFP Inrormation CLU 144 Viewine Fipre CHANNEL Port Statistics CLU 145 Viewine Fibre CHANNEL Initiators CLU 145 MaNaciNG ISCSI Connections CLU 146 Viewine A List or iSCSI Tarcets CLU 146 Viewine iSCSI Tarcet Inrormation CLU 147 Maxine iSCSI Tarcet Settines CLU 147 Viewine A List or iSCSI Ports CLU 148 Viewine iSCSI Port Inrormation CLU 148 Maxine iSCSI Port Settines CLU 148 Viewine A List or iSCSI Portais CLU 148 Viewine iSCSI Portar Inrormation C
318. paths as needed for monitoring and diagnostic purposes To clear the statistics for ALL paths do one of the following actions From the Operations menu choose Clear Path Statistics In the Tree right click the LUN 3 icon and choose Clear Path Statistics from the popup menu FEATURES AND SETTINGS Features and Settings include the following functions e Automatic Load Balancing for Failover Policy e Load Balance Policy e Path Verification e PDO Removal e Performance Tab Refresh Rate e Round Robin Count e Refreshing the Objects e Viewing System Information e Saving System Information Automatic Loan BALANCING FOR FAILOVER PoLicy The PROMISE MPIO solution can load balance the paths for your LUNs with load balance policy set to Failover With Automatic Load Balancing enabled the LUNs set to Failover policy are automatically redistributed among all available paths when e A path fails e A failed path comes back online e Anew path is added Automatic Load Balancing when enabled provides optimal data throughput for LUNs set to Failover policy Note that Automatic Load Balancing has NO effect upon LUNs set to Round Robin Round Robin with Subset or Least Queue Depth ENaABLING Automatic Loan BALANCING To enable automatic load balancing From the Operations menu choose Auto Load Balance When you see a check mark beside Auto Load Balance in the Operations menu this feature is enabled See also e Viewing LUN Pro
319. pdates for the most efficient service and support Can I change my access rights Only the Administrator or a Super User can change user access rights See page 70 Lock Person xyz set the lock and is not available How do I unlock it Ask your Administrator to release the lock Note The lock automatically releases after the set amount of time has passed CREATING A Disk ARRAY on Locicat DRIVE Why can t I see all RAID Levels in RAID Level drop down menu The selection of RAID Levels shown depends on number of physical drives available to the controller For example if there are only two physical drives then you cannot see RAID 10 which requires four physical drives or RAID 50 that requires at least six See RAID Levels on page 184 Why can t I create more than one logical drive on my disk array If your logical drive takes up the entire capacity of the disk array there is no room for another logical drive Backup your important data then delete the existing logical drive and create multiple smaller logical drives on the disk ar ray See Deleting a Logical Drive on page 98 and 139 and Creating a Logical Drive Manually on page 97 Disk ARRAY DEGRADED According to WebPAM PROe my disk array is degraded What am I supposed to do If the Auto Rebuild option is enabled and a hot spare drive is available your disk array begins rebuilding automati cally Also see Disk Array Degraded Logical Drive Critical on page 213
320. perties 240 Vess R2000 Series User Manual e Viewing LUN Performance Statistics e Load Balance Policy Loap BaLaNce Poticy Load Balance Policy is a method of equalizing the I O traffic over each path by systematically dividing the load among multiple paths e Failover Policy No load balancing With Automatic Load Balancing disabled the first path discovered is the primary path I Os follow the active path until it fails then they change to next available path Each LUN uses only one active path See Automatic Load Balancing for Failover Policy e Round Robin Policy I Os follow all active paths changing paths at the specified I O count You can set the I O count in the General tab of the Advanced Settings dialog box If LUN Affinity is enabled do NOT use Round Robin See Making Controller Settings on page 59 or page 124 e Round Robin with Subset Policy One or more paths are designated as standby I Os follow all active paths changing at the specified I O count You can set the I O count in the General tab of the Advanced Settings dialog box If LUN Affinity is enabled you can use Round Robin with Subset See Making Controller Settings on page 59 or page 124 e Least Queue Depth Policy I Os follow the path with the least number of requests queued Note that you can enable Automatic Load Balancing for LUNs with policy set to Failover See Automatic Load Balancing for Failover Policy CHANGING Loap BALANcE
321. ping and duplicating the data or mirroring PROMISE implements RAID 10 by creating a data stripe over one pair of disk drives then mirroring the stripe over a second pair of disk drives Some applications refer to this method as RAID 0 1 The data capacity RAID 10 logical drive equals the capacity of the smallest physical drive times the number of physical drives divided by two In some cases RAID 10 offers double fault tolerance depending on which physical drives fail RAID 10 arrays require an even number of physical drives and a minimum of four For RAID 10 characteristics using an odd number of physical drives choose RAID 1E Advantages Disadvantages Implemented as a mirrored disk array whose e Very high disk overhead uses only 50 of total segments are RAID 0 disk arrays capacity e High I O rates due to multiple stripe segments Recommended Applications for RAID 10 e Imaging applications e Database servers e General fileserver RAID 30 STRIPING oF DEDICATED PARITY RAID 30 combines both RAID 3 and RAID 0 features Data is striped across physical drives as in RAID 0 and it uses dedicated parity as in RAID 3 RAID 30 provides data reliability good large file read and high transfer rate performance Component Minimum Maximum Number of Axles 2 16 Physical Drives per Axle 3 32 Physical Drives per Logical Drive 6 256 RAID 30 Axes When you create a RAID 30 you must specif
322. ple subsystem startups NVRAM events are stored in non volatile memory Event Severity Levels Level Description Fatal Non recoverable error or failure has occurred Critical Action is needed now and the implications of the condition are serious Major Action is needed now Minor Action is needed but the condition is not a serious at this time Warning User can decide whether or not action is required Information Information only no action is required 84 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewing Runtime Events To display Runtime Events 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Events icon The log of Runtime Events appears Events are added to the top of the list Each item includes Index number Begins with 0 at system startup Device Disk Array Logical Drive Physical Drive by its ID number Event ID Hexadecimal code for the specific event Severity See the Table above Timestamp Date and time the event happened Description A description of the event in plain language 3 Press the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the log SAVING RUNTIME EVENTS This feature saves a plain text file of runtime events to your host PC or server using your browser To save the Runtime Events log sf U N e Click the Administration tab Click the Events icon Click the Save button Follow your browser s procedure to save the event file
323. port ready Remove physical drives in disk array and insert them into a different subsystem To cancel Transport Ready Status remove and reinsert the drives in their original slots Drive Interface Drive interface controller is found Drive interface controller is NOT found No action is required Restart the Vess R2600 If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Drive interface diagnostics has passed No action is required Drive interface diagnostics has failed Restart the Vess R2600 If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Drive interface controller has generated a general parity error Drive interface controller has generated a data parity error If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Enclosure Enclosure temperature is above the threshold Check blowers and fans Enclosure temperature is above the warning threshold Enclosure temperature is above the critical threshold Check airflow around the Vess R2600 Check blowers and fans Enclosure temperature is within the normal range No action is required Shut down PSUs due to enclosure or controller temperature over threshold Shut down the Vess R2600 Event Log 220 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Event logging is enabled Event logging is disabled Event log buffer is cleared in RAM Event log buffer is cleared in NVRAM E
324. ppears 3 Click the Scheduler button The list of currently scheduled background activities appears 4 Click the background activity and click the Settings button 5 Uncheck the Enable This Schedule box to disable this schedule Check the box to enable this schedule 6 Click the Save button DELETING A SCHEDULED BACKGROUND AcriviTY To change an existing scheduled background activity 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background appears 3 Click the Scheduler button The list of currently scheduled background activities appears 4 Click the background activity and click the Delete button 5 In the confirmation box click the confirm button Vess R2000 Series User Manual Mepia PATROL REDUNDANCY CHECK Media Patrol is a routine maintenance procedure that checks the magnetic media on each disk drive Media Redundancy Check is a routine maintenance procedure for fault tolerant disk arrays those with redundancy Patrol checks are enabled by default on all disk arrays and spare drives Media Patrol is concerned with the media that ensures all the data matches exactly Redundancy Check can also correct inconsistencies itself not the data recorded on the media If Media Patrol encounters a critical error it triggers PDM if PDM is enabled on the disk array See Redundancy Check on a Logical Drive on page 99 See Making Disk Array Settings on page 93 and Media Pat
325. pping Initiators and press Enter 4 Highlight Create New Initiator and press Enter 5 Type a name for the initiator in the field provided e Fibre Channel A Fibre Channel initiator name is the World Wide Port Name of the device and is composed of a series of eight two digit hexadecimal numbers Example 10 00 00 00 c9 73 2e 8b e iSCSI An iSCSI initiator name is the iSCSI name of the initiator device and is composed of a single text string Example iqn 1991 05 com microsoft promise 29353b7 Obtain the initiator name from the initiator utility on your host system Note that the initiator name you input must match exactly in order for the connection to work 6 Highlight Save Initiator and press enter The new initiator appears in the list DELETING AN Initiator CLU Caution If you delete an initiator you delete the LUN map associated with that initiator Verify that the LUN map is no longer needed before deleting the initiator To delete an initiator 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter 2 Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter 3 Highlight the initiator you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing 4 Highlight Delete Marked Initiators and press Enter 5 Press Y to confirm the deletion Viewine A List or LUN Maps CLU To view a list of LUN maps 1 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info an
326. present indicates a malfunction or no controller is installed Readiness Status Active or Standby is normal N A means not accessible 3 Highlight the controller you want and press Enter To access additional controller information highlight Advanced Information and press Enter To access controller statistics highlight Controller Statistics and press Enter CLEARING STATISTICS To clear controller statistics see Clearing Statistics CLU on page 167 124 Vess R2000 Series User Manual CLEARING AN ORPHAN Watermark CLU This condition is the result of a disk drive failure during an NVRAM RAID level migration on a disk array To clear an orphan watermark 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Controller Management and press Enter Highlight one of the controllers and press Enter Highlight Clear Orphan Watermark and press Enter The condition is cleared See Physical Drive Problems on page 213 for more information Maxine ConTROLLeER Settines CLU If your subsystem has two controllers any settings you make to one controller automatically apply to the other controller To make Controller settings 1 2 3 4 5 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Controller Management and press Enter Highlight the controller you want and press Enter Highlight Controller Settings and press Enter Ma
327. press the Spacebar to mark it Highlight Delete Marked Trunks and press Enter Press Y to confirm MaNaciNG BAckcRouND Activity CLU Background activity refers to any of several functions that take place in the background while normal operation of the Vess R2600 continues Background activities work in conjunction with disk arrays and logical drives See Managing Disk Arrays CLU and Managing Logical Drives CLU for more information about how and when to use background activities Background Activity Management includes the following functions Viewing Current Background Activities CLU on page 154 Making Background Activity Settings CLU on page 154 Viewinc Current BackcRouNp Activities CLU From the Main Menu highlight Background Activities and press Enter A count of current background activities appears including Rebuild PDM Predictive Data Migration Synchronization Redundancy Check Migration Transition Initialization Media Patrol 154 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Maxine Backcrounp Activity Settines CLU 1 From the Main Menu highlight Background Activities and press Enter 2 Highlight Background Activity Settings and press Enter 3 Highlight following and press the spacebar to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Media Patrol Checks the magnetic media on physical drives e Auto Rebuild When enabled and no spare drive is available the disk array begins to rebuild as soon
328. prompt type help and press Enter To see full information about a specific command at the administrator cli gt prompt type ne1p followed by the command then press Enter administrator cli gt help net ABour IP ADDRESSES e Vess R2600 Default IP Addresses page 36 e Choosing DHCP or a Static IP Address page 36 e Accessing the MAC Address in the CLI page 36 e Accessing the MAC Address in the CLU page 37 Choosing the appropriate IP addresses is essential to manage your Vess R2600 subsystem over a network You must change the IP addresses of the subsystems as required for your environment Vess R2600 Derautt IP ADDRESSES The default virtual management port IP addresses are set to e IPv4 10 0 0 1 e IPv6 2001 1 The virtual management port IP address works with either RAID controller enabling you to access a dual controller Vess R2600 over your network using a single IP address The default physical management port IP addresses are set to e Controller 1 IPv4 10 0 0 2 e Controller 1 IPv6 2001 2 e Controller 2 IPv4 10 0 0 3 Controller 2 IPv6 2001 3 The physical management port IP address works with only one RAID controller and is used when the controller goes into maintenance mode For more information see Maintenance Mode on page 211 36 Vess R2000 Series User Manual CuoosiNc DHCP on A Static IP ADDRESS When you setup your Vess R2600 you have the option of e Enabling DHCP
329. r 2 Highlight iSCSI CHAPs and press Enter 3 Highlight the CHAP you want to edit and press Enter 4 Make changes as needed Highlight Name and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value Highlight New Secret and type a secret of 12 to 16 characters Highlight Retype New Secret and type the secret again to verify 5 Highlight Save CHAP Record and press Enter The edited CHAP appears in the list DeLETING iSCSI CHAPs CLU To delete an iSCSI CHAP 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCSI CHAPs and press Enter 3 Highlight the CHAP you want to delete and press Enter to mark it 4 Highlight Delete Marked Entries and press Enter 5 Press Y to confirm the deletion PINGING A Host oR SERVER ON THE ISCSI Network CLU This function enables you to ping other network nodes through any one of the Vess R2600 s iSCSI ports To ping a host or server on the network 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Ping and press Enter 3 Enter information as required Highlight IP address and type the IP address you want to ping Highlight Packet Count and enter the number of packets you want to send Highlight Ping Through Controller ID and choose a controller 1 or 2 Highlight Ping Through Port ID and choose a port number 1 to 4 To change a value highlight the item press Backspace to delete the cu
330. r See RAID Controller in Maintenance Mode below RAID CowrRoLLER IN MAINTENANCE MODE To manage a RAID controller in maintenance mode 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Firmware Update icon 3 Click the Controller Firmware Update option 4 Compare the Firmware version on Controller 1 and Controller 2 e If the firmware versions are different go to Updating the Subsystem Firmware e If the firmware versions match contact PROMISE Technical Support for help installing the correct memory into the RAID controller New SETTINGS FOR DUAL CONTROLLERS With the second controller successfully installed make the following settings e Redundancy Type Set to Active Active or Active Standby See Making Subsystem Settings CLU on page 122 e LUN Affinity If you choose Active Active redundancy See Making Controller Settings on page 86 or page 216 Note The Vess R2600 subsystem boots its RAID controllers sequentially With a second controller installed your subsystem takes about a minute longer to boot This condition is normal Duat ConTROLLeRS AND SATA Drives If your Vess R2600 subsystem has SATA disk drives installed you must install a SAS to SATA adapter on each of the SATA drives Without the SAS to SATA adapter SATA drives display a red X 9 icon and Not Usable status Obtain SAS to SATA adapters from PROMISE Technology at http www promise com SAS drives do not require adapters Also
331. r RAID Levels other than RAID 0 Striping the logical drive has full redundancy e Synchronizing This condition is temporary Synchronizing is a maintenance function that verifies the integrity of data and redundancy in the logical drive When a logical drive is Synchronizing it functions and your data is available However access is slower due to the synchronizing operation e Critical Degraded This condition arises as the result of a physical drive failure A degraded logical drive still functions and your data is still available However the logical drive has lost redundancy fault tolerance You must determine the cause of the problem and correct it e Rebuilding This condition is temporary When a physical drive has been replaced the logical drive automatically begins rebuilding in order to restore redundancy fault tolerance When a logical drive is rebuilding it functions and your data is available However access is slower due to the rebuilding operation e Transport Ready After you perform a successful Prepare for Transport operation this condition means you can remove the physical drives of this disk array and move them to another enclosure or different drive Slots After you relocate the physical drives the disk array status shows OK AccePTING AN INCOMPLETE Array CLU This condition is the result of a missing physical drive See Incomplete Array on page 215 before you use this function To accept an inc
332. r SATA drives Enable Write Cache e Enable Read Look Ahead Cache Enable Command Queuing For SAS drives Enable Write Cache e Enable Read Look Ahead Cache Enable Read Cache 5 Click the Save button 88 Vess R2000 Series User Manual MAKING INDIVIDUAL Puvsicat Drive SETTINGS To make individual physical drive settings Click the Device tab Click the Physical Drive icon Click the physical drive you want then click the Settings button AA U N Be On the Settings tab Enter change or delete the alias in the Alias field 5 On the SMART Log Settings tab e Check the box to enable the SMART log 6 Click the Save button Viewine Puysicat Drive Statistics To view physical drive statistics 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Physical Drive icon 3 Click the physical drive you want then click the View button 4 Click the Statistics tab Physical drive statistics include Data Transferred Write I O Request Number of requests e Read Data Transferred Statistics Start Time Time and date Write Data Transferred e Statistics Collection Time Time and date Errors Number of errors Avg Response Time Ctrl 1 Controller Non Read Write Errors TRvelBgedesponse dime Avg Response Time Ctrl 2 Controller 2 average response time e Read Errors e Write Errors f e Max Response Time Ctrl 1 Controller O Request Number of requests 1 maximum response time Non
333. r Transport operation this condition means you can remove the physical drives of this disk array and move them to another enclosure or different drive slots After you relocate the physical drives the disk array status shows OK CREATING A Disk Array MANUALLY This feature creates a disk array only You can also use the Wizard to create a disk array with logical drives and spare drives at the same time This action requires Super User or Power User privileges To create a disk array 1 92 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Disk Array icon 3 4 Click the Create Disk Array button Accept the defaults or make changes Enter an alias in the Alias field Maximum of 32 characters letters numbers space between characters and underline e Media Patrol Uncheck to disable on this array e PDM Uncheck to disable on this array Power Management Uncheck to disable on this array e Choose a media type Hard disk drive HDD or solid state drive SSD Vess R2000 Series User Manual Important All physical drives in an array must be the same media type i e all HDD or all SDD 5 In the Select Physical Drives diagram click the drives to add them to your array Look for drives with a green LED dark a blue LED lit and no crosshatching over the carrier The ID numbers of the chosen drives appear in the field below the diagram 6 When you have finished your settings and choices click the Submit button
334. r slots and locked into place e The RAID controllers match meaning both are Fibre Channel or both are iSCSI e All SAS expansion cables from the RAID controllers to external JBOD units in good condition and are securely connected Important ivi A disconnected SAS expansion cable causes the two RAID controllers to see a different set of configured drives This condition is the most common cause of a controller entering maintenance mode 211 Vess R2000 Series User Manual INTERNAL CHECKS If all external checks are OK take the following actions 1 Shut down the Vess R2600 2 Remove one of the RAID controllers See Replacing a RAID Controller Dual Controllers on page 180 3 Restart the Vess R2600 4 After the Vess R2600 is fully booted view the controller information See page 60 WebPAM PROe or page 124 CLU 5 Observe and record the following information about the first controller e SDRAM memory size e Hardware version e Firmware version Shut down the Vess R2600 Remove the first controller and install the second controller Repeat steps 3 through 6 Then compare your records Oo 0 N O Correct any differences between the two controllers See Updating the Subsystem Firmware on page 172 TAKING A RAID ConTROLLER our OF MAINTENANCE MODE If you shut down the Vess R2600 subsystem in the process of correcting the maintenance mode problem the affected RAID controller boots into normal mo
335. ration files in the usr share doc device mapper multipath version directory e multipath conf annotated multipath device attributes listed and defined e multipath conf synthetic multipath device attributes listed only SuSE Systems For SuSE systems there is no default etc multipath conf file There are sample multipath configuration files in the usr share doc packages multipath tools directory e multipath conf annotated multipath device attributes listed and defined e multipath conf synthetic multipath device attributes listed only EDITING A CONFIGURATION FILE You must provide a configuration file with required device attributes to work with Vess R2600 Take the following actions to prepare a configuration file 1 Choose an existing multipath conf file and open the file in a text editor 2 Save a working copy of the file under another name 3 Edit the file to include the following line under defaults defaults user_friendly_names yes 4 Edit the file to include the following lines under devices 249 devices device vendor Promise product Vess R path grouping policy multibus getuid callout sbin scsi id g u s block 9on path checker readsector0 path_selector round robin 0 hardware handler 0 failback immediate rr weight uniform rr min io 100 no path retry 20 features 1 queue if no path product blacklist Vess V LUN Edit the file to include th
336. re Drive CLU Caution If the spare drive you delete is the only spare the controller does not rebuild a critical array until you provide a new spare drive To delete a spare drive 1 From the Main Menu highlight Spare Drive Management and press Enter A list of the current spare drives appears 2 Highlight the spare drive you want to delete and press the spacebar to mark it The mark is an asterisk to the left of the listing 3 Highlight Delete Marked Spare Drives and press Enter 4 Press Y to confirm the deletion 138 Vess R2000 Series User Manual MaNaciNG LocaicAL Drives CLU Logical drive management includes Creating a Logical Drive CLU on page 138 Deleting a Logical Drive CLU on page 139 Viewing the Logical Drive Check Table CLU on page 139 Making Logical Drive Settings CLU on page 140 Initializing a Logical Drive CLU on page 140 Running Redundancy Check CLU on page 140 Locating a Logical Drive CLU on page 140 Migrating a Logical Drive CLU on page 141 Creating a LUN Clone CLU on page 141 For LUN mapping see Working with LUN Mapping CLU on page 156 CREATING A Locicat Drive CLU You can create logical drives on existing disk arrays if there is available space in the array To create a logical drive from an existing disk array 1 From the Main Menu highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter Highlight the disk array in which you want to c
337. re Drives in the Array e Severity See the Table on the previous page Physical Drives in the Array Timestamp Date and time the event happened Logical Drives in the Array Description A description of the event in plain language Locate DISK Array 3 Press the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the log Save Settings CTRL A Restore Settings CTRL R Return to Previous Menu CHECKING A REPORTED COMPONENT From this screen In this example let us check disk array status e Highlight Physical Drives in the Array and press Enter to identify the failed disk drive 1 Open the CLU e Highlight Rebuild and press Enter to rebuild the array after you replace the failed disk drive 2 Highlight Disk Array Management and press Enter 3 Observe the status of your disk arrays Dald Alias OpStatus CfgCapacity FreeCapacity MaxContiguousCap 0 DAO OK 75 44GB 66 06GB 66 06GB 1 DA1 Degraded 189 06GB 179 68GB 179 68GB 2 DA2 OK 73 57GB 64 20GB 64 20GB 207 Vess R2000 Series User Manual WesPAM PROE Reports A PROBLEM STORAGE TAB e Disk Arrays WebPAM PROe reports these conditions in the header and all four tabs e Logical Drives HEADER ADMINISTRATION TAB The Header displays popup messages per your configuration Events icon Level Description Fatal Non recoverable error or failure has occurred Critical Action is needed now and the implications of the condition are serious D
338. re Management and press Enter 3 Highlight the enclosure you want and press Enter 4 Highlight FRU VPD Information and press Enter Use this information when communicating with Technical Support and when ordering replacement units For contact information see Contacting Technical Support on page 228 Viewinc Power Suppt Status CLU To view the status of the power supplies From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter Highlight the enclosure you want and press Enter KR U N e Highlight Power Supplies and press Enter The screen displays the operational and fan status of Vess R2600 s three power supplies If any status differs from normal or the fan speed is below the Healthy Threshold value there is a fan power supply malfunction See Replacing a Power Supply on page 177 Locatinc A Power Suppt CLU To locate a power supply From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management and press Enter Highlight Enclosure Management and press Enter Highlight the enclosure you want and press Enter 1 2 3 4 Highlight Power Supplies and press Enter 127 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 5 Highlight Locate Power Supply and press Enter The LED on the selected power supply blinks for one minute Viewing CooLiNc Unit Status CLU To view the status of the power supply fans 1 From the Main Menu highlight Subsystem Management an
339. reate a logical drive and press Enter 2 3 4 Highlight Logical Drives in the Disk Array and press Enter Highlight Create New Logical Drive and press Enter The Disk Array ID number and Maximum capacity available for the new logical drive are displayed Highlight the following parameters and press the backspace key to erase the current value e Alias Type an alias into the field if desired Maximum of 32 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore e RAID Level Press the spacebar to toggle though a list of available RAID levels Capacity Maximum capacity shown Enter a smaller capacity if desired 6 Highlight the following parameters and press the spacebar to toggle though the available choices Stripe size Press the spacebar to choose 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB or 1 MB e Sector size Press the spacebar to choose 512 B 1 KB 2 KB or 4 KB Write Policy Press spacebar to choose Write Back or Write Through Read Policy Press spacebar to choose No Cache Read Cache or Read Ahead Cache 7 Highlight Preferred Controller ID and press the spacebar to toggle among 1 2 or Automatic 8 Highlight PerfectRebuild and press the spacebar to toggle Enable or disable 9 RAID 30 50 and 60 only Highlight Number of Axles and press the spacebar to choose the number of axles 10 Highlight Save Logical Drive and press Enter Note If you did not use all of the available cap
340. rements RAID 0 None RAID 1E Add physical drives RAID 5 3 physical drives minimum 32 maximum RAID 1E must have less than 32 physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives Target Requirements RAID 0 None RAID 1E None RAID 5 Add physical drives 32 maximum RAID 6 4 physical drives minimum 32 maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 4 physical drives minimum Even number of physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 50 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives 190 Vess R2000 Series User Manual RAID 60 8 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 6 A RAID 6 Source logical drive can migrate to the following Target logical drives RAID 3 5 32 physical drives maximum RAID 30 must have less than 32 physical drives RAID 6 32 physical drives maximum RAID 30 must have less than 32 physical drives If existing physical drives have no unused space add 1 or more physical drives RAID 10 Even number of physical drives RAID 30 Add physical drives 32 per axle maximum RAID 50 6 physical drives minimum 32 per axle maximum
341. restore the current LUN Press Control A to save the LUN map Devetinc A LUN Map CLU Deleting a LUN map prevents the initiator from accessing the LUN while LUN masking is enabled 158 Vess R2000 Series User Manual To delete a LUN map 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter Do one of the following actions Highlight LUN Mapping Initiators and press Enter Then highlight an initiator and press Enter A list of logical drives displays In the LUN field press the backspace key to erase the current value Leave the field blank Press Control A to save the initiator port or target without a LUN map CHANGING THE Active LUN Mappine Tyre CLU For FC systems you can set up an Initiator type LUN map For iSCSI systems you can set up an Initiator type LUN map You can set up both LUN map types on the same subsystem but only one LUN map type can be active at a time To change the active LUN map type 1 2 3 From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight LUN Mapping and press Enter Highlight Active LUN Mapping Type and press the Spacebar to toggle between choices e FC subsystems choose the Initiator option e iSCSI subsystems choose the Initiator option Press Control A to save your setting MaNaciNG UPS Units CLU Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS Management includ
342. rgets individually or choose all of them Click the Next button The second LUN Mapping screen appears Click a logical drive to highlight it Then click the lt button to assign the logical drive to an initiator or port Or click the lt lt button to assign all logical drives to an initiator or port The logical drive moves to the Initiator Port or Target list with a default LUN of 0 Type the LUN you want to assign to this initiator from 0 to 255 Each logical drive can have only one unique LUN 106 8 9 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Click the Next button The final LUN Mapping screen appears showing the initiator or port and LUN map Click the Submit button The new LUN map is created Epitinc A LUN Map Editing a LUN map is the action of assigning a logical drive or LUN to an initiator By changing the assignment you change the initiator s access To edit a LUN map 1 2 Click the Storage tab Click the LUN Mapping amp Masking icon The list of LUN maps appears Click the LUN map you want to change then click the Setting button Beside Active LUN Mapping Type e FC subsystems choose the Initiator option e iSCSI subsystems choose the Initiator option If you change the LUN Mapping Type in the popup message type confirm and click the Confirm button Drag a logical drive from the Logical Drive list and drop it onto the Initiator list Click the Next button T
343. rive you want and press Enter The information and settings screen appears 3 Highlight Logical Drive Statistics and press Enter The statistics screen appears To clear logical drive statistics see Clearing Statistics CLU on page 167 Viewine THE Locicat Drive Check Tague CLU To view logical drive information 1 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the logical drive you want and press Enter 3 Highlight Check Table and press Enter 4 Highlight one of the following options and press Enter Show All Records Read Check Table Write Check Table Inconsistent Check Table Maxine Locicat Drive Settines CLU To make Logical Drive settings 1 From the Main Menu highlight Logical Drive Management and press Enter 2 Highlight the logical drive you want and press Enter 3 For the following items accept the existing setting choose a new one Highlight Alias and type an alias into the field provided e Maximum of 32 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore An alias is optional Highlight WritePolicy and press the spacebar to toggle between WriteBack and WriteThru write though Highlight ReadPolicy and press the spacebar to toggle though ReadCache ReadAhead and None Highlight Preferred Controller ID and press the spacebar to toggle between 1 and 2 Highlight PerfectRebuild and press the spacebar to toggle between Enab
344. rive you want to add to your array and press the spacebar to choose it Repeat this action until you have selected all the physical drives for your array Highlight Save Settings and Continue and press Enter Step 2 Logical Drive Creation If you want to specify an alias to the logical drive highlight Alias and type a name Maximum of 32 characters Use letters numbers space between words and underscore Highlight RAID Level and press the spacebar to toggle though a list of available RAID levels If you want to create multiple logical drives highlight Capacity press the backspace key to remove the current value then type a new smaller value RAID 30 50 and 60 only Highlight Number of Axles and press the spacebar to choose the number of axles See RAID 30 Axles on Page 187 RAID 60 Axles and RAID 50 Axles on page 188 For the following items accept the default value or highlight and press the spacebar to choose a new value Highlight Stripe and press the spacebar to toggle through stripe sizes and choose 64 KB 128 KB 256 KB 512 KB or 1 MB Highlight Sector and press the spacebar to toggle through sector sizes and choose 512 B 1 KB 2 KB or 4 KB Highlight Write Policy and press the spacebar to toggle write cache policy between WriteBack and WriteThru write though Highlight Read Policy and press the spacebar to toggle read cache policy though ReadCache ReadAhead and NoCache Highlight Preferre
345. rol on page 75 Maxine REDUNDANCY CHECK SETTINGS Maxine Menia Parrot SETTINGS To make Redundancy Check settings To make Media Patrol settings 1 Click the Administration tab 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears 3 Click the Settings button The list of background appears 4 Click the Redundancy Check Rate drop down menu and choose a rate 3 Click the Settings button Low Fewer system resources to Redundancy Check more to data read write operations 4 Check the Enable Media Patrol box to enable uncheck to disable e Medium Balances system resources between Redundancy Check and data read write operations e High More system resources to Redundancy Check fewer to data read write operations This settings enables or disables Media Patrol for your entire RAID system 5 Click the Confirm button 5 Click the Confirm button You can also enable or disable Media Patrol on individual disk arrays iti ALIZATION Technically speaking Initialization is a foreground activity as you cannot access a logical drive while it is initiating Initialization is normally done to logical drives after they are created from a disk array Initialization sets all data bits in the logical drive to zero The action is useful because there may be residual data on the logical drives left behind from earlier configurations
346. roller A portion of the data cache is shared with the controller firmware Protected with hot swappable battery backup unit BBU Note A maximum of 30 logical drives LD are supported OPERATIONAL FEATURES RAID LeveL Support e 0 1 1E 3 5 6 10 30 50 and 60 RAID STRIPE Size SUPPORT e 64K 128K 256K 512K and 1MB Hor Spare Drives e Global e Dedicated e Revertible option Maximum LUNs SUPPORTED e Total LUNs 256 e Per Array 32 ADVANCED STORAGE FEATURES e Perfect Rebuild e Advanced Battery Flash Backup e HDD Cache Backup SR3 e Online LUN Clone SR1 e Advanced Cache Mirroring over PCIe Gen2 e Simple drag and drop LUN Masking and Mapping e Asymmetric LUN Unit Access ALUA e Volume Copy e PerfectFlash Non Disruptive Software Update e O performance amp power monitoring tools e Guaranteed Latency Technology an advanced OEM feature e USB Service Log Vess R2000 Series User Manual BACKGROUND ACTIVITIES e Media Patrol e Background Synchronization e Foreground Initialization e Rebuild e Redundancy Check e Disk SMART Polling e Online Capacity Expansion OCE e RAID Level Migration RLM e UPS Monitoring e Feature rich task scheduler for background activities PerrectRAID Features e Predictive Data Migration PDM e Intelligent Bad Sector Remapping e SMART Error Handling e NVRAM Error Logging e Disk Slot Power Control e Read Write Check Table e Write Hole Table
347. ront and back views 3 Reenter your user name and password Topology 4 Click the Login button Enclosure component list and settings Physical drive management WebPAM PROe opens in the language you chose UPS unlimited power supply management Fibre Channel or iSCSI management e Storage tab e Wizard Automatic or Advanced configuration Disk array management Logical drive management e Initiator management LUN mapping and masking e Administration tab 51 Vess R2000 Series User Manual e Subsystem settings clearing statistics NTP and controller lock User management including LDAP and role mapping Loccine OUT OF WesPAM PROE Software services Runtime and NVRAM event logs There are two ways to log out of WebPAM PROe Background activity settings and schedules e Close your browser window Firmware updates e Click Logout on the WebPAM PROe banner Image version Performance monitor Clicking Logout brings you back to the Login Screen See WebPAM PROe log in screen PSU wattage monitor After logging out you must enter your user name and password in order to log in again Restore factory default settings e Import Export user database and configuration script Network management Figure 4 3 Web PAM PROe Main menu Dashboard Mute Buzzer Save Service Report Help ContactUs about Logout PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC Dashboard Model VessRAID 2840 i Enclosure Type
348. round activities appears 3 Mouse over Redundancy Check and click the Start button 4 Check the boxes to the left of the logical drives you want to run 5 Check the options you want e Auto Fix Attempts to repair the problem when it finds an error e Pause on Error The process stops when it finds a non repairable error 6 Click the Confirm button STOPPING PAUSING OR RESuUMING A REDUNDANCY CHECK To stop pause or resume Redundancy Check 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears 3 Mouse over Redundancy Check and click the Stop Pause or Resume button Micratine A Locicat Dave s RAID LeveL The term Migration means either or both of the following e Change the RAID level of a logical drive e Expand the storage capacity of a logical drive Before you begin a migration examine your current disk array to determine whether e The physical drives in your array can support the target RAID level e There is sufficient capacity to accommodate the target logical drive size If you need to add physical drives to your array be sure there are unassigned physical drives installed in your RAID system before you begin migration See Migration on page 76 RAID Levels on page 184 and RAID Level Migration on page 189 MIGRATING A Loaicat Drive To migrate a logical drive 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon
349. rpm Make your own rpm cd usr src redhat SPEC rpmbuild ba scsi_dh_alau spec Determine your system architecture x86_64 or i386 uname a Install the appropriate scsi_dh_alua driver module e i386 cd usr src redhat RPM i386 rpm ivh scsi dh alua Vess R2600 1 1 i386 rpm e x86 64 cd usr src redhat RPM x86 64 Vess R2000 Series User Manual rpm ivh scsi dh alua Vess R2600 1 1 x86 64 rpm 7 Check the multipath configuration Multipath ll multipath v4 RepHar Linux RHEL 5 5 Kerner wirH XEN or PAE support To support ALUA within RHEL 5 5 using kernel with XEN or PAE support 1 Install RHEL 5 5 When the CD is chosen for installation immediately type linux mpath 2 Copy the PROMISE supplied multipath conf file to the etc directory cp multipath conf alua rhel5 5 etc multipath conf 3 Install this patched alua_dh_scsi driver module 4 rpm ivh scsi dh alua Vess R2600Dual 2 1 src rpm 5 Make your own rpm cd usr src redhat SPEC rpmbuild ba scsi dh alau spec 6 Determine your system architecture x86 64 or i386 uname a 7 Install the appropriate scsi dh alua driver module e i386 cd usr src redhat RPM i386 rpm ivh scsi dh alua Vess R2600 2 1 1386 rpm e x86 64 cd usr src redhat RPM x86 64 rpm ivh scsi dh alua Vess R2600 2 1 x86 64 rpm 8 Check the multipath configuration Multipath Il multipath v4 SuSE Linux SLES 10 SP3 To support ALUA within SLES10 SP3 1 Determine your system architec
350. rrent value and type a new value 4 Highlight Ping and press Enter The results of the ping are displayed on the iSCSI Ping screen Viewine A List or iSCSI Trunks CLU A trunk is the aggregation of two or more iSCSI ports to increase bandwidth To view a list of iSCSI trunks 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Trunk and press Enter The list of iSCSI Trunks displays ID ID number of the trunk Starts at 1 Ctrild RAID controller ID 1 or 2 Master Port One of the four physical ports on the RAID controller Slave Ports Any or all of the remaining physical ports on the same RAID controller Failed Ports A slave port that has no iSCSI data connection State Optimal Sub Optimal or Failed Identify and correct the failed iSCSI ports AppiNc ISCSI Trunks CLU Ports must be enabled to add them to a trunk See Making iSCSI Port Settings CLU on page 148 Vess R2600 supports a maximum of eight trunks You cannot use an iSCSI port that has portals configured to it See Viewing a List of iSCSI Portals CLU on page 148 and Deleting iSCSI Portals CLU on page 150 To add an iSCSI Trunk 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter Highlight Trunk and press Enter 2 3 Highlight Create New Trunk and press Enter 4 Enter information as required 153 Highlight Controller and type the controller you want 1 or 2 Ves
351. rrently part of a disk array with an unconfigured physical drive or a non revertible spare drive See Running a Transition on a Spare Drive on page 103 MakiNG TRANSITION SETTINGS To make Transition settings 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears 3 Click the Settings button 4 Click the Transition Rate drop down menu and choose a rate e Low Fewer system resources to Transition more to data read write operations e Medium Balances system resources between Transition and data read write operations High More system resources to Transition fewer to data read write operations 5 Click the Confirm button 77 Vess R2000 Series User Manual SYNCHRONIZATION Synchronization is automatically applied to redundant logical drives when they are created Synchronization recalculates the redundancy data to ensure that the working data on the physical drives is properly in sync Mouse over on the logical drive click the View button and look under Logical Drive Information beside the line that says Synchronized A Yes means the logical drive was synchronized See Viewing Logical Drive Information on page 96 MAKING SYNCHRONIZATION SETTINGS To make Synchronization settings 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears 3 Click the Settings button 4 Click the Synchr
352. rsely affect airflow within the enclosure resulting in critical overheating and shutdown of the enclosure Ay SRA ce TA a a 62 or Reconditioning a Battery CLU on page 128 The battery assembly is replaced as a unit Do not attempt to disconnect the battery by itself Installing the wrong replacement battery can result in an explosion Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions that accompany the battery While the battery is removed your system is vulnerable to data loss if the power fails while data is being written to the logical drives If power service has failed do not remove the battery if the RAID controller s dirty cache LED is flashing See Controller LEDs on page 32 179 REPLACING A RAID ConTROLLER DUAL CONTROLLERS The RAID controller monitors and manages the logical drives When the RAID controller is replaced all of your logical drive data and configurations remain intact because logical drive information is stored on the physical drives Important Do not replace the RAID controller based on LED colors alone Only replace the RAID controller when directed to do so by PROMISE Technical Support The firmware version and amount of SDRAM must be the same on the replacement RAID controller and the other RAID controller in the subsystem To obtain firmware and SDRAM information for an installed RAID controller in WebPAM PROe click the Administration button then click the Image
353. rt Id 2 Max Supported Speed 1000Mbps Link Status Protocol Family IPv4 Status Enabled MAC Address 00 01 55 61 18 65 DHCP Disabled IP Address 10 0 0 1 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP Address DNS Server IP Address 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Up Vess R2000 Series User Manual SETTING UP Vess R2600 with THE CLI Setting up the Vess R2600 in the CLI includes these actions e Making Subsystem Date and Time Settings on page 37 e Virtual Management Port Settings on page 38 Making Virtual Management Port Settings Automatically on page 38 Making Virtual Management Port Settings Manually under IPv4 on page 38 Making Virtual Management Port Settings Manually under IPv6 on page 38 e Maintenance Mode Settings on page 39 e Making Maintenance Mode Settings Automatically on page 39 e Making Maintenance Mode Settings Manually under IPv4 on page 40 e Making Maintenance Mode Settings Manually under IPv6 on page 40 MaxiNG SupBsvsrEM DATE AND TIME SETTINGS To set the subsystem date and time 1 Type date a mod d and the date in yyyyy mm dd format then press Enter administrator cli gt date a mod d 2011 03 25 2 Type date a mod t and the time in hh mm ss format then press Enter administrator cli gt date a mod t 14 50 05 You can combine date and time settings such as administrator cli gt date a mod d 2011 03 25 t 14 50 05 VinruAL MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS MakiNc
354. rt numbers Viewine ISCS Port Information CLU To view information for an iSCSI target port 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 2 Highlight iSCSI Ports and press Enter The list of ports appears with controller and port numbers 3 Highlight the port you want to see and press Enter 148 The target port information screen displays Information includes e Ctrild Controller ID 1 or 2 e JumboFrame Jumbo frames enabled or disabled e LinkStatus Link status up or down Active or Inactive e MACAddress MAC address of the target port e MaxSupportedSpeed Maximum speed supported 1 Gb s e CurrentSpeed Current or actual speed of the target port e RelativePortals The portals corresponding to this target port Items marked with an asterisk are adjustable under Making iSCSI Port Settings below Vess R2000 Series User Manual Maxine iSCSI Port Serrius CLU To make port settings 1 2 O DN OD From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter Highlight iSCSI Ports and press Enter The list of ports appears with controller and port numbers Highlight the port you want to change and press Enter The target port information screen displays Highlight iSCSI Port Settings and press Enter Highlight each item and press the Spacebar to toggle between Enable and Disable as needed e JumboFrame Enables and disables jumbo frame support Highli
355. rver Settings CLU on page 163 Making SSH Settings CLU on page 164 Making SNMP Settings CLU on page 164 Managing SNMP Trap Sinks CLU on page 164 Making Netsend Settings CLU on page 165 Managing Netsend Recipients CLU on page 165 Maxine Email Settines CLU By To mn BR U N e 8 163 default Email service is set to Automatic and its normal status is Started make Email service settings From the Main Menu highlight Additional Info and Management and press Enter Highlight Software Management and press Enter Highlight Email and press Enter Highlight Startup Type and press the spacebar to toggle between Automatic and Manual Highlight the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value e SMTP server IP address or server name Server Port number 25 is the default Highlight Authentication and press the spacebar to toggle between Yes and No If you selected Yes type in a User name and Password in the fields provided The following items are optional but recommended Highlight and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value e Senders email address e Subject Line for the email message Press Control A to save your settings Vess R2000 Series User Manual To start stop or restart the Email service highlight Start Stop or Restart and press Enter Maxine SLP Serrius CLU By default SLP service is set
356. s 1 2 3 and 4 belong to the disk array and physical drive 6 is a revertible spare drive The original configuration is restored MANUAL TRANSITION If you wanted to use the drive in slot 5 as a member of the disk array rather than the drive in slot 3 you would run the Transition function manually When the Manual Transition is finished physical drives 1 2 4 and 5 belong to the disk array and physical drive 6 is a revertible spare drive At this point you would replace the drive in slot 3 The new drive in slot 3 remains unconfigured until you assign it to a disk array or as a Spare 194 Vess R2000 Series User Manual RAID CoNrTRoLLERS RAID controller technology includes e LUN Affinity on page 194 e ALUA on page 194 e Cache Policy on page 195 e Preferred Controller ID on page 196 e Power Saving on page 196 e Capacity Coercion on page 196 LUN Arrinity Vess R2600 subsystems with dual RAID controllers include a LUN Affinity feature Normally either controller can access all logical drives LUN Affinity enables you to specify which controller can access each logical drive Use this feature to balance the load of your logical drives between the two controllers To use LUN Affinity you must e Have two RAID controllers in the subsystem e Set the redundancy type to Active Active See Making Subsystem Settings CLU on page 122 e Enable LUN Affinity See Making Subsystem Settings CLU on page 122
357. s Enter Highlight the following parameters and press the spacebar to toggle though the choices e Configured Link Speed 8 Gb s 4 Gb s 2 Gb s or Automatic selection e Configured Topology NL Port Arbitrated Loop N Port Point to Point or Automatic selection Highlight Hard ALPA and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value The range is 0 to 255 255 disables this feature Press Control A to save your settings The table below shows the type of attached topology you achieve based on your connection type and the configured topology you choose Fibre Channel Attached Topology Configured Topology Connection N Port NL Port Type Switch Fabric Direct Public Loop Direct Point to Point Private Loop 144 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Example 1 If you connect the Vess R2600 to a Fibre Channel switch and choose NL Port topology you create a Public Loop attached topology Example 2 If you have a Point to Point attached topology you made a direct connection no switch and chose N port topology Note In some cases HBA settings to N Port only work if connected to the switch Refer to your HBA manual for more information ViewING Fibre CHANNEL Port Statistics CLU To view Fibre Channel port statistics 1 From the Main Menu highlight Fibre Channel Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Fibre Channel Ports and press Enter Highlight th
358. s R2000 Series User Manual Highlight Master Port and type the port number you want 1 to 4 Highlight Slave Ports and type the port number you want For multiple ports separate the numbers with a comma You can choose any or all port numbers except the Master Port number 5 Highlight Save Trunk and press Enter The new trunk appears in the list You can add up to 8 trunks After you add a trunk you can assign it to a portal See Adding iSCSI Portals CLU on page 149 Maxine ISCSI Trunk Settines CLU To make trunk settings 1 2 3 4 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter Highlight Trunk and press Enter Highlight the trunk you want and press Enter Enter information as required Highlight Controller and type the controller you want 1 or 2 Highlight Master Port and type the port number you want 1 to 4 Highlight Slave Ports and type the port number you want For multiple ports separate the numbers with a comma You can choose any or all port numbers except the Master Port number Highlight Save Settings and press Enter DeLETING SCSI Trunks CLU Before you can delete a trunk you must delete any portals configured on it See Deleting iSCSI Portals CLU on page 150 To delete an iSCSI trunk I 2 3 4 5 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter Highlight Trunk and press Enter Highlight the trunk you want to delete and
359. s R2000 Series User Manual VERIFYING INSTALLATION Before you can verify PerfectPath installation e Your Host PC must have multiple data path connections to the Vess R2600 subsystem e The Vess R2600 must be fully booted e The Vess R2600 must have at least one logical drive See Making Management and Data Connections on page 18 for information about making data connections See Creating a Disk Array Manually on page 92 or Creating a Disk Array on page 132 for information about creating RAID arrays and logical drives You can verify Perfect Path installation on the Host PC in one of three ways e Start Menu e Services List e Device Manager START MENU To verify PerfectPath installation in the Start menu From the Start menu choose All Programs gt PerfectPath gt PerfectPath View The PerfectPath View software starts SERVICES LisT To verify PerfectPath installation in the Services list 1 From the Start menu right click the Computer icon and choose Manage from the popup menu 2 In the Server Management tree click the icon beside Configuration 3 Click the Services icon 4 In the Services window look for the PerfectPath Events Service If the PerfectPath Events Service is present PerfectPath has been installed The Service should be Started and set to Automatic on the Local System Device MANAGER To verify PerfectPath installation in the Device Manager 1 From the Windows desktop rig
360. s R2600 or Vess J2600 unit by the handles power supplies or the controller units Hold the subsystem itself 1 Attach the mounting rail assemblies to the rack posts using screws and nuts from your Do not install the Vess R2600 or Vess J2600 unit into a rack without rails to support the rack system subsystem Therail halves are riveted together and use no adjustment screws Only a qualified technician who is familiar with the installation procedure should mount The front left and front right mounting rail ends are labeled and install the Vess R2600 or Vess J2600 unit Mount the rails to the rack using the appropriate screws and flange nuts fully tightened at each end of the rail Figure 2 1 Installing the rails onto your rack Do not load the rails unless they are installed with screws as instructed The rails available for the PROMISE Vess R2600 or Vess J2600 unit are designed to safely 3 DE o support that PROMISE Vess R2600 or Vess J2600 unit when properly installed Additional o loading on the rails is at the customer s risk PROMISE Technology Inc cannot guarantee that the mounting rails will support your A 3 e Ti PROMISE Vess R2600 or Vess J2600 unit unless you install them as instructed Note In order to reduce the weight of the Vess R2600 enclosure you can remove the power supplies If your Vess R2600 shipped with physical drives installed you can remove all All rail ends front and rear att
361. s coupled with high speed 1 Gb s iSCSI host connectivity PERFORMANCE The PROMISE Vess R2600 is built using a 64bit 6 core processor per RAID controller and support for 6 Gb s SAS and SATA hard disk drives and solid state drives SR1 Dual active active controller modules with cache mirroring over a PCIe Gen 2 link allow for redundant data paths to ensure data availability while dual power supply cooling units minimize downtime and any disruption to business continuity GreenRAID PROMISE cares about the environment Vess R2600 products utilize environmentally friendly production methods and materials and are designed with high efficiency in mind Powered by 80Plus certified power supplies that offer up to 85 power efficiency all Vess R2600 devices improve total cost of ownership by conserving power reducing heat output and improving cooling costs Additionally the PROMISE as GreenRAID story includes advanced power management support for hard disk drives providing up to 65 energy savings SERVICE AND SUPPORT Every Vess R2600 subsystem is backed by the PROMISE Three Year limited warranty with 24 hour 7 day English language telephone and e mail support In addition to our industry leading warranty PROMISE offers extended warranty and onsite parts replacement options with service levels with response times as low four hours Vess R2000 Series User Manual New Features IN THE Vess R2600 PrnrEcTREBUILD The PerfectRebuild feat
362. ser Manual SPARE DRIVES REQUIREMENTS The spare drive must Spare drive technology includes e Have adequate capacity to replace the largest physical drive in your disk arrays e Definition on page 193 e Be the same media type as the physical drives in your disk arrays e Options on page 193 A revertible spare drive requires e Requirements on page 193 e You to replace the failed physical drive in the disk array e Transition on page 193 e You to run the Transition function DEFINITION TRANSITION A spare drive is a physical drive that you designate to automatically replace the failed physical drive in a disk Transition is the process of replacing a revertible spare drive that is currently part of a disk array with an array unconfigured physical drive or a non revertible spare The revertible spare drive returns to its original status In The general recommendation is to order to run the Transition function the spare drive must be revertible e Provide at least one spare drive for every 16 physical drives in the RAID system In addition you must specify an unconfigured physical drive of the same or larger capacity and same media e Configure the spares as global revertible spare drives type as the revertible spare drive OPTIONS RUNNING A TRANSITION The Transition feature enables you to specify permanent spare drives for your Vess R2600 subsystem Transition There are several options you can specify for a sp
363. settings You make these settings for one controller at a time 1 At the command prompt type net a mod m c 1 s followed by 40 To make maintenance mode settings primaryip and the IP address primaryipmask and the subnet mask 1 At the command prompt type net a enable f ipv6 m c 1 and press Enter to enable IPv6 primarydns and the DNS server IP address gateway and the Gateway server IP address and press Enter Example administrator cli gt net a mod m c 1 primaryip 10 0 0 101 primaryipmask 2 After a moment the comand prompt reappears indicating that your setting was successful administrator cli gt 2 At the command prompt type net a mod m c 1 s followed by e primaryip and the IP address 55 255 255 0 primarydns 10 0 0 11 gateway 10 0 0 1 e primaryipmask and the subnet mask e primarydns and the DNS server IP address After a moment the comand prompt reappears indicating that your setting was successful e gateway and the Gateway server IP address administrator cli gt 2 To verify the settings changes at the command prompt type net a list m and press Enter The and press Enter following information displays Example administrator cli gt net a list m administrator cli gt iscsi a mod t portal s primaryip 2001 0db8 85a3 0000 0000 8a2e 0370 7336 primaryipmask 2001 0db8 CtrlId 1 Port 1 l fedc ba98
364. settings during subsystem setup You can change them later as required Caution Changing virtual management port settings can interrupt your WebPAM PROe con nection and require you to log in again To make virtual management port settings 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Network Management icon 3 Click the Virtual Management Port tab 4 5 Click the protocol family whose settings you want to change and click the Configuration button Make the following settings are needed e Check the Enable box to enable this protocol family e Check the Enable DHCP box to enable a DHCP server to make your network settings DHCP is currently supported in IPv4 only For manual network settings type the RAID subsystem s IP address subnet mask gateway IP address and DNS server IP address into the fields provided Click the Submit button MakiNc MAINTENANCE MODE SETTINGS Each controller has its own IP addresses for access when the controller goes into maintenance mode For more information see Maintenance Mode on page 211 Before you change settings please see About IP Addresses on page 36 To make maintenance mode settings Click the Administration tab Click the Network Management icon Click the Maintenance Mode tab gece Oe Se Click the controller and protocol family whose settings you want to change and click the Configuration button 5 Make the following settings are needed C
365. side of the Vess R2600 front LED display on page 31 When boot up is finished and the Vess R2600 is functioning normally When boot up is finished and the Vess R2600 subsystem is functioning normally Power Global Enclosure Status and Global RAID Status LEDs display green continuously Controller Activity LED flashes green when there is controller activity System Heartbeat LED blinks blue once a second and repeats the pattern See the sections that follow for more details on device LED indicator behavior 30 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Rear Paner PSU amp Coo tine Fan LEDs The LEDs on the rear panel include LEDs on each cooling fan and each power supply These LEDs will light green to indicate normal operation A red LED indicates a problem or unit failure Figure 2 21 LEDs on Power Supply and Cooling Units PSU 1 LED PSU 2 LED Cooling Unit 1 LEDs e BBU top e Cooling Unit Fan Status bottom Front Paner LEDs Figure 2 23 Left side of the front of the Vess R2600 Power button same for Vess J2600 OPAS LED a Vess R2000 Series User Manual Figure 2 22 Right side of the Vess R2600 front LED display PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC Power Qo go Qc go C ot m Global Enclosure Status cu qo Global RAID Status Qc e i Controller 1 Activity USB ports Q g o o lt _ Controller 2 Activity n P Mute alarm LED O Q ie
366. side the disk arrays logical drives and physical drives under System Status Major event for the logical drive under Event Information Warning event for the physical drive under Event Information e Device tab On Front View and Physical Drive View physical drives are shown Dead Offline or Missing 214 Vess R2000 Series User Manual e Storage tab Disk array and logical drives are marked with a red X 9 icon e Administration tab Under Background Activities no Rebuild takes place See Repairing below The system sends an Email message about the incident to subscribing users depending on user settings REPAIRING AN OFFLINE Disk Array or Loaicat Drive RAID 1 1E 3 5 6 10 30 50 AND 60 Loaicat Drives If a fault tolerant logical drive RAID 1 1E 3 5 6 10 30 50 and 60 goes Offline it may be possible to recover your data A RAID 0 Loaicat Drives Warning Take no further corrective action until you have consulted with Technical Support If a logical drive based on a non fault tolerant disk array RAID 0 goes offline all of the data on the logical drive is lost To recreate your logical drive 1 Identify the failed physical drive See Locating a Physical Drive 2 Replace the failed drive 3 See Installing Physical Drives on page 16 4 If the disk array had more than one physical drive delete the disk array and re create it See Deleting a Disk Array and Creating a Dis
367. since last reset LIPCount Loop Initialization Primitive Sequence This primitive sequence applies only to the arbitrated loop topology It is transmitted by an L Port to initialize or re initialize the loop NOSCount Not Operational Primitive Sequence This primitive sequence is used during link initialization between two N_Ports in the point to point topology or an N_Port and an F_Port in the fabric topology NOS is sent to indicate that the transmitting port has detected a link failure or is offline The expected response to a port sending NOS is the OLS primitive sequence ErrorFrames FC devices propagate handshake signals back and forth requesting and acknowledging each byte transferred FC transfers occur in one frame of data at a time In this case the value reflects the number of frames with errors DumpedFrames This field specifies the number of frames dumped due to a lack of host buffers LinkFailureCount Number of times the link has failed Can be caused by a disconnected link or a bad fiber element Vess R2000 Series User Manual LossSyncCount Number of times a loss of sync has occurred since last reset PrimitiveSeqErrorCount An ordered set transmitted repeatedly and used to establish and maintain a link LR LRR NOS and OLS are primitive sequences used to establish an active link in a connection between two N Ports or an N Port and an F Port LIP LPB and LPE are primitive sequences used in the
368. sk 1 Meeting Package Requirements Task 2 Preparing the Configuration File Task 3 Making Initial Host Settings Task 4 Create and Configure Devices Task 5 Setting up ALUA RPM Packages and Documents for Linux MPIO Linux MPIO Known Issues Sample multipath conf File 10 SP3 11 and 11 SP1 Coverage in this Product Manual is limited to those OSes Multipathing is possible on other Linux OSes PROMISE has not tested every possible combination and therefore does For a list of supported OSes download the latest compatibility list from PROMISE support http www promise not attempt to cover them here com support 246 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Berore You BEGIN Before you can set up multipathing on your Linux Host PC you must Install your Fibre Channel or SAS HBA card into the Host PC Install the HBA card drivers onto the Host PC Setup your Vess R2600 install your physical drives and create your logical drives Attach your Fibre Channel or SAS cables from the HBA card to the Vess R2600 RAID subsystem Install RHEL 5 x with the linux mpath option For ALUA refer to the PROMISE Linux support packages See page 486 Refer to the Linux Administration Manual your HBA documentation and this Appendix as needed for more information CHECK INITIAL SETUP To check your initial setup verify that you can view the logical drives on your Vess R2600 from your Linux desktop or terminal window Refer to the Linux
369. splays green continuously the Management port LEDs display green or flash depending on your network connection the FC iSCSI and SAS Expansion LEDs display green or flash during port activity SAS Expansion Lights green when connected flashes green when active Controller Status This displays the current operational status of the controller A steady unblinking green light indicates the controller is operational Dirty Cache Blinks amber if cache is dirty meaning that the controller memory cache contains data otherwise this is dark MEN A steady green light indicates a valid USB connection this is dark when not connected no device attached iSCSI Left LED lights green when connected flashes green when active dark if not connected Right LED indicates connection speed green is 100 2 above each port Mbps amber is 1000 Mbps See next page 33 Vess R2000 Series User Manual et Um rire socio SSS CU Peas Maewtimenner tari ty raters tng frostings 000000 Umm Peel io naionng OT 0 aris e A ang sony at Mmadkdom tis sviy nias oeoa OOOO tr sexy inking rapity resres oone mose aior OOOO Fairing sony tating Rested ototine mods sie OOOO 34 Vess R2000 Series User Manual CHAPTER 3 SETUP This chapter covers the following topics 35 Setting up the Serial Connection on page 35 Vess R2600 Default IP Addresses on page 36 Choosing DHCP or a Static IP Address on page 36 Setting up V
370. stopping it 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the Webserver service and click the Start button RESTARTING WEBSERVER SERVICE 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the Webserver service and click the Restart button MAKING WEBSERVER SETTINGS To change Webserver service settings 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the Webserver service and click the Settings button 4 Make settings changes as required e Choose a startup type Automatic default Starts and runs with the subsystem Manual You start the service when you need it e Session Time Out Default is 24 minutes 5 Click the Save button 6 Click the Confirm button Vess R2000 Series User Manual TELNET SERVICE 5 Click the Save button 6 Click the Confirm button Telnet service enables you to access the RAID subsystem s Command Line Interface CLI through a network connection SSH SERVICE SroPPING TELNET SERVICE Secure Shell SSH service enables you to access the subsystem s Command Line Interface CLT through a To stop the Telnet service network connection 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon SITOPPING ISEI S ERVICE 3 Click Telnet service and click the Stop button To stop SSH service 4 Click the Confirm button 1 Click the Administration tab To start the Telnet service after stopping it 2 Click
371. t two minutes To view controller information Important 1 Click the Device tab If your RAID subsystem manages JBOD expansion units you must follow the proper startup 2 procedure 2 Click the Component List icon 3 Click the controller you want then click the View button RESTARTING THE SUBSYSTEM AFTER A SHUTDOWN Controller information includes Controller ID Alias If assigned Tee oed SUE Readiness Status Operational Status 1 Press the Power button on the front left side of the device being restarted Power On Time SCSI Protocol Supported 2 Wait at least two minutes LUN Mapping method Part Number b d loa into WebPAM PRO e Serial Number WWN World Wide Name Posee ORE elena p Hardware Revision Dirty Cache Usage Percentage h P t e Fi Versi If you cannot log in immediately wait 30 seconds and try again ache Neaga reieeniage E e Boot Loader Version Software Version Firmware Build Date e Software Build Date 58 4 Click the Advanced Information tab Advanced controller information includes e Slot 1 Memory Type Slot 1 Memory Size Slot 2 Memory Type Slot 2 Memory Size LUN Affinity e ALUA Controller Role Flash Type Flash Size e NVRAM Type e NVRAM Size e Preferred Cache Line Size e Coercion e Coercion Method e SMART e SMART Polling Interval e Write Back Cache Flush Interval Enclosure Polling Interval e Adaptive Writeback Cache Host Cache Fl
372. ta requests allowing the controller to aggressively buffer large chunks of data in cache memory to prevent frame drops on high bandwidth video playback Not normally enabled for non video applications ADAPTIVE WhRiTEBACK CACHE On the Vess R2600 subsystem you can set the logical drive write cache policy to Write Thru or Write Back If you set the write cache policy to Write Back your data is first written to the controller cache and later to the logical drive This action improves performance To preserve the data in the cache in the event of a power failure the subsystem has a backup battery that powers the cache To see an estimate of how long the battery can power the cache see Viewing Battery Information on page 89 or Viewing Battery Information on page 222 The Adaptive Writeback Cache feature protects your data by changing the write cache settings while the cache backup battery is offline When all of the following conditions occur e The logical drive write policy is set to Write Back e The Adaptive Writeback Cache feature is enabled e The cache backup battery goes offline The write policy automatically changes to Write Thru When the battery comes back online the write policy automatically changes back to Write Back To enable the Adaptive Writeback Cache option see Making Controller Settings CLU on page 124 Host CAcHE FLUSHING On the Vess R2600 subsystem you can enable or disable host cache flushing When ena
373. tatus of the cooling units 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Component List icon 3 Click the Enclosure and click the View button 66 4 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Scroll down to view the Blowers The screen displays the status and speed of the cooling units If blower speed is below the Healthy Threshold a malfunction is indicated in the Status column See Diagnosing an Enclosure Problem on page 209 VIEWING TEMPERATURE SENSOR STATUS To view the status of the temperature sensors 1 Click the Device tab Click the Component List icon 2 3 4 Click the Enclosure and click the View button Scroll down to view the Temperature Sensors If any temperature exceeds the Healthy Threshold value an overheat condition exists in the enclosure See Making Enclosure Settings and Diagnosing an Enclosure Problem on page 209 Viewine VOLTAGE Sensor Status To view the status of the voltage sensors 1 Click the Device tab Click the Component List icon 2 3i 4 Click the Enclosure and click the View button Scroll down to view the Voltage Sensors If any voltage is outside the Healthy Threshold values a voltage malfunction in the enclosure is indicated in the Status column See Diagnosing an Enclosure Problem on page 209 MaNaAciNG UPS UNits Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS Management includes the following functions e Viewing a List of UPS Units on page 67 e Viewin
374. tency in ms Minimum latency in ms e Os per second 6 Click the Select Physical Drives button and check the boxes for the physical drives you want to see e Total of all physical drives e Up to 8 individual physical drives 7 Under Port choose the metric you want to see from the Measurement drop down menu Bandwidth in MB s e Maximum latency in ms Average latency in ms Minimum latency in ms e Os per second 8 Click the Select Ports button and check the boxes for the ports you want to see e Total of all ports Upto 8 individual ports Since the Performance Monitor is a real time display it does not accumulate information and there is no clear or save function To save performance statistics for analysis or troubleshooting save a Service Report open the report and look under Statistic Info 86 Vess R2000 Series User Manual MonironiNc PSU WATTAGE The PSU Wattage Monitor displays real time performance statistics for logical drives the input power of all enclosures and the input power of an individual The vertical scale adjusts dynamically to accommodate the statistical data Because it reports performance in real time to see data in the monitor there must be I O data activity taking place between the Vess R2600 subsystem and the Host To monitor performance and power use 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the PSU Wattage Monitor icon 3 Under Input Power of an individual Enclosure click the Sele
375. th a conforming unit of the same or superior product b repair the product PROMISE shall not be liable for the cost of procuring substitute goods services lost profits unrealized savings equipment damage costs of recovering reprogramming or reproducing of programs or data stored in or used with the products or for any other general special consequential indirect incidental or punitive damages whether in contract tort or otherwise notwithstanding the failure of the essential purpose of the foregoing remedy and regardless of whether PROMISE has been advised of the possibility of such damages PROMISE is not an insurer If you desire insurance against such damage you must obtain insurance from another party Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages for consumer products so the above limitation may not apply to you This warranty gives specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state This limited warranty is governed by the State of California Your RESPONSIBILITIES You are responsible for determining whether the product is appropriate for your use and will interface with your equipment without malfunction or damage You are also responsible for backing up your data before installing any product and for regularly backing up your data after installing the product PROMISE is not liable for any damage to equipment or data loss resulting from the
376. the CLI on page 121 e Logging Back Into the CLI and CLU on page 121 MAKING A TELNET CONNECTION A Telnet connection requires a network connection between the Host PC and the Management Ethernet port MAKING A SERIAL CONNECTION on the Vess R2600 controller Figure 5 2 Management port on the RAID controller Before you begin be sure the RJ 11 to DB9 serial data cable is connected between the Host PC and Vess R2600 and that both machines are booted and running Figure 5 1 Serial ports on the controllers Vess R2600fiD sse LIED in DUE a 1 2 30M S M A At M V is amp T A lm SAS EXP ee ARS asx ie d did d m esa pis FCI FC 1 i 4 z em a Mont mat Se SNE 5 VO J Best M To start the telnet program W 1 Go to the command line prompt Windows or click the terminal icon Linux 2 Type telnet 10 0 0 1 and press Enter The IP address above is only an example Use the Management port IP address of your Vess R2600 The Telnet default port number is 2300 3 Press Enter once to launch the CLI 119 Maxine A SSH Connection A Secure Shell SSH connection requires a network connection between the Host PC and the Management Ethernet port on the Vess R2600 controller See above Management port on the RAID controller Windows PCs require you to install a SSH application on the PC Winoows To start the Windows SSH program 1
377. the Services icon 1 Click the Administration tab 3 Click SSH service and click the Stop button 2 Click the Services icon 4 Click the Confirm button 3 Click Telnet service and click the Start button To start SSH service after stopping it Rishte TELNET SERVICE 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon To restart the Telnet service 3 Click SSH service and click the Start button 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon ResrARTING SSH Service 3 Click Telnet service and click the Restart button To restart SSH service MakiNG TELNET SETTINGS 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon To change Telnet service settings 3 Click SSH service and click the Restart button 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click Telnet service and click the Settings button 4 Make settings changes as required e Choose a startup type Automatic Starts and runs with the subsystem Manual default You start the service when you need it Port number Default is 2300 Max Number of Concurrent Connections Default is 4 Maximum number is 4 e Session Time Out Default is 24 minutes 80 Maxine SSH SETTINGS To change SSH service settings Click the Administration tab Click the Services icon Click the SSH service and click the Settings button Pow qusc Make settings changes as required Choose a startup type Au
378. the built in command line interface CLI the built in command line utility CLU and the embedded Web based Promise Array Management Professional WebPAM PROe software e Chapter 4 Manage with WebPAM PROe on page 50 provides a more detailed description of the various menus used for managing the Vess R2600 and connected Vess J2600 expansion devices e Chapter 5 Management with the CLU on page 118 describes using the CLU and CLI access to the CLU is done through the CLI to manage the Vess R2600 through the network or via serial connection e Chapter 6 Maintenance on page 172 describes how to replace hardware components including RAID controllers power supplies and cooling units how to update firmware for subsystems and physical drives e Chapter 7 Technology Background on page 183 provides a description of the technologies and concepts that underlie networked RAID storage systems generally and the Vess R2600 and Vess J2600 subsystems in particular e Chapter 8 Troubleshooting on page 201 describes what to do in response to specific problems that might be encountered over the lifetime operation of the Vess R2600 and Vess J2600 subsystems Included in the chapter are descriptions of the various types of alerts and notices delivered though the management interfaces WebPAM PROe CLU CLI or hardware LEDs and audible signals e Chapter 9 Support on page 225 includes Frequently Asked Questions FAQ how to contact technical s
379. the event in plain language 2 Press the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the log Event Severity Levels Level Description Fatal Non recoverable error or failure has occurred Critical Action is needed now and the implications of the condition are serious Major Action is needed now Minor Action is needed but the condition is not a serious at this time Warning User can decide whether or not action is required Information Information only no action is required Vess R2000 Series User Manual Viewing NVRAM Events At this point you can highlight the Degraded array and press Enter to see more information See below Disk Array ID 1 Physical Capacity 189 06GB OperationalStatus Degraded MaxContiguousCapacity 11 18GB This screen displays a list of and information about 63 most important events over multiple subsystem startups FreeCapacity 179 68 GB ConfigurableCapacity 179 68GB SupportedRAIDLevels 05 10 1E To display NVRAM events 1 From the Main Menu highlight Event Viewer and press Enter Disk Array Alias cc DAI MediaPatrol Enabled 2 Highlight NVRAM Events and press Enter PDM Enabled 3 Transport The log of NVRAM Events appears Events are added to the top of the list Each item includes Rebuild Sequence number Begins with 0 at system startup Predictive Data Migration Transition Device Disk Array Logical Drive Physical Drive by its ID number Dedicated Spa
380. the new PerfectPath installation file from PROMISE support http www promise com support and save the installation file to your Windows desktop 2 Manually remove the current PerfectPath installation See Removing PerfectPath on page 245 3 Install the new PerfectPath software See Installing PerfectPath 244 Vess R2000 Series User Manual REPAIRING PERFECTPATH To implement this procedure you must use the same PerfectPath exe installer file that you used to install the PerfectPath software onto your PC The installer s version number is part of its file name However there is no corresponding number in the PerfectPath software To repair the PerfectPath software 1 2 3 4 5 6 Double click the PerfectPath exe file to start the installer In the Welcome screen click the Next button In the Program Maintenance screen choose the Repair option then click the Next button In the Ready to Repair the Program screen click the Install button In the Install Completed screen click the Finish button In the Restart message box click the Yes button to restart your PC Vess R2000 Series User Manual REMOVING PERFECTPATH 5 In the Completed screen click the Finish button 6 In the Restart message box click the Yes button to restart your PC PREFERRED METHOD This procedure uses the uninstaller included with PerfectPath To remove the PerfectPath software From the Start menu choos
381. tically verifies them if they become available again There are two Path Verification Settings e Enable disable e Verification period in seconds CHANGING PATH VERIFICATION SETTINGS To make path verification settings 1 Do one of the following actions 241 Vess R2000 Series User Manual e Click the Advanced Settings icon e From the Operations menu choose Advanced Settings The Advanced Settings dialog box appears with the MPIO Parameters tab displayed 2 Check the Enable Path Verification box to enable path verification Uncheck to disable 3 Click the arrows or type a new value in the Path Verification Period field to change the interval 30 seconds is the default value 4 Click the Apply button 5 Click the OK button in the confirmation box The new setting takes effect immediately See also e Load Balance Policy e PDO Removal on page 241 e Refreshing the Objects on page 242 PDO Removal PDO removal refers to the action of deleting a multipath input output MPIO disk from the Windows Device Manager after all paths to a physical device object PDO have failed PDO removal interval refers to the period of time in seconds between the moment all paths to a PDO are disconnected and the MPIO disk disappears from the Device Manager CHANGING PDO Remova_ SETTINGS To change PDO removal settings 1 Do one of the following actions e Click the Advanced Settings icon From the Operations me
382. to apply the restart to the Subsystem Controller 1 only or Controller 2 only Click the Shutdown Restart button Click the Restart button Type the word confirm in the field provided N Oo Ul BR W N e Click the Confirm button When the controller shuts down your WebPAM PROe connection is lost 8 Wait at least two minutes 9 In your browser click Logout in the WebPAM PROe Header then log in again If you cannot log in immediately wait 30 seconds and try again Vess R2000 Series User Manual SHUTTING DowN THE SUBSYSTEM MANAGING RAID CONTROLLERS This function shuts down the RAID subsystem without restarting it RAID controller management includes To shutdown the subsystem e Viewing Controller Information on page 58 Click the Administration tab e Making Controller Settings on page 59 Click the Subsystem Information icon e Locating a Controller on page 60 Choose the option to apply the shutdown to the Subsystem Controller 1 only or Controller 2 only e Viewing the Flash Image Information on page 60 Click the Shutdown Restart button e Viewing Battery Information on page 62 Click the Shutdown button e Reconditioning a Battery on page 62 Type the word confirm in the field provided e Silencing the Buzzer on page 63 N DOD WwW BR W N e Click the Confirm button VIEWING CONTROLLER INFORMATION When the controller shuts down your WebPAM PROe connection is lost 8 Wait at leas
383. to your firewall and network connection protocol Contact your MIS Administrator Why can a RAID 1 logical drive on Vess R2600 consist of only two disk drives RAID 1 logical drives work in mirrored physical drive pairs You could create up to eight RAID 1 logical drives Or you can create a single RAID 1E or RAID 10 logical drive with data mirroring and up to 16 physical drives See Installing Physical Drives on page 16 and RAID Levels on page 184 for more information on the number of physical drives you can use for each RAID level Are logical drives on Vess R2600 limited to 2 TB No But verify that your operating system supports logical drives over 2 TB Also for the operating system to recognize the full capacity of logical drives over 2 TB you must specify a sector size of 1 KB or larger when you create the logical drive See Sector Size on page 192 for more information How can I be sure everything is working OK on the Vess R2600 Locally The Vess R2600 enclosure has LEDs on the front to monitor the status of power field replaceable units FRUs and logical drives When these are green Vess R2600 is functioning normally See Front Panel LEDs on page 202 Remotely Check the Dashboard tab in WebPAM PROe See WebPAM PROe Reports a Problem on page 208 If there are no yellow or red X 9 warning icons displayed Vess R2600 is functioning normally Can Vess R2600 run using just one power supply The Vess R26
384. tomatic default Starts and runs with the subsystem Manual You start the service when you need it Port number Default is 22 Max Number of Concurrent Connections Default is 4 Maximum number is 4 e Session Time Out Default is 24 minutes 5 Click the Save button 6 Click the Confirm button SNMP Service Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP service enables the SNMP browser to obtain information from the RAID subsystem The Trap Sink is where SNMP events are sent and can be viewed SroPPiNcG SNMP Service To stop the SNMP service Click the Administration tab Click the Services icon Click SNMP service and click the Stop button a e Click the Confirm button To start the SNMP service after stopping it 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click SNMP service and click the Start button REsTARTING SNMP Service To restart the SNMP service 81 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the SNMP service and click the Restart button Maxine SNMP SETTINGS To change SNMP service settings 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the SNMP service and click the Settings button 4 Make settings changes as required Choose a startup type Automatic default Starts and runs with the subsystem Manual You start the service when you need it e Port Number Default is 161 e System
385. tried to log into WebPAM PROe but my browser showed the message cannot be displayed What is the problem The browser decided prematurely that WebPAM PROe was not responding Click the browser s Refresh button This action usually brings up the login screen TiMEOUTS WebPAM PROe was working OK But then it timed out What do I do now WebPAM PROe times out when 24 minutes have passed with no user activity User activity means any action you do in WebPAM PROe to view or manage the subsystem This feature is included for security purposes Have your administrator change the timeout interval Or to prevent WebPAM PROe from timing out periodically click the interface with your mouse Emait MESSAGES Why don t I receive email messages from WebPAM PROe Check your User Event Subscription and User Email settings See page 71 If these are correct see your network administrator for assistance with the mail server setup email accounts and other issues User MANAGEMENT Why can t I create a new User Only the Administrator or a Super User can create a User If you are the Administrator or a Super User and cannot create a User be sure the user name is not already in use If you still cannot create a User contact Technical Support See PROMISE Technical Support provides several sup port options for PROMISE users to access information and updates We encourage you to use one of our electronic services which provide product information u
386. ts the smaller drive to be used Without capacity coercion the controller does not permit the use of a replacement physical drive that is slightly smaller than the remaining working drives ISCSI MANAGEMENT iSC Also see Managing iSCSI Connections on page 109 A detailed explanation of iSCSI functions and how to best use them is beyond the scope of this document For more information contact the Internet Engineering Task Force at http www ietf org 197 SI management uses the following terms iSCSI on a VLAN on page 197 Initiator on page 198 Target on page 198 Portal on page 198 Port on page 199 Trunk on page 199 Session on page 199 ISNS on page 199 CHAP on page 199 Ping on page 199 Vess R2000 Series User Manual ISCSI ou A VLAN Vess R2600 supports up to 32 iSCSI portals Each iSCSI portal can belong to a different VLAN for a maximum of 32 VLANs To set up the Vess R2600 subsystem for a VLAN 1 Add a new portal with a VLAN association See Adding iSCSI Portals on page 111 Note which iSCSI port you chose for the portal 2 Connect your iSCSI data cable to the iSCSI port you chose for the new portal See iSCSI Storage Area Network SAN on page 24 3 Add your iSCSI intiators to the Vess R2600 s initiator list See Adding an iSCSI Initiator on page 105 For information see e Managing iSCSI Connections on page 109 INITIATOR An initiator functions as the client
387. ture i586 or x86_64 gt uname a 2 Do one of the following actions Remove the currently installed multipath tool rpm ev multipath tools Install the appropriate new multipath tool RPM package i586 rpm ivh multipath tools 0 4 7 34 50 10 ass fix ib86 rpm x86 64 rpm ivh multipath tools 0 4 7 34 50 10 ass fix x86_64 rpm Force install the appropriate new multipath tool RPM package i586 gt rpm ivh force multipath tools 0 4 7 34 50 10 ass fix ib86 rpm x86 64 gt rpm ivh force multipath tools 0 4 7 34 50 10 ass fix xX86 64 rpm 3 Copy the PROMISE supplied multipath conf file to the etc directory gt cp multipath conf Vess R2600 alua sles10 sp3 etc multipath conf 4 Check the multipath configuration chkconfig multipathd on chkconfig multipathd shows the status of multipathd chkconfig boot multipath on chkconfig boot multipath shows the status of boot multipath 5 Reboot the Vess R2600 6 Check the multipath configuration Multipath Il multipath v4 SuSE Linux SLES 11 To support ALUA within SLES 11 1 Determine your system architecture i586 or x86_64 gt uname a 2 Install the appropriate path priority tool library e i586 gt rpm ivh multipath promise suse11 0 4 8 1 586 rpm x86 64 252 Vess R2000 Series User Manual gt rpm ivh multipath promise suse11 0 4 8 1 x86 64 rpm 3 Copy the PROMISE supplied multipath conf file to the etc directory gt cp multipath conf Vess R
388. ty list from PROMISE support http www promise com support NuMBtR or Drives REQUIRED The table below shows the number of drives required for each RAID level Level Number of Drives Level Number of Drives RAID 0 1 or more RAID 6 4 to 32 RAID 1 2 only RAID 10 4 or more RAID 1E 2 or more RAID 30 6 or more RAID 3 3 to 32 RAID 50 6 or more RAID 5 3 to 32 RAID 60 8 or more Must be an even number of drives 16 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Drive Stor NUMBERING You can install any suitable disk drive into any slot in the enclosure The diagram below shows how Vess R2600 s drive slots are numbered Slot numbering is reflected in the WebPAM PROe and CLU user interfaces Figure 2 5 Drive slot numbering Wess PROMISE e 2 ___ 5 PROMISE 4 mE LJ Eo gt __ PROMISE PROMISE PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC TECHNOLOGY INC TECHNOLOGY INC e PROMISE PROMISE PROMISE PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC TECHNOLOGY INC TECHNOLOGY INC TECHNOLOGY INC 8 PROMISE PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC TECHNOLOGY INC eee SSS ae s PROMISE PROMISE El TECHNOLOGY ENC TECHNOLOGY INC PROMISE gt PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC TECHNOLOGY INC e il Oooo PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC Install all of the drive carriers into the Vess R2600 enclosure to ensure proper airflow
389. u To access the Quick Setup menu in the command line utility 1 At the administrator cli gt prompt type menu and press Enter The CLU main menu appears See Figure 3 Figure 3 1 CLU main menu Subsystem Management Physical Drive Management Disk Array Management Spare Drive Management Logical Drive Management Network Management iSCSI Management Fibre Channel Management Background Activities Event Viewer Additional Info and Management Buzzer Return to CLI ARROWS TAB Navigate ENTER Select CTRL X Return CTRL E Help 2 Highlight Quick Setup and press Enter 42 The first Quick Setup screen enables you to make Date and Time settings Vess R2000 Series User Manual MAKING SussysteM DATE AND TIME SETTINGS To set the subsystem date and time 1 Press the arrow keys to highlight System Date 2 Press the backspace key to erase the current date 3 Type the new date 4 Follow the same procedure to set the System Time 5 Press Control A to save these settings and move to the Management Port settings screen VirTUAL MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS MakiNc VinTUAL MANAGEMENT Port SETTINGS AUTOMATICALLY Automatic settings require a DHCP server on your network DHCP is currently supported on IPv4 only Under Quick Setup the Management Port IPv4 settings screen follows the System Date and Time settings screen To enable automatic management port settings 1 Press the arrow keys to highlight DHCP 2
390. u can add two physical drives then convert to a RAID 10 disk array Most RAID levels have a minimum and maximum number of disk drives See RAID Levels on page 184 227 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Menia Patrot AnD PDM Media Patrol and PDM are enabled on my system But they never report anything This is a good sign Media Patrol and PDM operate transparently until they find a problem on a physical drive CONTACTING TECHNICAL SUPPORT PROMISE Technical Support provides several support options for PROMISE users to access information and updates We encourage you to use one of our electronic services which provide product information updates for the most efficient service and support PROMISE E Support https support promise com PROMISE web site http www promise com When you contact us please have the following information available e Product model and serial number e BIOS firmware and driver version numbers e A description of the problem situation e System configuration information including motherboard and CPU type hard drive models SAS SATA ATA ATAPI drives amp devices and other controllers UNITED STATES 580 Cottonwood Drive Milpitas Ca 95035 USA Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com AUSTRALIA Technical Support E Support https support promise com Web site http www promise com EMEA NETHERLANDS Science Park Eindhoven 522
391. u can also set LUN mapping and masking at a later time Click the Administration tab then click the LUN Mapping amp Masking option Vess R2000 Series User Manual Loccinc out or WEBPAM PROE There are two ways to log out of WebPAM PROe e Close your browser window e Click Logout on the WebPAM PROe banner Clicking Logout brings you back to the Login Screen See WebPAM PROe log in screen with display language options After logging out you must enter your user name and password in order to log in again Using WEBPAM PROE over THE INTERNET The above instructions cover connections between Vess R2600 and your company network It is also possible to connect to a Vess R2600 from the Internet Your MIS Administrator can tell you how to access your network from outside the firewall Once you are logged onto the network you can access the Vess R2600 using its IP address See Logging into WebPAM PROe on page 44 CHAPTER 4 MANAGE wiTH WEBPAM PROE This chapter contains the following topics 50 Logging into WebPAM PROe on page 50 Choosing the Display Language on page 51 Perusing the Interface on page 51 Logging out of WebPAM PROe on page 52 Viewing the Storage Network on page 53 Managing Subsystems on page 53 Managing RAID Controllers on page 58 Managing Enclosures on page 63 Managing UPS Units on page 67 Managing Network Connections on page 68 Managing UPS Units on page 67 Managing Background Activities
392. u change settings please see About IP Addresses on page 36 Maxine Automatic SETTINGS From the Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter Highlight Maintenance Mode Network Configuration and press Enter 1 2 3 Highlight the controller CId 1 or 2 and protocol family IPv4 or IPv6 you want and press Enter 4 Highlight DHCP and press the spacebar to toggle to Enabled 5 Press Control A to save your settings MakiNc MANUAL SETTINGS 1 From the Main Menu highlight Network Management and press Enter 2 Highlight Maintenance Mode Network Configuration and press Enter 3 Highlight the controller CId 1 or 2 and protocol family IPv4 or IPv6 you want and press Enter 4 Highlight DHCP and press the spacebar to toggle to Disabled 5 Highlight each of the following and press the backspace key to erase the current value then type the new value IP Address e Subnet Mask Default Gateway IP Address e DNS Server IP Address 6 Press Control A to save your settings 143 Vess R2000 Series User Manual MANAGING FiBgRE CHANNEL CONNECTIONS CLU The Fibre Channel Management option appears only with Vess R2600 Fibre Channel models Fibre Channel Management includes the following functions e Viewing Node Information CLU on page 143 e Viewing Fibre Channel Port Information on page 143 e Making Fibre Channel Port Settings CLU on page 144 e Viewing Fibre Channel Port Statistics CLU
393. uble click the report to open it in your default browser The Service Report includes the following topics The Service Report includes the following topics continued About Report utility Battery Info Cache backup batteries BBM Info Bad Block Manager BGA Summary Status and settings BGA Schedules Scheduled activities e Buzzer Info Controller Info Debug Syslog Diagnostic information Disk Array Info ID alias and capacities only Disk Array Dump Info Diagnostic information Disk Array Verbose Info All disk array information Enclosure Info Error Table Info Read check write check and inconsistent blocks Event Info NVRAM List of NVRAM events Event Info Runtime List of Runtime events FC Node Info FC Device Info FC Initiator Info FC Port Info FC SFP Info Vess R2000 Series User Manual The Service Report includes the following topics continued FC Stats Info Flash Image Version Info iSCSI Info LDAP Info LogDrive Info Basic logical drive information LogDrive Dump Info Diagnostic information Logical Drive Verbose Info Full logical drive information Lunmap Info LUN map type LUN masking status and LUN entries Network Info Virtual port Network Maintenance Info Maintenance mode ports Phydriv Info Basic physical drive information Phydriv Verbose Info Full physical drive information PD SMART Info Physical drive
394. ult and recommended number e DHCP Enabled or disabled DHCP is currently supported only for IPv4 e AssociatedType PHY VLAN or Trunk e ControllerlD RAID controller ID 1 or 2 e PortlD Physical port on the RAID controller 1 to 4 e nterfaceName device name e ProtocolFamily IPv4 or IPv6 e PrimaryIP Primary IP address of this portal e Gateway Gateway IP address of this portal e PrimarylPMask Subnet mask of this portal e AssignedTarget 0 is the default target The number of targets available depends on how many targets you create See Adding iSCSI Targets CLU below Items marked with an asterisk are adjustable under Making iSCSI Portal Settings CLU on page 149 AppiNc ISCSI Portats CLU Vess R2600 supports up to 32 iSCSI portals Each iSCSI portal can belong to a different VLAN for a maximum of 32 VLANs If you plan to associate the new portal with a trunk create the trunk first See Adding iSCSI Trunks CLU on page 153 For more information about iSCSI VLANs see iSCSI on a VLAN on page 197 To add an iSCSI portal 1 From the Main Menu highlight iSCSI Management and press Enter 149 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Highlight iSCSI Portals and press Enter The list of iSCSI Portals displays Highlight Create New Portal and press Enter Highlight AssociatedType and press the Spacebar to toggle through Physical VLAN and Trunk If you chose e
395. under Base System For hosts with the OS already installed you can add the device mapper and multipath tool if they are missing Example To add the multipath tool for RHEL 5 x do the following actions 247 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 1 Open a terminal window 2 Type the following command and press Enter rpm ivh device mapper multipath 0 4 7 8 el5 i386 rpm The system returns the following lines Preparing IEEE RA E E AE 100 1 device mapper multipath 7 7 7 3 93 4 tHE HEE EAE 100 or a similar message Important vl Where possible obtain the device mapper and multipath tool from the original installation CDs to ensure full compatibility with your existing OS Refer to your OS documentation for more information VERIFYING PACKAGES REDHAT To verify that the required packages are installed on the host do the following actions 1 Open a terminal window 2 Type the following command and press Enter rpm qa grep device mapper If the required packages are present the system returns the following lines RHEL 5 3 device mapper 1 02 28 2 el5 device mapper multipath 0 4 7 23 el5 RHEL 5 4 device mapper 1 02 32 1 el5 device mapper multipath 0 4 7 30 el5 RHEL 5 5 device mapper 1 02 39 1 el5 device mapper multipath 0 4 7 34 el5 Note that the actual version number might be different depending on your configuration VERIFYING Packaces SuSE To verify that the required packages
396. up RAID Configuration menu 1 Highlight Skip the Step and Finish and press Enter 2 Highlight Return to CLI and press Enter This completes management port and maintenance mode setup Go to Logging into WebPAM PROe 44 Vess R2000 Series User Manual SETTING UP Vess R2600 witH WEBPAM PROE Loccinc into WEBPAM PROE 1 Launch your browser 2 In the browser address field type in the virtual management port IP address of the Vess R2600 subsystem Use the virtual management port IP address you set in the CLI Setting up Vess R2600 with the CLI or CLU Setting up Vess R2600 with the CLU Example WebPAM PROe uses a secure HTTP connection https Enter the IP address of the Vess R2600 10 0 0 1 Together your entry looks like this https 10 0 0 1 3 When the log in screen appears Type administrator in the User Name field Type password in the Password field The User Name and Password are case sensitive 4 Optional Choose a display language from the drop down menu WebPAM PROe displays in English German French Italian Spanish Russian Japanese Traditional Chinese Simplified Chinese and Korean 5 Click the Login button Figure 3 2 WebPAM PROe log in screen with display language options PROMISE TECHNOLOGY INC WeaPAm PROS A User Name administrator a Password oe 1 Language English v Deutsch Italiano Espa ol PycclMMd Hin BE mni Li ud Vess
397. upport how to return a system for repair and warranty information e Appendix A Useful Information on page 232 e Appendix B Multipathing on Windows on page 235 e Appendix C Multipathing on Linux on page 246 Vess R2000 Series User Manual This manual includes a full table of contents index chapter task lists and numerous cross references to help you find the specific information you are looking for The terms Vess R2600 or subsystem are used in examples or descriptions throughout this manual to refer to any of the available Vess R2000 Series models The terms unit or device can refer to any Vess R2000 Series or Vess J2600 model Also included are four levels of notices Warning A Warning notifies you of probable equipment damage or loss of data or the possibility of physical injury and how to avoid them Caution A Caution informs you of possible equipment damage or loss of data and how to avoid them Important An Important message calls attention to an essential step or point required to complete a task including things often missed Note A Note provides helpful information such as hints or alternative ways of doing a task AN A vi Va Vess R2600 Overview All PROMISE Vess R2600 and Vess J2600 2000 models support use of 6 Gb s SAS and SATA disks The Vess 2600 models are coupled with high speed 8 Gb s Fibre Channel host connectivity and 1 Gb s iSCSI host connectivity The Vess R2600 model i
398. ure is an innovative approach to rebuilding a RAID array in order to significantly reduce the amount of time needed for completion This frees up CPU resources more quickly to be available for I O and other demands PerfectRebuild ignores any portion of the logical drive where no write changes have occurred focusing only on the parts that have changed The conventional approach has been to rebuild the entire logical drive even sections with no write changes This reduction in the total time needed for a rebuild is especially significant for very large drives ApvaNcED Battery FLAsH Backup Use the optional Backup Battery Unit BBU and Flash modules for maximum data protection in the event of power loss High performance RAID arrays operating in write back mode present a write loss risk in the event of a power loss Since data is considered committed as soon as the controller has received it in cache memory it will be lost if power is interrupted The conventional solution is to use a BBU to maintain the RAID cache for 72 hours A better solution is to use power from the BBU to write the content of the RAID controller write cache to non volatile flash memory in order to extend the period of cache protection beyond the standard 72 hours provided by a typical BBU Harp Disk CAacHE PROTECTION HD Cache Protection is another capability available for use with high performance RAID arrays that employ the optional BBU and USB Flash modules HD Cache Pr
399. ure your other Vess R2600 RAID subsystems To export a user database Click the Administration tab Click the Import Export icon Click the Export option 1 2 3 4 Choose User Database from the Type drop down menu 5 Click the Submit button 6 In the Open dialog box click the Save File option then click the OK button The file is saved to your PC as User dat Note The user database file is not designed to be opened or edited in the field 72 Vess R2000 Series User Manual MANAGING BACKGROUND ACTIVITIES Background activity management includes e Viewing Current Background Activities on page 73 e Viewing Scheduled Background Activities on page 73 e Adding a Scheduled Background Activity on page 73 e Changing a Background Activity Schedule on page 74 e Enabling or Disabling a Scheduled Background Activity on page 74 e Deleting a Scheduled Background Activity on page 74 e Media Patrol on page 75 e Redundancy Check on page 75 e Initialization on page 75 e Rebuild on page 76 e Migration on page 76 e PDM on page 76 e Transition on page 77 e Synchronization on page 77 e Battery Reconditioning on page 77 e Running Spare Check on page 103 Background activities perform a variety of preventive and remedial functions on your physical drives disk arrays logical drives and other components You can run a background activity immediately or schedule it to run at a later ti
400. use and service This warranty a applies only to products which are new and in cartons on the date of purchase b is not transferable C is valid only when accompanied by a copy of the original purchase invoice d is not valid on spare parts This warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from a improper or inadequate maintenance or unauthorized modification s performed by the end user b operation outside the environmental specifications for the product C accident misuse negligence misapplication abuse natural or personal disaster or maintenance by anyone other than a Promise or a Promise authorized service center 11 24 hour 7 days a week 365 days a year e mail and phone support English only 24 hour 7 days a week 365 days a year access to PROMISE support site Firmware and compatibility lists CHAPTER 2 HARDWARE INSTALLATION This chapter covers the following topics 12 Unpacking the Vess R2600 on page 13 Mounting Vess R2600 in a Rack on page 14 Installing Physical Drives on page 16 Making Management and Data Connections on page 18 Making Serial Cable Connections on page 29 Connecting the Power on page 30 LED Behavior on page 30 Vess R2000 Series User Manual UNPACKING THE Vess R2600 The Vess R2600 box contains the following items Vess R2600 Unit PTVR2K e 1 5m 4 9 ft Power cords 3 cords for 3 PSU installed 4 cords for 4 PSU installed Quick Start Guide printed
401. ushing e Forced Read Ahead cache Power Saving Idle Time Power Saving Standby Time Power Saving Stopped Time e Cache Line Size e Advanced Battery Flash Backup Enabled e Backup Flash Size e Backup Flash Status Items with an asterisk are adjustable under Controller Settings MAKING CONTROLLER SETTINGS In a dual controller RAID subsystem settings made to one controller are applied to both controllers To make controller settings 1 Click the Device tab 2 Click the Component List icon 3 Click the controller you want then click the Settings button 59 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 4 Make settings changes as required Enter change or delete the alias in the Alias field LUN Affinity Choose an enable disable option from the drop down menu RAID controllers must be set to Active Active See Making Subsystem Settings on page 54 and LUN Affinity on page 194 ALUA Choose an enable disable option from the drop down menu RAID controllers must be set to Active Active See Making Subsystem Settings and ALUA on page 251 SMART Log Check the box to enable or uncheck to disable SMART Polling Interval Enter a value into the field 1 to 1440 minutes HDD Power Saving Choose time periods from the drop down menus After an HDD has been idle for the set period of time Power Saving Idle Time Parks the read write heads Power Saving Standby Time Lowers disk rotation spee
402. utomatic SroPPING EMAIL SERVICE To stop the Email service 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the Email service and click the Stop button 4 Click the Confirm button 78 Vess R2000 Series User Manual To start the Email service after stopping it 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the Email service and click the Start button RESTARTING EMAIL SERVICE To restart the Email service 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the Email service and click the Restart button Makine EMAIL SETTINGS To change Email service settings 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Services icon 3 Click the Email service and click the Settings button 4 Make settings changes as required Choose a startup type Automatic default Starts and runs with the subsystem Manual You start the service when you need it e SMTP Server IP address e SMTP Authentication The Yes option enables authentication The No option disables e SMTP Authentication Username Required if SMTP authentication is enabled e SMTP Authentication Password Required if SMTP authentication is enabled Email Sender From Address The sender s name shown on notification messages e Email Subject The subject line of the notification message 5 Click the Save button 6 Click the Confirm button Note To veri
403. vent log buffer is cleared in MDD No action is required Fibre Channel Fibre Channel controller has detected bus reset If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Fibre Channel controller has received a LUN reset command No action is required Fibre Channel controller has encountered a fatal error Restart the Vess R2600 If this message appears repeatedly contact Tech Support Fibre Channel link is up Fibre Channel link is down Fibre Channel controller settings have changed No action is required Firmware Update Firmware update is started Firmware update is complete No action is required Firmware update is fail Back end expander firmware upgrade is started Back end expander firmware upgrade is completed Try the update again If this message repeats contact Tech Support No action is required Back end expander firmware upgrade failed Try the update again If this message repeats contact Tech Support Front end expander firmware upgrade is started Front end expander firmware upgrade is completed No action is required Front end expander firmware upgrade failed Try the update again If this message repeats contact Tech Support Host Interface Host interface controller has detected bus Host interface controller has encountered an unrecoverable error If this message appears repeatedly conta
404. ves appears 3 Click the spare drive you want then click the View button Spare Drive information displays including e Spare Drive ID SpareO Spare etc Physical Drive ID ID number of the physical drive chosen for this spare Operational Status OK means normal Spare Type Global or Dedicated e Physical Capacity Total data capacity of the spare drive e Revertible Yes or No e Configurable Capacity Usable capacity of the spare drive Spare Check Status Not Checked or Healthy Media Patrol Enabled or Not Enabled Dedicated to Array ID number of the disk array to which the spare is dedicated For more information see Spare Drives on page 193 CREATING A SPARE Drive MANUALLY This feature creates a spare drive only You can also use the Wizard to create a disk array with logical drives and spare drives at the same time This action requires Super User or Power User privileges To create a spare drive 1 Click the Storage tab 2 Click the Spare Drive icon 3 Click the Create Spare Drive button 102 Vess R2000 Series User Manual 4 For each of the following items accept the default or change the settings as required Check the Revertible box if you want a revertible spare drive A revertible spare drive returns to its spare drive assignment after you replace the failed physical drive in the disk array and run the Transition function e Global Can be used by
405. ves in this array Number of Logical Drives The number of logical drives on this array Max Contiguous Free Capacity Unconfigured or unused capacity in contiguous sectors on the physical drives Available RAID Levels RAID levels you can specify on this array Disk ARRAY OPERATIONAL STATUS OK This is the normal state of a logical drive When a logical drive is Functional it is ready for immediate use For RAID Levels other than RAID 0 Striping the logical drive has full redundancy Synchronizing This condition is temporary Synchronizing is a maintenance function that verifies the integrity of data and redundancy in the logical drive When a logical drive is Synchronizing it functions and your data is available However access is slower due to the synchronizing operation Critical Degraded This condition arises as the result of a physical drive failure A degraded logical drive still functions and your data is still available However the logical drive has lost redundancy fault tolerance You must determine the cause of the problem and correct it Rebuilding This condition is temporary When a physical drive has been replaced the logical drive automatically begins rebuilding in order to restore redundancy fault tolerance When a logical drive is rebuilding it functions and your data is available However access is slower due to the rebuilding operation Transport Ready After you perform a successful Prepare fo
406. wing Enclosure Topology on page 64 Viewing the Enclosures Summary on page 65 Making Enclosure Settings on page 65 Locating an Enclosure on page 65 Viewing FRU VPD Information on page 66 Viewing Power Supply Status on page 66 Viewing Cooling Unit Status on page 66 Viewing Temperature Sensor Status on page 66 Viewing Voltage Sensor Status on page 66 Vess R2000 Series User Manual Vess R2000 Series User Manual Figure 4 5 Enclosure Topology menu Viewine ENcLosunE TopoLocy AL Topology This feature displays the connection topology of the Vess R2600 subsystem Topology refers to the manner in which the data paths among the enclosures are connected There are three methods e Individual Subsystem A single subsystem e JBOD Expansion Managed through one subsystem or head unit ee e RAID Subsystem Cascading Managed through one subsystem or head unit M SPEM L For more information about connections see Making Management and Data Connections on page 18 To view enclosure topology 1 Click the Device tab Enclosure 2 2 Click the Topology icon VESS2000 3U 16Bay The topology or data connections of your system displays Enclosure 3 VESS2000 3U 16Bay Enclosure 4 VESS2000 3U 16Bay Enclosure 5 VESS2000 3U 16Bay 64 Vess R2000 Series User Manual VIEWING THE ENCLOSURES SUMMARY 3 Click the Enclosure and click the View button E
407. write operations e Medium Balances system resources between Migration and data read write operations e High More system resources to Migration fewer to data read write operations 5 Click the Confirm button PDM Predictive Data Migration PDM is the migration of data from the suspect physical drive to a spare drive similar to rebuilding a logical drive But unlike Rebuilding PDM constantly monitors your physical drives and automatically copies your data to a spare drive before the physical drive fails and your logical drive goes Critical See Running PDM on a Disk Array on page 94 and PDM on page 184 Mak na PDM SETTINGS To make PDM settings 1 Click the Administration tab 2 Click the Background Activities icon The list of background activities appears 3 Click the Settings button 4 Make the following settings are required Click the PDM Rate drop down menu and choose a rate Low Fewer system resources to PDM more to data read write operations Medium Balances system resources between PDM and data read write operations High More system resources to PDM fewer to data read write operations Highlight the current values in the block threshold fields and input new values Reassigned block threshold range is 1 to 512 blocks Error block threshold range is 1 to 2048 blocks 5 Click the Confirm button TRANSITION Transition is the process of replacing a revertible spare drive that is cu
408. y the number of axles An axle refers to two or more RAID 3 logical drives striped together to make a RAID 30 An axle can have from 3 to 32 physical drives depending on the number of physical drives in the logical drive The chart below shows RAID 30 logical drives with 6 to 16 physical drives the available number of axles and the resulting distribution of physical drives on each axle 187 Vess R2000 Series User Manual No of DIVES No of Drives per No of Drives No of Axles Drives per Axle Axles Axle 6 2 3 3 14 2 T T T 2 3 4 3 4 5 5 8 2 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 9 2 4 5 15 2 7 8 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 10 2 5 5 4 3 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 5 3 3 3 3 3 11 2 5 6 16 2 8 8 3 3 4 4 3 5 5 6 12 2 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 5 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 13 2 6 7 3 4 4 5 4 3 3 3 4 Advantages Disadvantages e Good for large files with high transfer e Random write performance only fair rates where fault tolerance is also Disk failure has a medium impact on required throughput Recommended Applications for RAID 30 e Video editing e Multimedia production e File and application server RAID 50 STRIPING oF DISTRIBUTED PARITY RAID 50 combines both RAID 5 and RAID 0 features Data is striped across physical drives as in RAID 0 and it uses distributed parity as in RAID 5 RAID 50 provides data reliability good overall performance and supports l
409. your disk array has a different RAID level and or a larger capacity MIGRATION REQUIREMENTS The following conditions affect RAID level migration e The disk array and logical drive must show a green check 9 icon e The Target disk array may require more physical drives than the Source disk array e If the Target disk array requires an EVEN number of physical drives but the Source disk array has an ODD number ADD a physical drive as part of the migration process e You cannot reduce the number of physical drives in your disk array even if the Target disk array requires fewer physical drives than the Source disk array e RAID 1 mirroring works with two drives only Only a single drive RAID 0 disk array can migrate to RAID 1 Other RAID Levels use too many drives to migrate e You cannot migrate a disk array when it is Critical or performing activities such as Synchronizing Rebuilding and PDM e For RAID 6 or RAID 60 you can only migrate between these two RAID levels Destination RAID 60 axles can have up to 16 physical drives Other limitations might apply Source AND TarceT RAID LeveLs The tables on the following pages show the migration options for each source logical drive by its RAID level The available target RAID levels are shown with their requirements RAIDO A RAID 0 source logical drive can migrate to the following target logical drives Target Requirements RAID 0 Add physical drives RAID 1 2 physic

User Manual - CNET Content Solutions

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents